<PROGRAM NAME>
CREDITS // HOURS
<QUARTER>
CREDITS // HOURS
(SAMPLE)
CA1409 History and Trends in Animation
460
TOTAL:
GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM
(SAMPLE)
GE1410 English I
CATALOG 2011-2012
CREATE TOMORROW
1
MISSION
STATEMENT
OUR MISSION
The Art Institutes International Minnesota is an institution of higher
education offering creative and applied arts programs in a caring,
inspiring environment where students can maximize their creativity,
enhance professional development, and acquire the necessary
skills and knowledge to pursue a career in their field of study.
OUR PURPOSE
The Art Institutes International Minnesota fosters a culture built around learning,
innovation, and creativity. We act with integrity and embrace an enthusiasm for
excellence. We are committed to creating a community of caring, supportive
and involved professionals, including everyone connected with the college.
OUR OBJECTIVES
1. Enhance student success through a
commitment to academic quality.
2. Engage alumni, working professionals, and
employers in opportunities for ongoing
participation in support of student learning.
3. Emphasize the value of life-long learning with critical
thinking, problem-solving, and civic responsibility.
4. Encourage an environment of growth through
assessment and strategic planning.
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Mission, Vision and Values Statements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inside Cover
Visual Effects & Motion Graphics (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Web Design Programs
City and College. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Web Design & Interactive Media (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Academic Programs
Web Design & Interactive Media (A.A.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Advertising (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Web Design & Development (D.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Audio Production (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Web Design & Interactive Communications (D.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Culinary Programs
Course Descriptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Culinary Management (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Faculty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Culinary Arts (A.A.S.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Administration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Baking & Pastry (A.A.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Board of Trustees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Baking & Pastry (D.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
General Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
The Art of Cooking (D.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Calendar & Schedules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Design Management (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Digital Film & Video Production (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Tuition and Fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Fashion Programs
Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Fashion & Retail Management (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Fashion Retailing (D.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Graphic Design Programs
Graphic Design (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Graphic Design (A.A.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Hospitality Management (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Interior Design Programs
Interior Design (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Interior Design (A.A.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Interior Planning with AutoCAD (A.A.S.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Media Arts & Animation (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Photography Programs
Photography (B.F.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
See aiprograms.info for program
duration, tuition, fees, and other costs,
median debt, federal salary data, alumni
success, and other important info.
Digital Image Management (D.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
INTRODUCTION
CATALOG PREPARATION
This catalog was prepared by The Art
Institutes International Minnesota, 15
South 9th Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota
55402-3137. The information contained
herein was published and effective as of
October 2011. Curriculum, fees, expenses,
and other matters described herein
are subject to change without notice
at the discretion of The Art Institutes
International Minnesota. For more
information, write to the above address or
phone 612-332-3361 or 1-800-777-3643.
REGISTRATION AND ACCREDITATION
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
is registered as a private institution with
the Minnesota Office of Higher Education
1450 Energy Park Drive, Suite 350, St.
Paul, MN 55108, 1.651.642.0567, www.
ohe.state.mn.us, pursuant to section
136A.61 to 136A.71. Registration is
not an endorsement of the institution.
Credits earned at the institution may
not transfer to all other institutions.
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
is accredited by the Accrediting Council
for Independent Colleges and Schools to
award certificate, associate’s, and bachelor’s
degrees. The Accrediting Council for
Independent Colleges and Schools is listed
as a nationally recognized accrediting
agency by the United States Department
of Education and is recognized by the
Council for Higher Education Accreditation.
ACICS can be contacted at 750 First
Street, NE, Suite 980, Washington, DC
20002-4241. Telephone: 202-336-6780.
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
was granted Initial Candidate status in June,
2010 by the Higher Learning Commission
- A Commission of the North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools. The
Higher Learning Commission (HLC) is an
independent corporation and one of two
commission members of the North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools (NCA),
which is one of six regional institutional
accreditors in the United States. The Higher
Learning Commission accredits degreegranting post-secondary educational
institutions in the North Central region.
The commission can be contacted at
The Higher Learning Commission
230 South LaSalle Street, Suite 7-500
Chicago, IL 60604
webmaster@hlcommission.org
800.621.7440
© 2011 HLC. All rights reserved
of Secondary School Counselors and
College Admissions Officers, Minnesota
College Personnel Association, Minnesota
Association of Financial Aid Administrators,
American Association of Collegiate
Registrars and Admissions Officers,
College Admissions Professionals, and the
Minnesota Career Colleges Association.
THE ART INSTITUTES
INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
The Art Institutes International Minnesota,
Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of The
Art Institutes International Minnesota
International LLC, one of the nation’s
leaders in post-secondary career-oriented
education for the creative arts. Based at
210 Sixth Avenue, 33rd floor, Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania 15222. The Art Institutes
International Minnesota International
LLC, through two intermediary limited
liability companies, is a subsidiary of
Education Management Corporation
also located at the same address.
The Associate in Applied Science in
Culinary Arts program is accredited by The
Accrediting Commission of the American
Culinary Federation Education Foundation.
MEMBERSHIPS
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
is a member of the American Culinary
Federation Education Foundation, American
Hotel & Lodging Association, Midwest
Association of Student Financial Aid
Administrators, Minnesota Association
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
ABOUT THE TWIN CITIES
The Twin Cities is an exciting place to
experience and create the arts. Four
major art museums, two orchestras, and
regional theater offer plenty of creative
inspiration. Stroll through the Sculpture
Garden at the Walker Art Center. Marvel at
the Aquatennial, and the Winter Carnival.
Wonder at The Minneapolis Institute of
Art. The Hennepin Avenue Theatre District
is the hot spot in town for Broadway
productions. You’ll also find pop, jazz, and a
rock scene that’s earned the Twin Cities the
nickname of “The Land of 10,000 Bands.”
In nearby Bloomington is the Mall of
America, the country’s largest shopping
complex with more than 400 specialty
shops and 40 restaurants. The mall’s
centerpiece, Nickelodeon Universe, is a $70
million indoor family theme park that covers
seven lush acres. For fun, Minneapolis
is an aquarian’s paradise, with rivers and
nearly 20 lakes. More than 150 city parks are
accessible for hiking, biking, and skating. In
warmer months, spend a sunny afternoon
on the beaches of Lake Calhoun. In winter,
enjoy ice-skating, ice fishing, snowmobiling,
and skiing. If you’re into spectator sports,
cheer on the Twins at Target Field or the
Vikings at the Metrodome. Or watch the
Wild, Timberwolves and Lynx devour
the competition. Getting around is
easy, too, with a network of mass transit
routes, shuttles, and a skyway that
connects more than 50 city blocks.
THE ART INSTITUTES
INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
Conveniently located in downtown
Minneapolis, The Art Institutes International
Minnesota prepares students for entrylevel careers in the visual and practical
arts. The Art Institutes International
Minnesota was founded in 1964 by
Petrena Lowthian establishing what
was to become Lowthian College.
In 1981, Lowthian College was authorized
to award the Associate in Applied Science
degree. The Art Institutes International
Minnesota acquired the College in
early 1997. In 2000, The Art Institutes
International Minnesota was granted
approval to award the Bachelor of Science
degree and in 2004, was granted approval
to award the Bachelor of Fine Arts
degree. The Art Institutes International
Minnesota offers programs in Advertising,
The Art of Cooking, Audio Production,
Baking & Pastry, Culinary Arts, Culinary
Management, Design Management,
Digital Film & Video Production, Digital
Image Management, Fashion & Retail
Management, Fashion Retailing, Graphic
Design, Hospitality Management, Interior
Design, Interior Planning with AutoCAD,
Media Arts & Animation, Photography,
Visual Effects & Motion Graphics, Web
Design & Development, Web Design
& Interactive Communications, and
Wed Design & Interactive Media.
Our students are creative, competitive, and
open to new ideas. They place great value
on an education that prepares them for a
challenging entry-level career and a lifetime
of personal and professional opportunity.
Relating to students at a personal level is
emphasized. Our qualified staff of financial
planners, employment assistance advisors,
and counselors are committed to providing
students with individualized services. Each
student has an academic advisor who helps
devise career strategies and choose courses
consistent with career goals. Our faculty
consists of working professionals who strive
to strengthen students’ skills and cultivate
their talents. Aspiring creative professionals
learn fundamental business concepts and
gain the applied arts knowledge necessary
for that important first job in the field.
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
offers a Skills Enhancement program
designed to help students prepare for
college-level programs. Confidential
counseling is available when academic
or personal problems create roadblocks
to success. Students also are encouraged
to join school organizations and
participate as volunteers for community
service projects supported by The Art
Institutes International Minnesota.
Whether in the student lounges, the gallery,
or the classrooms, the daily gathering
of students, faculty, and staff makes
it easy to feel the energy, caring, and
commitment that underlie education at
The Art Institutes International Minnesota.
STUDENT BODY
Students come to The Art Institutes
International Minnesota from all over the
United States and abroad. The student
body is made up of men and women
who have either enrolled directly after
completing high school, transferred
from colleges and universities, or have
left employment situations to prepare
for a new career. The Art Institutes
International Minnesota’s environment
offers students the opportunity to earn
their degrees alongside students of other
creative disciplines that drive the visual
and practical arts industries worldwide.
5
ADVERTISING
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE: 12 QUARTERS
ABOUT THE PROGRAM
The Bachelor of Science degree program in Advertising is a twelve-quarter program. The program
provides students with skills in conceptual thinking, copywriting, design, marketing and public
relations, developing advertising campaigns, the business side of advertising, account and strategic
planning. The degree also provides a balance in liberal arts courses as well as educates the student
in the application of advertising principles to evolving communication channels (interactive media)
and the life skills needed to develop and sustain a career in advertising and related fields.
PROGRAM MISSION
The mission of the Bachelor’s degree program in Advertising at The Art Institutes International Minnesota
is to prepare students for careers in the diverse arena of advertising. To teach advertising from business
to creative across all media platforms with content to enrich the understanding of advertising as an
essential component of our economic and social system. To provide a curriculum based on regular
examination of the industry and the evolving media. A commitment to lifelong learning is instilled in
students as a means to develop their careers from entry-level positions in the advertising field.
PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
1. Graduates will apply industry knowledge and critical thinking skills to analyze, develop,
and implement effective advertising solutions that meet professional standards
2. Graduates will develop concepts as well as analyze and incorporate aesthetics and layout
in the design process for advertising campaigns and marketing communications
3. Graduates will demonstrate proficiency with the tools and graphic techniques of
the profession to plan and implement production of advertising media such as
print collateral, audio and video spots, and Web-interactive materials
4. Graduates will demonstrate knowledge of the interdependence between advertising/
marketing objectives and visual expression and be able to evaluate, and critique, their ideas
5. Graduates will be able to articulate the vision behind their creative work and
explain and promote their solutions to clients and colleagues
6. Professionalism - Graduates will demonstrate professional presentation;
articulation of knowledge of advertising and visual problem solving; and
mastery of industry standards, professional practices and ethics
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
COURSE CODES
The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows:
CREDITS // HOURS
AD Advertising
HM Hospitality Management
AP Audio Production
ID Interior Design
CU Culinary Arts
PA Professional Application
CA Media Arts & Animation
PH Photography
DM Design Management
SM Studio Management
DF Digital Film & Video Production
TS Transitional Studies
FRM Fashion & Retail Management
VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics
GD Graphic Design
IM Web Design & Interactive Media
CREDITS // HOURS
GE General Education
The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second
numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations
1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated
with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix AD identifies the core courses required in this program.
Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed
in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits.
ADVERTISING
CREDITS // HOURS
CREDITS // HOURS
AD1400 History of Advertising 4
40
AD4450 Media Planning & Buying 4
40
AD1420 Conceptual Thinking 4
40
AD4460 Global Business Perspectives 4
40
AD2400 Computer Illustration** 4
60
AD4480 Capstone** 4
60
AD2420 Organizational Behavior 4
40
AD2430 Fundamentals of Marketing & Advertising** 4
40
AD4486 Internship CA2430 Introduction to Video 4
4
120
60
AD2440 Media & Advertising Design** 4
60
DM2470Principles of Market Research
440
AD2460Branding
440
GD1401 Fundamentals of Design 4
60
AD2490 Dynamics of Integrated Marketing**
460
GD1402 Drawing & Perspective 4
60
AD3400 Persuasion and the Consumer 4
40
GD1403 Typography for Digital Media** 4
60
AD3420 Copywriting** 4
40
GD1420 Image Manipulation 4
60
AD3440 Advertising Campaign**
460
GD1431 Design Layout 4
60
AD3450 Art Direction
460
GD1473 Color & Design 4
60
AD4400 Advanced Copywriting 4
GD2440 Print Production
460
AD4410 Public Relations and Promotion
440
IM1480 Fundamentals of Interactive Design 4
60
AD4420 Sales 4
40
PH1402 Principles of Photography for Non-Majors 4
60
AD4440 Advanced Advertising Campaign 4
60
60
GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM
GE1410 English I § 4
40
GE2442 Critical Thinking 4
40
GE1424 Public Speaking 4
40
GE3424 Interpersonal Communication 4
40
40
GE1433 Art History 4
40
GE3433 Contemporary Art 4 GE1466 Principles of Economics 4
40
GE3490 Cultural Anthropology 440
GE2411 English II
440
GE4442Ethics
440
GE2412 College Mathematics §§ 4
40
GE4455Literature
440
GE2423 Environmental Science 4
40
GE4461Physics
440
** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass.
TOTAL: 180 credits : 2,240 hours
§ Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher
§§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher
7
AUDIO
PRODUCTION
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE: 12 QUARTERS
ABOUT THE PROGRAM
Students in the Bachelor of Science degree program in Audio Production offered through The Art
Institutes International Minnesota receive audio production training using industry-relevant technology
and equipment in a hands-on environment. The Audio Production program at The Art Institutes
International Minnesota is designed to prepare students to work with a variety of mediums such
as live venue sound production, the Web, film, and video. Our program provides Audio Production
training through courses that address both foundational and advanced aspects of the industry.
PROGRAM MISSION
The mission of the Bachelor of Science in Audio Production degree program is to prepare graduates for
positions in live venue sound production, film, television, radio, and interactive broadcast mediums. The
Audio Production program specifically offers training in the areas of audio production, music technology,
synthesis and sound design, MIDI systems, and various recording techniques. Graduates are prepared to
seek entry-level positions in audio engineering, music recording, radio and television broadcasting, audio
equipment design, maintenance and repair, live venue and field recording, and audio sound design.
PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
1. Production: Graduates conceptualize, plan, execute, and deliver quality recordings and
post-production projects, demonstrating knowledge and application of audio theory,
critical listening skills, and industry standards, while using industry-related tools
2. Professionalism: Graduates can present and conduct themselves professionally and
demonstrate an understanding of specific career paths, job responsibilities, and industry
expectations while developing a professional business plan and an effective portfolio
3. Critical Thinking: Graduates can efficiently troubleshoot and solve
problems typically encountered by audio professionals
4. Evaluation: Graduates can apply peer and professional critique as well as selfevaluation to continuously improve the quality of their work
5. Business: Graduates can apply the business and economic principles and practices
of the audio industry while maintaining legal and ethical standards
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
COURSE CODES
The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows:
AD Advertising
HM Hospitality Management
AP Audio Production
ID Interior Design
CU Culinary Arts
PA Professional Application
CA Media Arts & Animation
PH Photography
DM Design Management
SM Studio Management
DF Digital Film & Video Production
TS Transitional Studies
FRM Fashion & Retail Management
VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics
GD Graphic Design
IM Web Design & Interactive Media
CREDITS // HOURS
GE General Education
The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second
numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations
1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated
with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix AP identifies the core courses required in this program.
Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed
in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits.
AUDIO PRODUCTION
CREDITS // HOURS
AP1400 Survey of the Music Industry
AP1410 Audio Technology I **
AP1420 Digital Audio I **
AP1430 Music Theory I
AP1440 Audio Technology II **
AP1450 Music Theory II
AP1460 Digital Audio II
AP2400 Audio Recording I **
AP2410 Listening and Analysis
AP2420Acoustics
AP2440 Audio Recording II
AP2450 Electronics AP2460 MIDI Systems I ** AP3400 MIDI Systems II
AP3410 Advanced Recording Techniques I **
AP3420 Live Sound Reinforcement I
CREDITS // HOURS
460
460
460
440
460
440
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
AP3430
AP3440
AP3450
AP3460
AP4400
AP4410
AP4420
AP4430
AP4440
CA2430
CA2440
DF4420
IM1480
PA4486
Live Sound Reinforcement II
Synthesis & Sound Design I**
Advanced Recording Techniques II
Synthesis & Sound Design II
Senior Project I ** Entertainment Marketing & Management
Senior Project II
Portfolio Preparation
Portfolio ** Introduction to Video
Digital Video Editing
Media Delivery Systems and Distribution
Fundamentals of Interactive Design
Internship VE2481 Interactive Visual Design
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
4120
460
440
440
440
440
440
440
440
GE2442 Critical Thinking
GE3424 Interpersonal Communication GE3466 World Music Influences GE3490 Cultural Anthropology
GE4442Ethics
GE4455 Literature GE4461 Physics 440
440
440
440
440
440
440
GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM
GE1410 English I §
GE1413Psychology
GE1424 Public Speaking
GE1456 Music Appreciation
GE2411 English II GE2412 College Mathematics §§
GE2423 Environmental Science
** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass.
§ Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher
TOTAL: 180 credits : 2,440 hours
§§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher
9
CULINARY
MANAGEMENT
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE: 12 QUARTERS
ABOUT THE PROGRAM
No matter how good the food is, the service you receive at a restaurant is what affects most people’s
decision to return. Your meal should arrive in reasonable time, the establishment should be clean, and
your host and servers should be courteous. It’s the manager who ultimately is responsible for the quality
of your dining experience. It’s a challenging job — but the rewards can be delicious. Managers control
everything, from “front of the house” (the public part of the restaurant) to the “back of the house” (the
kitchen and restaurant administration). Their goal is to bring customers back again and again. A manager’s
leadership and decisions impact everyone from employees to diners. This bachelor’s degree program
builds upon fundamental culinary skills to prepare you for management positions in the food service
industry. You begin with the basics, from knife skills and kitchen procedures to nutrition, speed and
timing, and presentation. From here, you progress to more advanced areas such as baking and pastry,
garde manger (cold kitchen), international and American cuisine, à la carte, and dining room operations.
You’ll also study human resource management, event, beverage and menu management, customer
service management, marketing, leadership, and even food service for the retirement community.
PROGRAM MISSION
The mission of the Culinary Management Bachelor’s degree program is to provide an environment
for students to become learners who possess the skills, knowledge, creativity and ethical
values necessary in the rapidly changing, culturally diverse culinary professions. Overall the
intent of the program is to have experienced industry professionals impart their knowledge
and technical acumen to the students. The approach to education relies heavily on actually
participating in projects that are practical and technical in scope. Graduating students will
be prepared to seek entry-level positions in the field of hospitality and culinary arts.
PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the program, graduates should be able to:
1. Demonstrate the ability to professionally prepare standardized recipes using a variety
2. Obtain an entry-level skill position in the food service industry
3. Identify, establish and maintain safety and sanitation procedures which meet industry quality standards
4. Demonstrate and articulate an awareness of the cross-cultural, moral, ethical and environmental
issues in hospitality organizations and their relationship with all stakeholders
5. Analyze the food and beverage cost-control cycle and accounting practices, and
implement controls to manage, maintain and ensure profitability
6. Prepare a variety of international recipes using a variety of cooking
techniques which meet industry quality standards
7. Apply standard Human Resource principles in regards to recruiting, retaining, and developing staff
8. Create a business plan for a food service outlet or hospitality company
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
COURSE CODES
The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows:
AD Advertising
HM Hospitality Management
AP Audio Production
ID Interior Design
CU Culinary Arts
PA Professional Application
CA Media Arts & Animation
PH Photography
DM Design Management
SM Studio Management
DF Digital Film & Video Production
TS Transitional Studies
FRM Fashion & Retail Management
VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics
GD Graphic Design
IM Web Design & Interactive Media
GE General Education
The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second
numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations
1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated
with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix CU identifies the core courses required in this program.
Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed
in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits.
CULINARY MANAGEMENT
CREDITS // HOURS
AD2430 Fundamentals of Marketing & Advertising
CU1210 Concepts and Theories of Culinary Techniques **
CU1610 Fundamentals of Classical Techniques **
CU1620 American Regional Cuisine
CU1642 Introduction to Baking and Pastry Techniques CU2240 Asian Cuisine
CU2252 Latin Cuisine
CU2272 World Cuisine
CU2273 Classical European Cuisine
CU2408 Management, Supervision & Career Development
CU2409 Management by Menu
CU2410 Sustainable Purchasing & Controlling Costs
CU2451 Food and Beverages Operations Management
CU2650 Garde Manger
CU2861 Ala Carte Kitchen **
CU3423 Catering and Event Management
CREDITS // HOURS
440
220
6110
6110
6110
230
230
230
230
440
440
440
440
6110
8150
440
CU3444 Art Culinaire
CU3455 Human Resources Management
CU3480 Quality Service Management and Training
CU3481 Foodservice Technology
CU3490 Leadership and Organizational Development
CU4410 Foodservice Financial Management **
CU4412 Exploring Wines and the Culinary Arts
CU4420 Facilities Mangement and Design
CU4421 Culinary Senior Practicum
CU4430 Global Management/Operations
CU4492 Innovation and Entreprenuership
HM2480 Hospitality Law
HM2481 Institutional Operations
PA3411Capstone
PA3415 Management Internship
440
440
440
440
440
440
440
440
4
80
440
440
440
440
230
4120
440
4
40
440
440
4
40
4
40
440
GE2442 Critical Thinking
GE2477 Spanish I GE2478 Spanish II GE3424 Interpersonal Communications
GE3432 History and Culture of Cuisine
GE3490 Cultural Anthropology
GE4442Ethics
440
4
40
4
40
440
440
440
440
GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM
GE1406Nutrition
GE1410 English I § GE1413 Psychology
GE1424 Public Speaking
GE2411 English II GE2412 College Mathematics §§ GE2423 Environmental Science
** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass.
§ Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher
TOTAL: 180 credits : 2,240 hours
§§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher
11
CULINARY ARTS
ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED ARTS: 7 QUARTERS
ABOUT THE PROGRAM
Today, America’s interest in culinary arts is growing and prospering as never before. Few occupations
can offer the creativity and excitement found in the culinary arts. The associate’s degree level Culinary
Arts degree program consists of courses covering basic skills and techniques, purchasing and cost
control, kitchen management, international cuisine, nutrition, dining room procedures, garde manger,
baking and pastries, à la carte kitchen, and an internship with a food service operation in the greater
metropolitan area. The curriculum for this program is based on the classical principles of Escoffier,
emphasizing progressive techniques and trends. The Art Institutes International Minnesota graduates
will be prepared to seek entry-level positions in the field of hospitality and culinary arts.
PROGRAM MISSION
The mission of the Culinary Arts Associate degree program is to provide an environment for students to
become learners who possess the skills, knowledge, creativity and ethical values necessary in the rapidly
changing, culturally diverse culinary professions. Overall the intent of the program is to have experienced
industry professionals impart their knowledge and technical acumen to the students. The approach to
education relies heavily on actually participating in projects that are practical and technical in scope.
Graduating students will be prepared to seek entry-level positions in the field of hospitality and culinary arts.
PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
1. Establish and maintain safety and sanitation procedures
2. Prepare standardized recipes using a variety of cooking techniques
which meet industry quality standards
3. Prepare a variety of international recipes utilizing the correct techniques,
ingredients and equipment which meet industry quality standards
4. Describe and perform tasks related to common business practices in the culinary
industry, including inventory, menu planning, cost control, and food purchasing
5. Describe the principles of food and beverage management
6. Define and articulate the core values of the culinary professional
7. Seek entry-level positions in commercial and institutional food service settings
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
COURSE CODES
The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows:
AD Advertising
HM Hospitality Management
AP Audio Production
ID Interior Design
CU Culinary Arts
PA Professional Application
CA Media Arts & Animation
PH Photography
DM Design Management
SM Studio Management
DF Digital Film & Video Production
TS Transitional Studies
FRM Fashion & Retail Management
VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics
GD Graphic Design
IM Web Design & Interactive Media
GE General Education
The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second
numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations
1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated
with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix CU identifies the core courses required in this program.
Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed
in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits.
CULINARY ARTS
CREDITS // HOURS
CU1210
CU1610
CU1620
CU1642
CU2240
CU2252
CU2272
Concepts and Theories of Culinary Techniques **
Fundamentals of Classical Techniques **
American Regional Cuisine
Introduction to Baking and Pastry Techniques Asian Cuisine
Latin Cuisine
World Cuisine
220
6110
6110
6110
230
230
230
CREDITS // HOURS
CU2408 Management, Supervision & Career Development
CU2409 Management by Menu
CU2410 Sustainable Purchasing & Controlling Costs
CU2451 Food and Beverages Operations Management
CU2650 Garde Manger
CU2861 Ala Carte Kitchen **
PA3411Capstone
440
440
440
440
6110
8150
230
CREDITS // HOURS
GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM
GE1406Nutrition
GE1410 English I § GE1413 Psychology
GE1424 Public Speaking 440
4
40
440
4
40
GE2411 English II
GE2412 College Mathematics §§ GE2477 Spanish I GE2478 Spanish II ** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass.
§ Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher
440
4
40
4
40
4
40
TOTAL: 90 credits : 1,210 hours
§§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher
13
BAKING &
PASTRY
ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE: 7 QUARTERS
ABOUT THE PROGRAM
Baking skills with a side of culinary arts describes the dish offered in this associate’s degree program. From
soup to sabayon and marinades to mousses, the exacting creative expression that characterizes the well
rounded pastry chef who fits in every part of the demanding culinary profession. The associate’s degree
program is designed to prepare students for entry-level employment opportunities in the professional
foodservice industry. Students have the opportunity to develop competencies in the art of baking,
cake decoration, artisan breads, desserts and plating, with the addition of culinary skills, and business
courses. Considerations must also be made in the kitchen to maximize efficiency - when preparing
a large quantity of cakes, breads and pastries for a big group, time, as well as taste, is of the essence.
Studying the baking and pastry arts can result in an entry-level career that directly pleases the senses.
It’s also a new way of looking at life, borrowing influences from different types of cuisine and culture, and
exploring new experimentations in flavor and presentation. The Art Institutes International Minnesota
prepares individuals for this technical specialty in its Baking & Pastry associate’s degree program.
PROGRAM MISSION
The mission of the Baking & Pastry Associate degree program is to provide an environment for students to
become learners who possess the skills, knowledge, creativity and ethical values necessary in the rapidly
changing, culturally diverse culinary professions. Overall the intent of the program is to have experienced
industry professionals impart their knowledge and technical acumen to the students. The approach to
education relies heavily on actually participating in projects that are practical and technical in scope.
Graduating students will be prepared to seek entry-level positions in the field of hospitality and culinary arts.
PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the program, graduates should be able to:
1. Seek an entry-level skill positions in the food service industry
2. Prepare standardized recipes using a variety of cooking, baking and pastry
techniques as well as appropriate equipment and tools
3. Produce various baked goods and a variety of international and classical pastries and desserts
using basic as well as advanced techniques, which meet industry quality standards
4. Design, produce, assemble and decorate display and wedding cakes using
various finishing methods which meet industry quality standards
5. Describe and perform tasks related to common business practices within the foodservice
industry including inventory, menu planning, cost control and food purchasing
6. Seek employment in retail, commercial and institutional food service settings in entry-level job positions
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
COURSE CODES
The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows:
AD Advertising
HM Hospitality Management
AP Audio Production
ID Interior Design
CU Culinary Arts
PA Professional Application
CA Media Arts & Animation
PH Photography
DM Design Management
SM Studio Management
DF Digital Film & Video Production
TS Transitional Studies
FRM Fashion & Retail Management
VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics
GD Graphic Design
IM Web Design & Interactive Media
GE General Education
The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second
numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations
1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated
with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix CU identifies the core courses required in this program.
Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed
in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits.
BAKING & PASTRY
CREDITS // HOURS
CU1210
CU1443
CU1444
CU1445
CU1446
CU1610
CU1620
Concepts and Theories of Culinary Techniques **
Artisan Breads and Baking Production
European Cakes and Tortes
Chocolate, Confections & Centerprieces
Advanced Patisserie and Display Cakes
Fundamentals of Classical Techniques **
American Regional Cuisine
CREDITS // HOURS
220
470
470
470
470
6110
6110
CU1642 Introduction to Baking and Pastry Techniques ** CU2252 Latin Cuisine
CU2408 Management, Supervision & Career Development
CU2409 Management by Menu
CU2410 Sustainable Purchasing & Controlling Costs
CU2650 Garde Manger
PA3411Capstone
440
4
40
440
4
40
GE2411 English II
GE2412 College Mathematics §§ GE2477 Spanish I GE2478 Spanish II 6110
230
440
440
440
6110
230
GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM
GE1406Nutrition
GE1410 English I § GE1413 Psychology
GE1424 Public Speaking ** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass.
§ Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher
440
4
40
4
40
CREDITS // HOURS
4
40
TOTAL: 90 credits : 1,240 hours
§§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher
15
BAKING &
PASTRY
DIPLOMA: 4 QUARTERS
ABOUT THE PROGRAM
From cakes to custards and meringues to macaroons, the exacting creative expression that characterizes
pastry arts is a respected and demanding facet of the culinary profession. The Art Institutes International
Minnesota prepares individuals for this technical specialty in its Baking & Pastry diploma program. Like
any other craft, this profession requires learning and practice. Often a career in the culinary arts starts
with the realization that food has power to delight, excite, and impress people. From the artistry of
pastry making, to the sciences of quantity conversions, pastry and baking artists search for perfection.
PROGRAM MISSION
The mission of the Baking & Pastry diploma program is to provide an environment for students to become
learners who possess the skills, knowledge, creativity and ethical values necessary in the rapidly changing,
culturally diverse culinary professions. Overall the intent of the program is to have experienced industry
professionals impart their knowledge and technical acumen to the students. The approach to education
relies heavily on actually participating in projects that are practical and technical in scope. Graduating
students will be prepared to seek entry-level positions in the field of hospitality and culinary arts.
PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the program, graduates should be able to:
1. Establish and maintain safety and sanitation procedures
2. Prepare standardized recipes using a variety of cooking, baking and pastry
techniques as well as appropriate equipment and tools
3. Produce various baked goods and a variety of international and classical pastries and desserts
using basic as well as advanced techniques, which meet industry quality standards
4. Design, produce, assemble and decorate display and wedding cakes using
various finishing methods which meet industry quality standards
5. Seek employment in retail, commercial and institutional food service settings in entry-level job positions
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
COURSE CODES
The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows:
AD Advertising
HM Hospitality Management
AP Audio Production
ID Interior Design
CU Culinary Arts
PA Professional Application
CA Media Arts & Animation
PH Photography
DM Design Management
SM Studio Management
DF Digital Film & Video Production
TS Transitional Studies
FRM Fashion & Retail Management
VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics
GD Graphic Design
IM Web Design & Interactive Media
GE General Education
The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second
numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations
1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated
with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix CU identifies the core courses required in this program.
Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed in alpha-numeric order.
BAKING & PASTRY
CREDITS // HOURS
CU1210
CU1443
CU1444
CU1445
CU1446
CU1610
Concepts and Theories of Culinary Techniques **
Artisan Breads and Baking Production
European Cakes and Tortes
Chocolate, Confections & Centerpieces
Advanced Patisserie and Display Cakes
Fundamentals of Classical Techniques **
220
470
470
470
470
6110
CREDITS // HOURS
CU1620 American Regional Cuisine
CU1642 Introduction to Baking and Pastry Techniques **
CU2252 Latin Cuisine
CU2408 Management, Supervision & Career Development
CU2410 Sustainable Purchasing & Controlling Costs
GE1406Nutrition
6110
6110
230
440
440
440
** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass.
TOTAL: 50 credits : 780 hours
17
THE ART OF
COOKING
DIPLOMA: 4 QUARTERS
ABOUT THE PROGRAM
Culinary professionals are multi-tasking wizards. They’re experts at preparation and presentation, and
excel at split second timing. The culinary field is more than just mastering the skills that are integral
to the profession. Culinary students have the opportunity to learn the techniques and the artistry
that can transform a customer’s dining experience into a full scale event, to gain a sense of food and
restaurant styles, be taught how to think and act like a culinary professional, and to understand the
trends in the world of culinary arts. Our students can become skilled at the fundamentals of cooking,
knife skills, sanitation, safety, and food production. They have the opportunity to learn about modern,
regional and classical cuisines, and practice whipping up culinary delights in modern kitchens. Upon
graduation, students are prepared to seek entry-level jobs as prep cook, line cook and first cook.
PROGRAM MISSION
The mission of The Art of Cooking diploma program is to provide an environment for students to become
learners who possess the skills, knowledge, creativity and ethical values necessary in the rapidly changing,
culturally diverse culinary professions. Overall the intent of the program is to have experienced industry
professionals impart their knowledge and technical acumen to the students. The approach to education
relies heavily on actually participating in projects that are practical and technical in scope. Graduating
students will be prepared to seek entry-level positions in the field of hospitality and culinary arts.
PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the program, graduates should be able to:
1. Establish and maintain safety and sanitation procedures
2. Prepare standardized recipes using a variety of cooking techniques which meet industry quality standards
3. Prepare a variety recipes utilizing the correct techniques, ingredients
and equipment which meet industry quality standards
4. Define and articulate the core values of the culinary professional
5. Seek entry-level positions in commercial and institutional food service settings
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
COURSE CODES
The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows:
AD Advertising
HM Hospitality Management
AP Audio Production
ID Interior Design
CU Culinary Arts
PA Professional Application
CA Media Arts & Animation
PH Photography
DM Design Management
SM Studio Management
DF Digital Film & Video Production
TS Transitional Studies
FRM Fashion & Retail Management
VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics
GD Graphic Design
IM Web Design & Interactive Media
GE General Education
The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second
numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations
1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated
with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix CU identifies the core courses required in this program.
Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed
in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits.
THE ART OF COOKING
CREDITS // HOURS
CU1210 Concepts and Theories of Culinary Techniques** CU1610 Fundamentals of Classical Techniques **
CU1620 American Regional Cuisine
CU1642 Introduction to Baking and Pastry Techniques
CU2240 Asian Cuisine
CU2252 Latin Cuisine
CU2272 World Cuisine
220
6110
6110
6110
230
230
230
CREDITS // HOURS
CU2408 Management, Supervision & Career Development
CU2410 Sustainable Purchasing & Controlling Costs
CU2451 Food and Beverages Operations Management
CU2650 Garde Manger
CU2861 Ala Carte Kitchen
GE1406Nutrition
440
440
440
6110
8150
440
** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass.
TOTAL: 56 credits : 860 hours
19
DESIGN
MANAGEMENT
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE: 12 QUARTERS
ABOUT THE PROGRAM
Design is the cornerstone of all successful products and services. In an increasingly global
and competitive marketplace, today’s businesses are seeking partners who can innovate and
collaborate to help protect the considerable investment they have made in their brands, products,
and services. They seek managers who are adept at sales, marketing, and business, and who can
manage the planning and creative production processes, including people and products.
PROGRAM MISSION
The mission of the Bachelor’s in Design Management degree program is to prepare graduates
for entry-level positions of innovation management by providing a strong foundation in design,
branding, business management, entrepreneurship and communication. A key focus of the
program is collaborative communication skills in dynamic, entrepreneurial environments.
PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
1. Graduates will understand, encourage and inspire the creative process from concept to execution.
2. Graduates will identify opportunities and execute innovative solutions to a variety of problems.
3. Graduates will demonstrate proficiency in brand development
and related business communication tools.
4. Graduates will manage high-performance teams and business resources
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
COURSE CODES
The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes
to represent subject areas as follows:
CREDITS // HOURS
AD Advertising
HM Hospitality Management
AP Audio Production
ID Interior Design
CU Culinary Arts
PA Professional Application
CA Media Arts & Animation
PH Photography
DM Design Management
SM Studio Management
DF Digital Film & Video Production
TS Transitional Studies
FRM Fashion & Retail Management
VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics
GD Graphic Design
IM Web Design & Interactive Media
CREDITS // HOURS
GE General Education
The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second
numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations
1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated
with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefixes AD, DM, and SM identify the core courses required in this program.
Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed
in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits.
DESIGN MANAGEMENT
CREDITS // HOURS
AD2420 Organizational Behavior**
AD2430 Fundamentals of Marketing & Advertising**
AD2460Branding
AD4420Sales
AD4460 Global Business Perspectives
DM1420Introduction to Design Management
DM2400Technology and Productivity
DM2410Fundamentals of Business
DM2430Principles of Managerial Accounting
DM2470Principles of Market Research
DM2480Business Statistics for Design**
DM2490Project Management**
DM3400Financial Issues in Design**
DM3460Business Communications
DM3480Managing Creativity and Innovation**
DM4410Design Management Seminar
DM4450Business Plan**
CREDITS // HOURS
440
440
440
440
440
440
440
460
440
440
440
440
440
440
440
440
460
DM4480Capstone**
GD1401 Fundamentals of Design
GD1402 Drawing & Perspective
GD1473 Color & Design
GD3470 Law & the Commercial Arts
DM4486Internship
SM1401 Studio Major I SM1402 Studio Major II SM2403 Studio Major III SM2404 Studio Major IV SM3405 Studio Major V SM3406 Studio Major VI SM4407 Studio Major VII
SM4408 Studio Major VIII 460
460
460
460
440
4120
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
440
440
440
440
440
440
440
GE2442 Critical Thinking
GE3424 Interpersonal Communications
GE3433 Contemporary Art
GE3490 Cultural Anthropology
GE4442Ethics
GE4455Literature
GE4461Physics
440
440
440
440
440
440
440
GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM
GE1410 English I § GE1424 Public Speaking GE1433 Art History
GE1466 Principles of Economics
GE2411 English II GE2412 College Mathematics §§ GE2423 Environmental Science
** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass.
§ Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher
TOTAL: 180 credits : 2,160 hours
§§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher
21
DIGITAL
FILM & VIDEO
PRODUCTION
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE: 12 QUARTERS
ABOUT THE PROGRAM
The Bachelor of Science degree program in Digital Film & Video Production at The Art
Institutes International Minnesota is designed to offer a balance in theory, history, and practical
training to produce competent and literate graduates who are proficient in the technical,
organizational, historical, and creative aspects of visual storytelling. This program is designed
to integrate industry and education with internship programs and its own student operated
production company and television studios. Students will have the opportunity to script and
produce screenplays, teleplays, sitcoms, commercials and music videos. In addition, the
program is designed to enhance technical competencies, as students will be offered advanced
courses in these areas and provided the opportunity to concentrate in their chosen fields.
PROGRAM MISSION
The mission of the Digital Filmmaking & Video Production Bachelor degree program is to prepare graduates
for entry level positions in the film, television, and interactive broadcast mediums. The Digital Film &
Video Production program specifically offers training in the areas of scriptwriting, producing,
directing, film production techniques, audio post, post production management, and motion
graphics. Graduates are prepared for entry-level positions in the film, television, and interactive
broadcast mediums to freelance professionals in the production of feature films, shorts, music
videos, and commercials or to embark on a career as a well-rounded, independent filmmaker.
PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
1.
Producing & Directing: Graduates will demonstrate the ability to conceptualize, plan and
execute different styles of media productions. Graduates will demonstrate an understanding
of their leadership and collaborative responsibilities in relationship to artistic partners,
crews, clients, the wider community and their own personal development
2.
Writing & Critical Thinking: Graduates will demonstrate the ability to effectively
communicate ideas, stories and expectations in written work. Graduates will have an
understanding of the historical, cultural and social contexts for moving images
3.
Cinematography & Lighting: Graduates will demonstrate control of camera,
cinematic and lighting equipment in relation to a given subject
4.
Sound: Graduates will demonstrate control of audio recording and sound equipment in a variety of
applications. Graduates will show ability to create a meaningful relationship between image and sound
5.
Editing & Post-Production: Graduates will demonstrate appropriate skill in editing with attention
to duration, shot to shot relation, shot to scene and relation to the whole. Graduates will
demonstrate a basic understanding of design principles in use of typography, motion graphics
and animation, as well as compositing and image processing skills (where applicable)
6.
Professionalism: Graduates present and conduct themselves professionally and demonstrate
an understanding of specific career paths, job responsibilities, and industry expectations
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
COURSE CODES
The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows:
AD Advertising
HM Hospitality Management
AP Audio Production
ID Interior Design
CU Culinary Arts
PA Professional Application
CA Media Arts & Animation
PH Photography
DM Design Management
SM Studio Management
DF Digital Film & Video Production
TS Transitional Studies
FRM Fashion & Retail Management
VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics
GD Graphic Design
IM Web Design & Interactive Media
CREDITS // HOURS
GE General Education
The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second
numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations
1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated
with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefixes DF and CA identify the core courses required in this program.
Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed
in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits.
DIGITAL FILM & VIDEO PRODUCTION
CREDITS // HOURS
CA1400 Production Fundamentals
CA2430 Introduction to Video**
CA2440 Digital Video Editing
DF1400 Survey of Digital Filmmaking and Video Production
DF1410 Principles of Preproduction
DF1440Lighting
DF2400 Fundamentals of Cinematography**
DF2410 Fundamentals of Producing & Directing
DF2420 Studio Production
DF2430 Electronic Field Production**
DF2440 History of Motion Media & Mass Communication
DF3400 Media Theory & Criticism
DF3410 Acting and Directing DF3420 Sound Design
DF3430 Short Media Production
DF3440 Senior Project Preparation** CREDITS // HOURS
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
DF3450 Media Production Workshop
DF3460 Audio Post Production
DF4400 Senior Project Production DF4410 Multi-Camera Production DF4430 Senior Project Post-Production DF4440 Senior Portfolio and Defense** DF4450 Internship GD1420 Image Manipulation
IM1480 Fundamentals of Interactive Design PH1402 Principles of Digital Photography
VE1438 Computer Graphics
VE1457 Conceptual Storytelling
VE2453 Introduction to VFX VE2481 Interactive Visual Design
VE3490 Advanced Editing Principles
460
460
460
460
460
460
4120
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
440
440
440
440
440
440
440
GE2442 Critical Thinking
GE3424 Interpersonal Communication GE3433 Contemporary Art GE3490 Cultural Anthropology
GE4442Ethics
GE4455 Literature GE4461 Physics 440
440
440
440
440
440
440
GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM
GE1410 English I §
GE1413Psychology
GE1424 Public Speaking
GE1433 Art History
GE2411 English II GE2412 College Mathematics §§
GE2423 Environmental Science
** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass.
§ Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher
TOTAL: 180 credits : 2,480 hours
§§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher
23
FASHION &
RETAIL
MANAGEMENT
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE: 12 QUARTERS
ABOUT THE PROGRAM
The Bachelor degree program in Fashion & Retail Management is a twelve-quarter program that
will offer experience across disciplines in business, fashion, and design, covering both soft and hard
lines. This cross-functional focus will allow students to expand beyond traditional fashion design
positions and choose among options in manufacturing, design and retailing. The content of the
curriculum includes fashion industry trends and manufacturing, general business, management,
operations and compliance, retailing, marketing, advertising, and design. Students will learn
how to effectively bridge the gap between designers and the retail market. They will be required
to both identify and anticipate fashion trends, as well as to develop the decision-making skills
needed to insure that the preferred consumer goods are in stock at the appropriate time.
PROGRAM MISSION
The mission of the Bachelor’s degree in Fashion & Retail Management program is to
prepare students to begin careers in store and mall management, event promotion,
sales, product and sales development, and small business ownership.
PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
1. Graduates will demonstrate proficiency with common business computer programs
including inventory management, presentation, spreadsheet, and Web software
2. Graduates will accurately use industry terminology to analyze and meet client needs. This process
will include trend forecasting, textile evaluation, buying plans, and usage for specific markets
3. Graduates will demonstrate the ability to plan and analyze key marketing and management
processes including event planning, product development, target market identification,
market research strategies, branding, electronic marketing, and supply chain distribution
4. Graduates will demonstrate the knowledge of Visual Merchandising as a
communication tool to market the merchandise to the consumer
5. Graduates will demonstrate professional presentation skills to include appropriate
interpersonal communication skills; articulation of knowledge of fashion marketing and
management; and mastery of industry standards, professional practices and ethics
6. Graduates will demonstrate an understanding of the complexities of the global
marketplace in terms of trade restrictions and international business
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
COURSE CODES
The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows:
AD Advertising
HM Hospitality Management
AP Audio Production
ID Interior Design
CU Culinary Arts
PA Professional Application
CA Media Arts & Animation
PH Photography
DM Design Management
SM Studio Management
DF Digital Film & Video Production
TS Transitional Studies
FRM Fashion & Retail Management
VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics
GD Graphic Design
IM Web Design & Interactive Media
GE General Education
The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second
numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations
1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated
with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefixes AD and FRM identify the core courses required in this program.
Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed
in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits.
FASHION & RETAIL MANAGEMENT
CREDITS // HOURS
CREDITS // HOURS
AD2420 Organizational Behavior
440
AD2430 Fundamentals of Marketing & Advertising
440
AD2460Branding
440
AD4410 Public Relations and Promotion
440
AD4420 Sales 440
AD4460 Global Business Perspectives
440
DM2410Fundamentals of Business** 460
DM2430Principles of Managerial Accounting 440
DM2470Principles of Market Research
440
DM2490Project Management
440
DM3460Business Communications 440
DM4450Business Plan 460
FRM1400 Fashion History I
440
FRM1401 Fashion History II
440
FRM1410 Fundamentals of Management Technology 4
40
FRM1433 Textiles and Fiber 440
FRM1442 Introduction to Retailing** FRM2400 Consumer Behavior FRM2415 Apparel Evaluation & Construction FRM2475 Retail Mathematics**
FRM2490 Visual Merchandising
FRM3425 Introduction to Manufacturing
FRM3455 Merchandise Management**
FRM4410 Web Marketing for Fashion Retail
Management
FRM4420 Retail Operations and Planning
FRM4425 Trends and Concepts in Apparel
FRM4461 Product Development FRM4495 Special Topics in Fashion &
Retail Management
IM1480 Fundamentals of Interactive Design
PA4486Internship
PA4487Portfolio
440
440
440
440
440
440
440
GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM
GE2411 English II
GE2423 Environmental Science
GE2442 Critical Thinking
GE3424 Interpersonal Communication GE3433 Contemporary Art GE3490 Cultural Anthropology
GE4442Ethics
GE4455 Literature 440
440
440
440
440
440
440
440
GE1410 English I §
GE1413Psychology
GE1424 Public Speaking
GE1433 Art History
GE1466 Principles of Economics
GE2412 College Mathematics §§
440
440
440
440
440
440
** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass.
§ Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher
440
440
440
440
440
460
4120
460
TOTAL: 180 credits : 1,960 hours
§§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher
25
FASHION
RETAILING
DIPLOMA: 4 QUARTERS
ABOUT THE PROGRAM
The Fashion Retailing program teaches students how to use their combined creative and business skills
to display, market, and sell fashion merchandise. The well-trained student will be able to effectively
understand and meet the customer’s needs, and ultimately encourage sales. This is accomplished
by having a keen awareness to the changing needs of the consumer, learning how to identify and
predict new style trends, and by being able to conceptualize and promote fashion displays and sales
campaigns. Individuals in fashion retailing will learn how to evaluate apparel construction, identify
appropriate characteristics and uses of different textiles. They will also gain knowledge of consumer
behavior, retail operations, visual merchandising, the larger marketplace, and business skills.
PROGRAM MISSION
The mission of the diploma program in Fashion Retailing is to prepare students to seek positions in the
field of fashion retailing. The program is intended for students who have a background in fashion and
are interested in developing retail management and business skills, or who are preparing for a career
in fashion retailing in boutiques, specialty stores, national department stores, and discount chains.
Students primarily focus on retail sales, management, operations, fashion trends, and promotion.
PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
1. Graduates will demonstrate the ability to combine creative and business
skills to display, market, and sell fashion merchandise
2. Graduates will demonstrate the ability to understand and meet the
customer’s needs, and ultimately encourage sales
3. Graduates will demonstrate an awareness of the changing needs of the
consumer, identify and predict new style trends, and use this information to
conceptualize and promote fashion displays and sales campaigns
4. Graduates will demonstrate the ability to evaluate apparel construction and
identify appropriate characteristics and uses of different textiles
5. Graduates will demonstrate knowledge of consumer behavior, retail operations,
visual merchandising, the larger marketplace, and business skills
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
COURSE CODES
The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows:
AD Advertising
HM Hospitality Management
AP Audio Production
ID Interior Design
CU Culinary Arts
PA Professional Application
CA Media Arts & Animation
PH Photography
DM Design Management
SM Studio Management
DF Digital Film & Video Production
TS Transitional Studies
FRM Fashion & Retail Management
VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics
GD Graphic Design
IM Web Design & Interactive Media
GE General Education
The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second
numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations
1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated
with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefixes AD and FRM identify the core courses required in this program.
Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed
in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits.
FASHION & RETAIL MANAGEMENT
CREDITS // HOURS
FRM1433 Textiles and Fiber
FRM1442 Intro to Retailing
FRM2400 Consumer Behavior
FRM2415 Apparel Evaluation and Construction
FRM2490 Visual Merchandising
FRM3425 Intro to Manufacturing
460
460
460
460
460
460
CREDITS // HOURS
FRM3455 Merchandise Management
FRM4420 Retail Operations and Technology
FRM4425 Trends and Concepts in Apparel
AD2430 Fundamentals of Marketing & Advertising
AD2460 Branding
DM2410 Fundamentals of Business
** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass.
§ Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher
460
460
460
460
460
460
TOTAL: 48 credits : 720 hours
§§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher
27
GRAPHIC
DESIGN
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE: 12 QUARTERS
ABOUT THE PROGRAM
The Bachelor Degree Program in Graphic Design is a twelve-quarter program. The Graphic Design degree
program teaches students to express themselves creatively while visually communicating a message.
The Graphic Design degree program emphasizes hands-on learning. Students in the Graphic Design
degree program use industry-related technology and software. Course topics in the Graphic Design
degree program include typography, illustration, and package design. With a Graphic Design degree,
graduates can pursue entry-level jobs like graphic designer, computer artist, and production artist.
The Graphic Design Bachelor’s degree program at The Art Institutes International Minnesota
is the first step toward a career in commercial graphics. Initially, students develop an
understanding of color and composition, design and typography, and learn accurate
drawing skills. As they progress through the program, students are trained in creative
problem solving and learn to offer solutions that are effective in the business world.
Emphasis is placed on concept development and creative problem solving. Skills and techniques
of computer graphics and electronic imaging are taught by master professionals. Tools include
scanners, digital cameras, and computer-based hardware and software. Advanced training
includes the execution of assignments encountered by professionals in the field.
PROGRAM MISSION
The mission of the Bachelor’s in Graphic Design degree program is to provide a focus on
conceptual thinking while developing graphic design technical and creative skills, including an
introduction to the theory and practice of print and Web design production, electronic publishing,
graphic imagery, and sales promotion. Graduates are prepared to grow their careers from
entry-level positions in the graphic design field through the practice of lifelong learning.
PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
1. Technical - Graduates will demonstrate and apply competencies in industry-specific
computer software programs within the context of producing concrete projects. This includes
technical aspects of prepress, output, and quality reproduction as well as web design
2. Design - Graduates will analyze and incorporate aesthetics and formal concepts of layout
and design. This includes spatial relationships; communication legibility and effectiveness;
interrelationships among imagery and text; balance; typography; and color theory
3. Conceptual - Graduates will demonstrate design concepts and relate these to historical and
contemporary trends and social context by producing successful visual solutions to assigned problems
4. Visual Communication - Graduates will model the interdependence of content and visual
expression and be able to evaluate and critique their ideas. Graduates must be able to verbally
articulate the vision behind their creative work and explain and promote their solutions
5. Professional Presentation - Graduates will demonstrate professional presentation; articulation
of knowledge of graphic design and visual problem solving; and mastery of industry standards,
professional practices and ethics
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
COURSE CODES
The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows:
AD Advertising
HM Hospitality Management
AP Audio Production
ID Interior Design
CU Culinary Arts
PA Professional Application
CA Media Arts & Animation
PH Photography
DM Design Management
SM Studio Management
DF Digital Film & Video Production
TS Transitional Studies
FRM Fashion & Retail Management
VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics
GD Graphic Design
IM Web Design & Interactive Media
GE General Education
The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second
numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations
1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated
with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix GD identifies the core courses required in this program.
Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed
in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits.
GRAPHIC DESIGN
CREDITS // HOURS
CA2430 Introduction to Video GD1401 Fundamentals of Design
GD1402 Drawing & Perspective
GD1403 Typography for Digital Media** GD1411 Intermediate Drawing
GD1420 Image Manipulation
GD1430 Illustration GD1431 Design Layout
GD1473 Color & Design
GD2421 Art & Design Concepts
GD2425 Advanced Typography GD2432 Digital Illustration
GD2433 Electronic Design GD2437 Design History
GD2440 Print Production**
GD2480 Designing for the Web
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
440
460
460
GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM
GE1410 English I §
GE1413Psychology
GE1424 Public Speaking
GE1433 Art History
GE2411 English II
GE2412 College Mathematics §§
440
440
440
440
440
440
CREDITS // HOURS
GD3411 Corporate Identity & Communications GD3431 Advanced Design** GD3435 Media Design
GD3445 Marketing Design
GD3455 Package Design
GD3465 Publication Design
GD3470 Law & the Commercial Arts
GD4435 Advanced Illustration GD4480 Design Production Team
IM1480 Fundamentals of Interactive Design IM2440 User Centered Interface Design
PA4485 Portfolio Preparation** PA4486 Internship PA4487Portfolio
PH1402 Principles of Photography for Non-Majors
GE2423 Environmental Science
GE2442 Critical Thinking
GE3424 Interpersonal Communication
GE3433 Contemporary Art GE3490 Cultural Anthropology GE4442Ethics
GE4455 Literature GE4461 Physics ** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass.
§ Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher
460
460
460
460
460
460
440
460
460
460
460
460
4120
460
460
440
440
440
440
440
440
440
440
TOTAL: 180 credits : 2,440 hours
§§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher
29
GRAPHIC
DESIGN
ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE: 7 QUARTERS
ABOUT THE PROGRAM
Glossy magazines, digital media, corporate stationery, television graphics, billboards - all are composed
of images, design, and printed words that work together to sell products and services, or to convey
messages. This is the fundamental concept of graphic design, and it’s the basis of some of today’s
most dynamic fields - advertising, publishing, television and interactive communications.
The Graphic Design Associate degree program at The Art Institutes International Minnesota is the first
step toward a career in commercial graphics. Initially, students develop an understanding of color and
composition, design and typography, and have the opportunity to learn accurate drawing skills. As they
progress through the program, students have the opportunity to learn to offer effective solutions.
PROGRAM MISSION
The mission of the Graphic Design Associate degree program is to provide a focus on conceptual
thinking while developing graphic design technical and creative skills, including an introduction to
the theory and practice of print and web design production, electronic publishing, graphic imagery,
and sales promotion. Graduates are prepared to enter in entry-level positions in the graphic design
field through practice of lifelong learning. Graphic Design graduates are prepared to work and
meet the challenges of the continually changing marketplace and Graphic Design profession.
PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
1. Technical - Graduates will demonstrate competencies in industry-specific computer
software programs within the context of producing concrete projects. This includes
technical aspects of prepress, output, and quality reproduction, as well as web design
2. Design - Graduates will incorporate aesthetics and formal concepts of layout and
design. This includes spatial relationships; communication legibility and effectiveness;
interrelationships among imagery and text; balance; typography; and color theory
3. Visual Communication - Graduates are able to verbally articulate the vision
behind their creative work and explain and promote their solutions
4. History / Concepts - Students will demonstrate design concepts and relate these to historical and
contemporary trends and social context by producing successful visual solutions to assigned problems
5. Design Professionalism - Graduates will demonstrate professional presentation;
articulation of knowledge of graphic design and visual problem solving
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
COURSE CODES
The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows:
AD Advertising
HM Hospitality Management
AP Audio Production
ID Interior Design
CU Culinary Arts
PA Professional Application
CA Media Arts & Animation
PH Photography
DM Design Management
SM Studio Management
DF Digital Film & Video Production
TS Transitional Studies
FRM Fashion & Retail Management
VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics
GD Graphic Design
IM Web Design & Interactive Media
GE General Education
The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second
numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations
1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated
with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix GD identifies the core courses required in this program.
Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed
in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits.
GRAPHIC DESIGN
CREDITS // HOURS
GD1401 Fundamentals of Design
GD1402 Drawing & Perspective
GD1403 Typography for Digital Media** GD1411 Intermediate Drawing
GD1420 Image Manipulation
GD1430 Illustration GD1431 Design Layout
GD1473 Color & Design
GD2432 Digital Illustration
CREDITS // HOURS
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
GD2440 Print Production**
GD3431 Advanced Design** GD3465 Publication Design
GD4480 Design Production Team
IM1480 Fundamentals of Interactive Design PA4485 Portfolio Preparation** 460
460
460
460
460
460
440
440
440
440
GE2411
GE2412
GE2423
GE2442
440
440
440
440
GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM
GE1410 English I §
GE1413Psychology
GE1424 Public Speaking
GE1433 Art History
English II College Mathematics §§
Environmental Science
Critical Thinking
** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass.
§ Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher
TOTAL: 92 credits : 1,220 hours
§§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher
31
HOSPITALITY
MANAGEMENT
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE: 12 QUARTERS
ABOUT THE PROGRAM
The world’s most illustrious hotels, restaurants, and resorts build their reputations on being able to meet
customer expectations and demands for service, quality, diversity of product, and professional expertise.
At The Art Institutes International Minnesota, we understand that successful communication between all
the players in the Hospitality Management business – in the kitchen and in the front of the house – from
the front desk to housekeeping, keeps things running smoothly and contributes to the overall success of
any hospitality venture. Curriculum for the Bachelor of Science Hospitality Management degree program
begins with an introduction to the variety and scope of positions within the hospitality industry.
Students have the opportunity to explore the various dimensions of hospitality, such as the role of culinary
education and various entry-level career opportunities, before moving on to both practical and theoretical
skills in the business arena. Purchasing, budgeting, planning and cost control knowledge informs students
of the market requirements of running a hotel, restaurant or institutional business. Students can also receive
grounding in the marketing, financial management, law, facilities management, and travel industry skills
necessary in the operation of a business in the various segments of the multi-faceted hospitality industry.
PROGRAM MISSION
The mission of the Bachelor’s in Hospitality Management degree program is to prepare students
for entry-level positions in the hospitality industry. A com¬prehensive curriculum in all facets
of the industry, along with personal and professional development skills is designed to prepare
students to assume management roles in a wide variety of hospitality applicactions.
PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the program, graduates should be able to:
1. Seek an entry-level skill position in the food service industry
2. Demonstrate and articulate an awareness of the cross-cultural, moral, ethical and environmental
issues in hospitality organizations and their relationship with all stakeholders
3. List, explore and critically analyze the principles and practices impacting
contemporary issues affecting the global hospitality industry
4. Differentiate between the many roles and responsibilities of a
manager within a range of hospitality environments
5. Implement operational sales and marketing techniques in hospitality organizations
6. Prepare, maintain, analyze, and utilize financial documents and data related to hospitality organizations
7. Create a business plan for a food service outlet or hospitality company
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
COURSE CODES
NOTE:
The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent
subject areas as follows:
This program requires the use of a laptop. The following
hardware and software requirements listed below are the
minimum specifications necessary for the computer:
•
Hardware: 256 MB of RAM or more, 5 GB of free disk
space, 802.11b or 802.11g wireless network adapter
•
Platform: Windows XP, Vista, or 7; MacOS X only
•
Minimum: Internet Explorer 6.0 or higher for Windows,
Safari or Firefox 1.5 or higher for Macintosh NOTE:
JavaScript & Cookies must be enabled.
•
Students can purchase discounted laptops through
www.aistudentstore.com
AD Advertising
HM Hospitality Management
AP Audio Production
ID Interior Design
CU Culinary Arts
PA Professional Application
CA Media Arts & Animation
PH Photography
DM Design Management
SM Studio Management
DF Digital Film & Video Production
TS Transitional Studies
FRM Fashion & Retail Management
VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics
GD Graphic Design
IM Web Design & Interactive Media
GE General Education
The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second
numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations
1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated
with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefixes HM and CU identify the core courses required in this program.
Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed
in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits.
HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT
CREDITS // HOURS
AD2430 Fundamentals Of Marketing and Advertising
CU1210 Concepts and Theories of Culinary Techniques
CU1610 Fundamentals of Classical Techniques
CU1620 American Regional Cuisine
CU2252 Latin Cuisine
CU2451 Food and Beverages Operations Management **
CU2408 Management, Supervision & Career Development
CU2861 Ala Carte Kitchen
CU3423 Catering and Event Management
CU3455 Human Resources Management
CU3480 Quality Service Management and Training
CU4412 Exploring Wines and the Culinary Arts
CU4420 Facilities Management and Design
CU4430 Global Management/Operations
440
220
6110
6110
230
440
440
8150
440
440
440
440
440
440
GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM
GE1406Nutrition
GE1410 English I §
GE1424 Public Speaking
GE1466 Principles of Economics
GE2411 English II GE2412 College Mathematics §§
440
440
440
440
440
440
CREDITS // HOURS
DM2430Principles Of Managerial Accounting
HM1430 Sales and Public Relations
HM1440 Lodging Operations **
HM2450 Front Office Management
HM2451 Purchasing/Contract Service
HM2480 Hospitality Law
HM2481 Institutional Operations
HM3412 Travel and Tourism
HM3490 Risk Management
HM3491 Multi-Unit/Chain/Franchise Operations
HM4401 Hospitality Accounting **
HM4430 Hospitality Capstone **
PA4416 HM Management Internship
440
440
440
440
440
440
440
440
440
440
440
440
16480
GE2423 Environmental Science
GE2442 Critical Thinking
GE2477 Spanish I
GE2478 Spanish II
GE3424 Interpersonal Communication GE3490 Cultural Anthropology
GE4442Ethics
GE4461Physics
440
440
440
440
440
440
440
440
** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass.
§ Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher
TOTAL: 180 credits : 2,300 hours
§§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher
33
INTERIOR
DESIGN
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE: 12 QUARTERS
ABOUT THE PROGRAM
Interior designers must have a thorough understanding of efficient space planning, human factors, color,
pattern, lighting, furniture, and materials. These elements are essential to the creation of residential
and commercial spaces. Whether working for architectural or interior design firms, hotel or restaurant
chains, department or furniture stores, or independently as consultants or firm owners, accomplished
designers are adept at working with clients and understanding their needs. Students begin with a
foundation in basic rendering and perspective, have the opportunity to build the aesthetic and technical
problem-solving skills and discover the difference between designing for architectural firms, retail
stores, hotels and restaurants. Students have the opportunity to learn how to keep accurate records
and discover how to buy wholesale, enter a world where color, texture, fabric, and light are instruments
that paint an environment, and are introduced to computer-aided drafting (CAD) and sample the
real world of interior design in the studio, the showroom, and the business planning office.
PROGRAM MISSION
The mission of the Interior Design Bachelor’s degree program is to graduate
students prepared for their profession, able to conceive and execute viable, creative
design solutions in diverse occupations within current market realities.
PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
1. Design Theory: Graduates will apply theories and knowledge of design
to develop creative solutions to interior design problems
2. Problem Solving: Graduates will solve interior design problems within the
constraints of applicable codes and industry standards
3. Communication: Graduates will demonstrate the communication
skills needed for success in the interior design field
4. Material Use: Graduates will produce effective designs using appropriate materials and products
5. Professionalism: Graduates will conduct themselves in accord with the
professional and ethical standards of the interior design profession
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
COURSE CODES
The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows:
AD Advertising
HM Hospitality Management
AP Audio Production
ID Interior Design
CU Culinary Arts
PA Professional Application
CA Media Arts & Animation
PH Photography
DM Design Management
SM Studio Management
DF Digital Film & Video Production
TS Transitional Studies
FRM Fashion & Retail Management
VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics
GD Graphic Design
IM Web Design & Interactive Media
GE General Education
The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second
numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations
1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated
with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix ID identifies the core courses required in this program.
Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed
in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits.
INTERIOR DESIGN
CREDITS // HOURS
GD1401 Fundamentals of Design
GD1402 Drawing & Perspective
GD1473 Color & Design ID1420 Architectural Drafting**
ID1421 Perspectives ID1426 Mixed Media
ID1433 Textiles & Fabrics
ID1440 3D Design
ID2420 History of Design to 1830
ID2422 Introduction to Space Planning ID2424 Elements of Interior Design
ID2425 Building Materials and Mechanical Systems
ID2430 Computer Aided Drafting** ID2431 Revit ID2440 Design Process
ID2441 Design Development: Residential 460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
440
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM
GE1410 English I §
GE1413Psychology
GE1424 Public Speaking
GE1433 Art History
GE2411 English II
GE2412 College Mathematics §§
440
440
440
440
440
440
CREDITS // HOURS
ID2442 Design Development: Commercial
ID2443 Problems in Residential Design
ID3419 Civilization & the Arts
ID3420 History of Design from 1830 to Present
ID3421 19th & 20th Century Architecture
ID3425Lighting
ID3427 Interior Tectonics & Codes** ID3429 Interior Detailing ID3440 Specialty Design ID3441 Advanced Residential Design ID3442 Advanced Corporate Design ID4425 Advanced Detailing** ID4440 Advanced Specialty Design ID4479 Professional Practice
ID4480 Senior Design Project
460
460
440
440
440
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
440
460
GE2423 Environmental Science
GE2442 Critical Thinking
GE3424 Interpersonal Communication
GE3433 Contemporary Art GE3490 Cultural Anthropology GE4442Ethics
GE4455 Literature GE4461 Physics 440
440
440
440
440
440
440
440
** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass.
§ Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher
TOTAL: 180 credits : 2,320 hours
§§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher
35
INTERIOR
DESIGN
ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE: 8 QUARTERS
ABOUT THE PROGRAM
Our Associate’s level Interior Design degree program is carefully balanced and designed to provide
a three-dimensional understanding of space, form, and function. In early courses, students have
the opportunity to learn the basics of drawing, drafting, color, and design, and the fundamentals of
space planning and perspective. In later quarters, students have the opportunity to receive training in
working drawings, detailing, life safety codes, and learn about textiles and the history of design.
PROGRAM MISSION
The mission of the Interior Design Associate degree program is to prepare students
to function as professionals who are able to develop viable creative solutions
within residential ssettings and limited commercial applcations.
PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
1. Design Theory: Graduates will apply theories and knowledge of design
to develop creative solutions to interior design problems
2. Codes & Standards: Solve interior design problems in accordance with applicable codes and industry standards
3. Communication: Graduates will demonstrate the communication
skills needed for success in the interior design field
4. Material Use: Graduates will produce effective designs using appropriate materials and products
5. Professionalism: Graduates will conduct themselves in accord with the
professional and ethical standards of the interior design profession
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
COURSE CODES
The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows:
AD Advertising
HM Hospitality Management
AP Audio Production
ID Interior Design
CU Culinary Arts
PA Professional Application
CA Media Arts & Animation
PH Photography
DM Design Management
SM Studio Management
DF Digital Film & Video Production
TS Transitional Studies
FRM Fashion & Retail Management
VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics
GD Graphic Design
IM Web Design & Interactive Media
GE General Education
The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second
numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations
1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated
with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix ID identifies the core courses required in this program.
Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed
in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits.
INTERIOR DESIGN
CREDITS // HOURS
GD1401 Fundamentals of Design
GD1402 Drawing & Perspective
GD1473 Color & Design ID1420 Architectural Drafting**
ID1421 Perspectives ID1426 Mixed Media
ID2420 History of Design to 1830
ID2422 Introduction to Space Planning ID2424 Elements of Interior Design
CREDITS // HOURS
460
460
460
460
460
460
440
460
460
ID2430 Computer Aided Drafting** ID2431Revit
ID2440 Design Process
ID2441 Design Development: Residential ID2443 Problems in Residential Design
ID3420 History of Design from 1830 to Present
ID3440 Specialty Design 460
460
460
460
460
440
460
440
440
440
440
GE2411
GE2412
GE2423
GE2442
440
440
440
440
GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM
GE1410 English I §
GE1413Psychology
GE1424 Public Speaking
GE1433 Art History
English II College Mathematics §§
Environmental Science
Critical Thinking
** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass.
§ Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher
TOTAL: 96 credits : 1,240 hours
§§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher
37
INTERIOR
PLANNING WITH
AUTOCAD
ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE: 8 QUARTERS
ABOUT THE PROGRAM
Everything that is manufactured, constructed, or remodeled involves charts, plans or drawings.
The drafter puts the designs on paper that are essential to managers, financiers, engineers, and
manufacturers. The overall program objective is to develop as an entry-level drafter. The program
focuses on building construction. In addition to the opportunity to learn the basic skills such as
lettering, line work, and drafting principles, the student can learn to use codes specification and
reference materials. Training is also devoted to learning Computer Aided Drafting (CAD) when the
power of the computer and advanced software greatly expands the drafter’s productivity.
PROGRAM MISSION
The mission of the Interior Design wtih AutoCAD Associate degree program is to
preparetudents to function as professionals skilled in drafting and space planning.
PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
1. Design Theory: Graduates will apply theories and knowledge of design
to develop creative solutions to interior design problems
2. Codes & Standards: Solve interior design problems in accordance with applicable codes and industry standards
3. Communication: Graduates will demonstrate the communication
skills needed for success in the interior design field
4. Professionalism: Graduates will conduct themselves in accord with the
professional and ethical standards of the interior design profession
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
COURSE CODES
The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows:
AD Advertising
HM Hospitality Management
AP Audio Production
ID Interior Design
CU Culinary Arts
PA Professional Application
CA Media Arts & Animation
PH Photography
DM Design Management
SM Studio Management
DF Digital Film & Video Production
TS Transitional Studies
FRM Fashion & Retail Management
VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics
GD Graphic Design
IM Web Design & Interactive Media
GE General Education
The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second
numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations
1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated
with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix ID identifies the core courses required in this program.
Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed
in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits.
INTERIOR PLANNING WITH AUTOCAD
CREDITS // HOURS
GD1401 Fundamentals of Design
GD1402 Drawing & Perspective
GD1473 Color & Design ID1420 Architectural Drafting**
ID1421 Perspectives ID1426 Mixed Media
ID1440 3D Design
ID2422 Introduction to Space Planning ID2425 Building Materials and Mechanical Systems CREDITS // HOURS
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
ID2430 Computer Aided Drafting** ID2431Revit
ID2443 Problems in Residential Design
ID3425Lighting
ID3427 Interior Tectonics & Codes** ID3429 Interior Detailing ID3440 Specialty Design 460
460
460
460
460
460
460
440
440
440
440
GE2411
GE2412
GE2423
GE2442
440
440
440
440
GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM
GE1410 English I §
GE1413Psychology
GE1424 Public Speaking
GE1433 Art History
English II College Mathematics §§
Environmental Science
Critical Thinking
** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass.
§ Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher
TOTAL: 96 credits : 1,280 hours
§§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher
39
MEDIA ARTS &
ANIMATION
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE: 12 QUARTERS
ABOUT THE PROGRAM
The Bachelor’s level degree program in Media Arts & Animation is a twelve quarter program.
The program provides the graduate with art, design, technical, business, and life skills needed
to develop and sustain a career in the fields of animation and related media arts.
PROGRAM MISSION
The Bachelor’s level Media Arts & Animation degree program is designed to provide
graduates with the relevant career skills needed to seek entry-level careers in the animation
industry. The goal is accomplished through a focused curriculum based on industry
validated program exit competencies. Graduates will be prepared for entry-level positions
in 2D and 3D animation, 3D modeling, artists or other animation and art specialists.
PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
1. Graduates will demonstrate application of learned concepts from foundation level art courses.
These would include: drawing, color, form, design, composition and foundation level digital art skills
2. Graduates will demonstrate an applied technical knowledge of animation
tools and software according to current industry standards
3. Graduates will demonstrate a practical understanding and application in the principles of animation,
acting and movement and cinematic storytelling as it relates to 2D and 3D animation (as applicable)
4. Graduates will demonstrate professionalism, through the creation and presentation of
a demo-reel and self-promotion package, according to current industry standards
5. Graduates will demonstrate the ability to conceptualize, plan,
execute, and deliver quality animation projects
6. Graduates will demonstrate the ability to work on team-based projects
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
COURSE CODES
The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows:
AD Advertising
HM Hospitality Management
AP Audio Production
ID Interior Design
CU Culinary Arts
PA Professional Application
CA Media Arts & Animation
PH Photography
DM Design Management
SM Studio Management
DF Digital Film & Video Production
TS Transitional Studies
FRM Fashion & Retail Management
VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics
GD Graphic Design
IM Web Design & Interactive Media
GE General Education
The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second
numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course
designations 1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are
designated with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefixe CA identify the core courses required in this program.
Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed
in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits.
MEDIA ARTS & ANIMATION
CREDITS // HOURS
CA1400 Production Fundamentals** for CA and VE
CA1405 Advanced Drawing for Animation
CA1409 History and Trends in Animation
CA1410 Storyboarding and Animatics CA1415 Writing for Animation
CA1420 Digital Imaging** CA2413 Acting for Animators
CA2425 Introduction to 2D Animation** CA2429 Introduction to 3D Modeling** for CA and VE
CA2430 Introduction to Video CA2432 Character/Object Design
CA2439 Introduction to 3D Animation**
CA2440 Digital Video Editing CA3425 Materials and Lighting
CA3449 Intermediate 3D Modeling** for CA and VE
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
CREDITS // HOURS
CA3459 Intermediate 3D Animation** for CA
CA3460 Computer Animation Studio
CA3469 Advanced 3D Modeling
CA3470 Special Topics for Computer Animation
CA4461 Traditional Animation Studio
CA4480 Team Animation
GD1401 Fundamentals of Design
GD1402 Drawing & Perspective
GD1403 Typography for Digital Media GD1411 Intermediate Drawing GD1473 Color & Design
IM1480 Fundamentals of Interactive Design PA4483 Digital Portfolio** PA4484 Portfolio Presentation** PA4486Internship
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
4120
GE2442 Critical Thinking
GE3424 Interpersonal Communication GE3433 Contemporary Art GE3490 Cultural Anthropology
GE4442Ethics
GE4455 Literature GE4461 Physics 440
440
440
440
440
440
440
ELECTIVES (SELECT ONE)
CA2435 Advanced 2D Animation CA3479 Advanced 3D Animation
460
460
GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM
GE1410 English I §
GE1413Psychology
GE1424 Public Speaking
GE1433 Art History
GE2411 English II GE2412 College Mathematics §§
GE2423 Environmental Science
440
440
440
440
440
440
440
** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass.
§ Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher
TOTAL: 180 credits : 2,480 hours
§§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher
41
PHOTOGRAPHY
BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS: 12 QUARTERS
ABOUT THE PROGRAM
In our Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree program, you have the opportunity to seek key technical skill with
basic classes in photography (both traditional darkroom and digital), design, and layout. As you gain
proficiency, you can increase your skill level with coursework in studio and product photography,
in-depth topical explorations of subject, and professional level digital photographic printing.
PROGRAM MISSION
The mission of the Photography Bachelor’s degree program is to provide students with
technical skills and the mature design vision needed to produce compelling imagery. Students
can also acquire communication and business skills appropriate to market needs.
PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
Students graduating from the Photography program will:
1. Produce a portfolio of original work for current media and multiple platforms demonstrating
industry standards, and employing appropriate technical strategies
2. Be able to place themselves and their work within an historic and cultural context
3. Be able to use problem-solving processes to produce visually compelling
imagery reflective of their personal styles and visions
4. Conceptualize, plan and implement marketing strategies and a business model reflective of
industry standards, while demonstrating personal motivation and ethical practices
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MNNESOTA
COURSE CODES
The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows:
AD Advertising
HM Hospitality Management
AP Audio Production
ID Interior Design
CU Culinary Arts
PA Professional Application
CA Media Arts & Animation
PH Photography
DM Design Management
SM Studio Management
DF Digital Film & Video Production
TS Transitional Studies
FRM Fashion & Retail Management
VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics
GD Graphic Design
IM Web Design & Interactive Media
GE General Education
The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second
numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations
1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated
with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix PH identifies the core courses required in this program.
Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed
in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits.
PHOTOGRAPHY
CREDITS // HOURS
AD2400 Computer Illustration AD3450 Art Direction
CA2430 Introduction to Video
DM2490Project Management GD1401 Fundamentals of Design
GD1402 Drawing & Perspective
GD1403 Typography for Digital Media
GD1411 Intermediate Drawing
GD1431 Design Layout
GD1473 Color & Design
GD3470 Law and the Commercial Arts
IM1480 Fundamentals of Interactive Design
PH1401 Principles of Photography**
PH1410 History and Survey of Photography
PH1413 Fundamentals of Lighting** PH1450 Photographic Design
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
440
460
460
440
460
460
ELECTIVE (SELECT ONE) 460
CREDITS // HOURS
PH1470 Large Format Photography
PH2413 Advanced Lighting
PH2451 Digital Photographic Production**
PH2454 Photographic Language and Culture
PH2460 Digital Darkroom
PH2470 Editorial Photography
PH2478 Location Photography
PH3400 The Business of Photography
PH3410 Photographic Essays & Visual Narratives PH3413 Photographic Studio PH4410Specialization**
PA4485 Portfolio Preparation
PA4486Internship
PA4487Portfolio
460
460
460
440
460
460
460
440
460
460
460
460
4120
460
GE2442 Critical Thinking
GE3424 Interpersonal Communication GE3433 Contemporary Art GE3490 Cultural Anthropology
GE4442Ethics
GE4455 Literature GE4461 Physics 440
440
440
440
440
440
440
CA2440 Digital Video Editing
PH2476 Multimedia for Photographers
GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM
GE1410 English I §
GE1413Psychology
GE1424 Public Speaking
GE1433 Art History
GE2411 English II GE2412 College Mathematics §§
GE2423 Environmental Science
440
440
440
440
440
440
440
** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass.
§ Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher
TOTAL: 180 credits : 2,400 hours
§§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher
43
DIGITAL IMAGE
MANAGEMENT
DIPLOMA: 4 QUARTERS
ABOUT THE PROGRAM
The Digital Image Management diploma program will prepare students to seek entry-level positions in
their chosen field. Students are primarily focused on the creation of digital photography and videos, the
development of websites, publishing electronic images for print and the web, and basic business principles.
Students will gain knowledge in the key functions of digital photography and video; this involves the
basics of how to produce digital photographs and videos that effectively communicate their ideas, the
techniques of digital editing, asset management, and publishing and printing of digital files. Students will
be taught business principles including how to keep financial records, market their work, and the basic
knowledge of licensing, copyright laws, contracts, and negotiation. Students are primarily focused on
digital photography, the publishing of electronic images for print and web, and basic business principles.
PROGRAM MISSION
The mission of the diploma program in Digital Image Management is to prepare students to seek
postitions in their chosen field, and function as assistants for a professional photographer.
PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
1. Demonstrate knowledge and control of the photographic process, including image manipulation,
photo retouching, color management, printing, network use and digital asset management
2. Demonstrate knowledge of the workings of a large, multi-functional commercial photographic
studio, its business and operations, including key concepts of business plans, competitive
business strategies, human resources, database management, and financial principles
3. Create advanced market research including branding, competitive analysis, and direct marketing
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MNNESOTA
COURSE CODES
The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows:
AD Advertising
HM Hospitality Management
AP Audio Production
ID Interior Design
CU Culinary Arts
PA Professional Application
CA Media Arts & Animation
PH Photography
DM Design Management
SM Studio Management
DF Digital Film & Video Production
TS Transitional Studies
FRM Fashion & Retail Management
VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics
GD Graphic Design
IM Web Design & Interactive Media
GE General Education
The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second
numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations
1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated
with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefixe PH identifies the core courses required in this program.
DIGITAL IMAGE MANAGEMENT
CREDITS // HOURS
CREDITS // HOURS
CA2430 - Introduction to Video
GD3470 - Law & the Commercial Arts
PH1402 - Principles of Photography for Non Majors
PH1413 - Fundamentals of Lighting
PH1450 - Photographic Design
PH2413 - Advanced Lighting
460
440
460
460
460
460
PH2451 - Digital Photographic Production
PH2460 - Digital Darkroom
PH2470 - Editorial Photography
PH2476 - Multimedia for Photographers
PH3400 - The Business of Photography
PH3413 - Photographic Studio
460
460
460
460
440
460
TOTAL: 48 credits : 680 hours
45
VISUAL EFFECTS
& MOTION
GRAPHICS
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE: 12 QUARTERS
ABOUT THE PROGRAM
The Art Institutes International Minnesota Bachelor’s Program in Visual Effects & Motion
Graphics will train graduates in two major areas: motion graphics and digital compositing. These
interrelated fields deal with design, layering and movement of digital elements and imagery.
PROGRAM MISSION
The Bachelor of Science degree program in Visual Effects & Motion Graphics is designed to prepare
graduates for entry-level positions in television, the film industry, visual effects, corporate postproduction
and other related fields by providing for a solid foundation in the principles of art, design, professional
skills and technical knowledge essential for their success. Graduates will be prepared for entry-level
positions in broadcast and cable television, film, videos, and DVD post-production industries.
PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOMES
1. Conceptualize and design effective motion graphics within professional design parameters
2. Create engaging visual effects by implementing post-production techniques
3. Demonstrate technical application of compositing, 3D, video editing, and
use of live-action plates to enhance visual communications
4. Demonstrate basic filmmaking principles in cinematography, animation and editing
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
COURSE CODES
The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows:
AD Advertising
HM Hospitality Management
AP Audio Production
ID Interior Design
CU Culinary Arts
PA Professional Application
CA Media Arts & Animation
PH Photography
DM Design Management
SM Studio Management
DF Digital Film & Video Production
TS Transitional Studies
FRM Fashion & Retail Management
VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics
GD Graphic Design
IM Web Design & Interactive Media
CREDITS // HOURS
GE General Education
The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second
numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations
1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated
with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefixes CA and VE identify the core courses required in this program.
Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed
in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits.
VISUAL EFFECTS & MOTION GRAPHICS
CREDITS // HOURS
CREDITS // HOURS
CA1400 Production Fundamentals** for CA and VE
CA2429 Introduction to 3D Modeling** CA2430 Introduction to Video** CA2440 Digital Video Editing
CA3425 Materials and Lighting CA3449 Intermediate 3D Modeling** DF1410 Principles of Preproduction
GD1401 Fundamentals of Design
GD1402 Drawing & Perspective
GD1403 Typography for Digital Media
GD1473 Color & Design
VE1409 History and Trends in Visual Effects
VE1438 Computer Graphics** VE1457 Conceptual Storytelling
VE2450 Maps, Mattes, and Masks
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
VE2453 Introduction to VFX** VE2467 Production Design
VE2481 Interactive Visual Design VE2486 Broadcast Graphics
VE3453 Intermediate VFX** VE3457 Post Production Management
VE3465 Digital Cinematography for VFX
VE3477 3D Effects
VE3486 Intermediate Broadcast Graphics**
VE4463 Advanced VFX I
VE4467 Production Studio I VE4473 Advanced VFX II
VE4486 Advanced Broadcast Graphics
PA4483 Digital Portfolio** PA4486Internship
ELECTIVE (SELECT ONE)
460
440
440
440
440
440
440
440
GE2442 Critical Thinking
GE3424 Interpersonal Communication GE3433 Contemporary Art GE3490 Cultural Anthropology
GE4442Ethics
GE4455 Literature GE4461 Physics 460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
4120
CA2431 Audio Production PH1402 Principles of Photography for Non-Majors
GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM
GE1410 English I §
GE1413Psychology
GE1424 Public Speaking
GE1433 Art History
GE2411 English II GE2412 College Mathematics §§
GE2423 Environmental Science
** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass.
§ Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher
440
440
440
440
440
440
440
TOTAL: 180 credits : 2,480 hours
§§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher
47
WEB DESIGN &
INTERACTIVE
MEDIA
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE: 12 QUARTERS
ABOUT THE PROGRAM
Web Design & Interactive Media Bachelor’s degree program prepares graduates for entrylevel positions in the interactive design field. The program provides a comprehensive design
foundation and advanced level of web development: Design and programming skills combined
with business strategies and user-centered needs to create interactive technology solutions.
PROGRAM MISSION
Web Design & Interactive Media is a user-centered design program. Program outcomes are
focused on creativity, design strategy, and technology solutions across media platforms.
Program competencies are those related to interface design, interactivity, visual design,
database design, dynamic content design, technology, and information design.
PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
1.
Presentation - Graduates will possess the requisite presentation, interviewing, resume building and business
knowledge critical to seeking an entry-level web designer and/or developer position in the industry
2.
Design - Graduates will apply the vocabulary and concepts of interactive
design, through effective communication and creative design
3.
Technical Skill - Graduates will demonstrate a strong foundation in interactive development through effective
and efficient implementation of integrated functionality with authoring systems and/or web scripting
4.
Documentation - Graduates will apply advanced skills in the principles of form and
function to document and produce designs and business solutions appropriate to a
particular client or target audience while developing a professional portfolio
5.
Graduates will demonstrate the ability to work on team-based projects
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
COURSE CODES
The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows:
AD Advertising
HM Hospitality Management
AP Audio Production
ID Interior Design
CU Culinary Arts
PA Professional Application
CA Media Arts & Animation
PH Photography
DM Design Management
SM Studio Management
DF Digital Film & Video Production
TS Transitional Studies
FRM Fashion & Retail Management
VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics
GD Graphic Design
IM Web Design & Interactive Media
GE General Education
The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second
numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations
1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated
with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix IM identifies the core courses required in this program.
Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed
in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits.
WEB DESIGN & INTERACTIVE MEDIA
CREDITS // HOURS
AD2400 Computer Illustration CA2430 Introduction to Video
CA2431 Audio Production
GD1401 Fundamentals of Design
GD1402 Drawing & Perspective
GD1403 Typography for Digital Media
GD1420 Image Manipulation
GD1431 Design Layout
GD1473 Color & Design
GD3445 Marketing Design
GD3470 Law & the Commercial Arts
IM1480 Fundamentals of Interactive Design** IM2420 Fundamentals of Scripting Languages**
IM2440 User Centered Interface Design
IM2460 Introduction to Authoring 460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
440
460
460
460
460
IM2470 Interactive Motion Graphics
IM2480 Digital Video Production
IM2490 Interactive Motion Scripting
IM3411 Writing for Interactive Design
IM3420 Advanced Scripting Languages** IM3460 Intermediate Authoring
IM4420 Dynamic Web Applications** IM4440 Usability Evaluation IM4470 E-Learning Design & Applications IM4480 Web Design & Interactive Media Production
Team
IM4490 Special Topics in Web Design & Interactive Media
PA4485 Portfolio Preparation**
PA4487Portfolio**
VE1438 Computer Graphics
460
460
460
440
460
460
460
460
460
PH1402 Principles of Photography for Non-Majors
460
460
460
PA4486Internship
VE2453 Introduction to VFX
4120
460
440
440
440
440
440
440
440
GE2442 Critical Thinking
GE3424 Interpersonal Communication GE3433 Contemporary Art GE3490 Cultural Anthropology
GE4442Ethics
GE4455 Literature GE4461 Physics 440
440
440
440
440
440
440
ELECTIVES A (SELECT ONE)
GD2425 Advanced Typography
GD2440 Print Production
CREDITS // HOURS
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
ELECTIVES B (SELECT ONE)
GD3455 Package Design
GD3465 Publication Design
GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM
GE1410 English I §
GE1413Psychology
GE1424 Public Speaking
GE1433 Art History
GE2411 English II GE2412 College Mathematics §§
GE2423 Environmental Science
** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass.
§ Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher
§§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher
TOTAL: 180 credits :
2,380 hours without Internship elective
49
WEB DESIGN &
INTERACTIVE
MEDIA
ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE: 7 QUARTERS
ABOUT THE PROGRAM
Web Design & Interactive Media Associate degree program prepares graduates for entry-level positions
in the interactive design field. The program provides a comprehensive interactive design foundation.
PROGRAM MISSION
Web Design & Interactive Media is a user-centered design program. Program outcomes are
focused on creativity, design strategy, and technology solutions across media platforms.
Program competencies are those related to interface design, interactivity, technology
and visual design. Graduates can seek employment in the interactive design field.
PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
1.
Theory: Demonstrate and integrate knowledge of the major concepts, theoretical
perspectives, empirical findings, and historical trends in interactive media
2.
Design skills: Graduates will incorporate aesthetics and formal concepts of layout and
design. This includes special relationships; communication legibility and effectiveness;
interrelationships among imagery and text; balance; typography; and color theory
3.
Technical expertise: Students will demonstrate and apply competencies in the technical aspects of
prepress, output, and quality reproduction using industry-specific computer software programs
4.
Theory: Graduates will integrate the theory of interactive media into the production of specific projects
5.
Research: Graduates will demonstrate the research skills expected of
practitioners in the field of interactive media design
6.
Communication: Graduates demonstrate a command of the vocabulary of interactive media design
7.
Information Management: Graduates will demonstrate the ability to
acquire and use digital information appropriately
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
COURSE CODES
The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows:
AD Advertising
HM Hospitality Management
AP Audio Production
ID Interior Design
CU Culinary Arts
PA Professional Application
CA Media Arts & Animation
PH Photography
DM Design Management
SM Studio Management
DF Digital Film & Video Production
TS Transitional Studies
FRM Fashion & Retail Management
VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics
GD Graphic Design
IM Web Design & Interactive Media
GE General Education
The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second
numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations
1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated
with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix IM identifies the core courses required in this program.
Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed
in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits.
WEB DESIGN & INTERACTIVE MEDIA
CREDITS // HOURS
CA2430 Introduction to Video
GD1401 Fundamentals of Design
GD1402 Drawing & Perspective
GD1403 Typography for Digital Media
GD1420 Image Manipulation GD3445 Marketing Design IM1480 Fundamentals of Interactive Design** IM2420 Fundamentals of Scripting Languages**
CREDITS // HOURS
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
IM2440
IM2460
IM2470
IM2490
IM3420
PA4485
VE1438
User Centered Interface Design Introduction to Authoring Interactive Motion Graphics
Interactive Motion Scripting
Advanced Scripting Languages** Portfolio Preparation**
Computer Graphics
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
440
440
440
440
GE2411
GE2412
GE2423
GE2442
English II College Mathematics §§
Environmental Science
Critical Thinking
440
440
440
440
GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM
GE1410 English I §
GE1413Psychology
GE1424 Public Speaking
GE1433 Art History
** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass.
§ Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher
TOTAL: 92 credits : 1,220 hours
§§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher
51
WEB DESIGN &
DEVELOPMENT
DIPLOMA: 4 QUARTERS
ABOUT THE PROGRAM
The Web Design & Development diploma program teaches students how to create the look,
feel and functionality of World Wide Web pages for client Web sites. This involves developing
a design that effectively communicates the ideas being promoted by the Web sites, and
focusing on the ways in which the Web sites function for optimum information delivery. The
program will also focus on the design and development of mobile device applications.
Students will develop abilities in aspects of Web design, computer languages, and
multimedia skills, along with developing a professional portfolio as a formal transition
into the workplace. Students will also learn to adapt the most up-to-date programs,
techniques and standards in a field that is quickly and continuously changing.
PROGRAM MISSION
The mission of the diploma Web Design & Development Program is to prepare students to seek
positions in their field and function as trained professionals. Students are primarily focused on
the efficient and effective design and development of Web sites and mobile device applications
in order to best convey the transmission and sharing of information through the Web.
PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
1.
Demonstrate professional visual communication skills through the use
of graphic illustrations, photography and typography
2.
Integrate composition and design in support of concept
3.
Demonstrate the ability to program and code to functional requirements of media project(s)
4.
Apply critical thinking and needs analysis to concept design and in developing media marketing
5.
Apply presentation and communication skills to produce design and business
solutions appropriate to a particular client or target audience
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
COURSE CODES
The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows:
AD Advertising
HM Hospitality Management
AP Audio Production
ID Interior Design
CU Culinary Arts
PA Professional Application
CA Media Arts & Animation
PH Photography
DM Design Management
SM Studio Management
DF Digital Film & Video Production
TS Transitional Studies
FRM Fashion & Retail Management
VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics
GD Graphic Design
IM Web Design & Interactive Media
GE General Education
The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second
numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations
1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated
with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix IM identifies the core courses required in this program.
WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT
CREDITS // HOURS
GD1401 Fundamentals of Design
GD1403 Typography for Digital Media
GD1420 Image Manipulation
CA2430 Introduction to Video
IM1480 Fundamentals of Interactive Design**
IM2420 Fundamentals of Scripting Languages** ** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass.
460
460
460
460
460
460
CREDITS // HOURS
IM2440
IM2460
IM2470
IM2490
IM3420
PA4485
User Centered Interface Design Introduction to Authoring Interactive Motin Graphics Interactive Motion Scripting Advanced Scripting Languages**
Porfolio Prep
460
460
460
460
460
460
TOTAL: 48 credits : 720 hours
53
WEB DESIGN &
INTERACTIVE
COMMUNICATIONS
DIPLOMA: 4 QUARTERS
ABOUT THE PROGRAM
The Web Design & Interactive Communications diploma program teaches students how to
create the look, feel and functionality of World Wide Web pages for client Web sites with a
specific emphasis on professional standards and practical deployment. This course of study
extends foundation principles in visual communications and interactive media as related
to dynamic delivery through multiple channels including mobile technologies.
Students will develop abilities in computer languages, usability principles and
information architecture in a team-oriented environment that prepares them for the
professional world. Students will also be trained in current web technologies and in
project management on assignments that will enhance their personal portfolio.
PROGRAM MISSION
The mission of the diploma in Web Design & Interactive Communications program is to prepare students
to seek positions in their field and function as trained professionals. Students are primarily focused
on the efficient and effective design, development and deployment of Web sites and mobile device
applications in order to best convey the transmission and sharing of information through the Web.
PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
1.
Demonstrate the use of appropriate visual elements and visual communication skills for interactive media.
2.
Create applications that solve specified problems through a variety of scripting techniques.
3.
Critique and evaluate appropriate design solutions.
4.
Design and develop media marketing and business plans
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
COURSE CODES
The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows:
AD Advertising
HM Hospitality Management
AP Audio Production
ID Interior Design
CU Culinary Arts
PA Professional Application
CA Media Arts & Animation
PH Photography
DM Design Management
SM Studio Management
DF Digital Film & Video Production
TS Transitional Studies
FRM Fashion & Retail Management
VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics
GD Graphic Design
IM Web Design & Interactive Media
GE General Education
The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second
numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations
1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated
with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix IM identifies the core courses required in this program.
Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed
in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits.
WEB DESIGN & INTERACTIVE COMMUNICATIONS
CREDITS // HOURS
CA2431 Audio Production
IM2460 Introduction to Authoring
IM3420 Advanced Scripting Languages**
IM2470 Interactive Motion Graphics
IM3411 Writing for Interactive Design
IM2490 Interactive Motion Scripting
** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass.
460
460
460
460
460
460
CREDITS // HOURS
IM3460
IM4420
IM4440
IM4470
IM4490
PA4487
Intermediate Authoring Dynamic Web Applications
Usability Evaluation E-Learning Design& Applications
Special Topics in WDIM Portfolio 460
460
460
460
460
460
TOTAL: 48 credits : 700 hours
55
COURSE
DESCRIPTIONS
Course descriptions describe the learning
opportunities that are provided through
the classroom and coursework. It is each
student’s responsibility to participate in
the activities that will lead to successfully
meeting the learning outcomes.
This course is an examination of human
relations theory and individual, group, and
organizational performance in relation to the
organizational structures of contemporary
businesses and public agencies.
ADVERTISING COURSES
AD2430 - Fundamentals of
Marketing and Advertising
AD1400 - History of Advertising
4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or
higher to pass in AD and DM.
Prerequisites: none
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course presents a survey of major
events and development in the history of
motion media and mass communication. The
survey focuses on the relationship between
technology and media development and
explores the impact motion media and mass
communication has on society and economy.
AD1420 - Conceptual Thinking
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
Students will learn basic skills that will support
their learning throughout the course and
help them create a foundation for nurturing
creativity in their work and lives. They will
be given the tools to help them identify and
solve problems, formulate objectives, and
create a plan to reach their objectives.
AD2400 - Computer Illustration
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in AD.
Prerequisites: GD1401 - Fundamentals of Design,
and GD1402 - Drawing & Perspective
This course explores the methods and techniques
of computer-generated or manipulated images as
solutions to illustration projects. Object-oriented
graphics and paint system programs are utilized.
AD2420 - Organizational Behavior
4 credits, **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in DM.
Prerequisite: none
This course addresses the fundamental concepts
and principles of marketing as it relates to
advertising, its history, potential, and limitations.
An overview of marketing will help students
place their knowledge in a framework and
understand how each component contributes
to the strength and utility of a marketing plan.
Students will examine various definitions
and methods of advertising communication,
as well as advertising objectives, advertising
copy, and federal regulations. Students will
look at how marketing and advertising have
changed over the years and been affected by
world events and cultural assumptions. The
course will also help the student recognize
emerging trends and capitalize on them.
AD2440 - Media and Advertising Design
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in AD.
Prerequisites: AD1420 - Conceptual Thinking
and AD2400 - Computer Illustration
This course examines the structures and
communications skills used by the various
members of a creative team and further
defines the role of graphic design in an
advertising context. The processes of concept
development, media application, and design
creation are emphasized. In addition, the
variety of media used by graphic designers and
their suppliers will be examined. Campaign
strategies, based on media and marketing
realities will also be defined and applied.
AD2460 - Branding
4 credits
Prerequisite: AD2430 - Fundamentals
of Marketing and Advertising
“Branding” became a buzz word in 1990s
advertising, but this process has evolved
into a powerful way to organize and utilize
an understanding of consumer needs and
motivations in a changing marketplace. As the
retail environment changes, marketing people
can rely less on the traditional tools of print and
broadcast media. Marketing strategists need to
learn how to create an identity for their products
and services and how to use that identity to
support sales. This course is an introduction to the
essential concepts and skills of brand marketing.
AD2490 - Dynamics of Integrated Marketing
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in AD.
Prerequisite: DM2470 - Principles of Market Research
In this course, students create an integrated
marketing plan. Beginning with a situation
analysis, students learn and apply the process
of analyzing an organization’s marketing
mix, industry and competition. Based on this
information, students learn to identify potential
business problems, opportunities and write
meaningful objectives. A target audience is
selected and studied in depth. Strategy is heavily
emphasized, including the characteristics of a
strong strategy and various types of strategy.
Students will study how to translate the strategy
to the audience using the five promotional
tools that are advertising, sales promotion,
direct marketing, personal selling and public
relations. Students will apply all these principles
during the creation of their IMC plans.
AD3400 - Persuasion and the Consumer
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course covers persuasive communication
techniques, particularly in the area of advertising,
and examines the cultural, social, and individual
variables involved in consumer behavior. Areas
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
covered include the fields of logic and psychology.
Among the topics to be covered are the framing
effect, emotional hot buttons, mass appeal, snob
appeal, subliminal messages, and the bandwagon
effect. Maslow’s hierarchy of needs, emotional
reactions and how to achieve them, and the various
types of media that could be used to achieve the
appropriate desired response are also covered.
AD3420 - Copywriting
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in AD.
Prerequisites: AD3400 - Persuasion and the Consumer
This course addresses the need to communicate
in writing on the job. A variety of materials
must be written for a business: memos, letters,
news summaries, proposals, presentations, and
copy for advertising or marketing. Students will
learn to identify the requirements of different
types of writing and to prepare material to
communicate clearly and effectively.
AD3440 - Advertising Campaign
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in AD.
Prerequisites: AD2490 - Dynamics of Integrated Marketing
and AD3420 - Copywriting and AD3450 - Art Direction
Students create an integrated marketing
campaign consisting of three or more different
applications of a single, unified theme or
concept. Campaign strategy and tactics are
based on media and marketing realities.
AD3450 - Art Direction
4 credits
Prerequisite: GD1431 - Design Layout
This course is an introduction to the principles
of concept and problem solving for print
photography and broadcast media as they relate
to the function of the art director. Also studied
is the interaction of the creative, marketing and
production functions in the promotion of ideas.
AD4400 – Advanced Copywriting
4 credits
Prerequisite: AD3420 - Copywriting
In this course, students learn to develop effective
advertising strategies and copy executions that
underlie and enable creative marketing and
advertising campaigns, and to cultivate clear,
logical and creative copywriting skills. Students
will also learn the unique characteristics of digital
media and the creation of scripts for digital
media production. Students will also learn to
conduct research for media writing projects.
AD4440 - Advanced Advertising Campaign
AP1420 - Digital Audio I
4 credits
Prerequisite: AD3440 - Advertising Campaign
4 credits
Prerequisite: AP1400 - Survey of the Music Industry
Students research and develop a fully integrated
advertising/promotional campaign for a brand
with international distribution. Value is placed
on the importance of deadline, budget, client
relationship, presentation and its relationship to
the design process. The student’s senior project
documents, supports and argues the rationale
and effectiveness of the campaign in written form.
Students prepare, present and defend a graduate
project suitable for a professional audience.
AD4450 - Media Planning and Buying
Media as part of a delivery channel for a
marketing message will be the focus of this
course. Topics include media as critical to the
fulfillment of the overall marketing strategy, cost
effectiveness, and alternative and new media.
AD4460 - Global Business Perspectives
AP1440 - Audio Technology II
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in AP.
Prerequisites: AP1410 - Audio Technology I
This course offers an analysis of world markets,
consumer behaviors, advertising, foreign
environments, and the marketing management
required to meet the demands of dynamic global
markets. The problems of foreign competition,
diminishing US market share and the US economy’s
interdependence of world markets will be the
focus of this course. In addition, different foreign
market entry strategies will be analyzed.
AD4480 - Capstone
4 credits, **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in AD.
Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director
In this course, students will demonstrate
knowledge across the curriculum by creating
sample projects that cover marketing, media,
sales, and creative coursework completed
over all previous quarters. The capstone
project simulates the advertising agency
work environment, requiring teamwork
as well as individual contributions.
AUDIO PRODUCTION COURSES
AP1400 - Survey of the Music Industry
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
AD4420 - Sales
AP1410 - Audio Technology I
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
An understanding of the sales process and the
steps to sell a product or service is essential to
a student who works in any area of business.
Selling is an essential skill for the sales function
of a business, but is also part of the job for many
other employees. This course focuses on the
essential skills and knowledge one needs to affect
a sale, as well as the ways that the sales pitch
can be focused to solve customer problems.
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course introduces students to the rudiments
of music theory. Students learn to identify notes
and common scales as well as the notation of
notes, scales and simple rhythms. The concept
and structure of the lead sheet will be introduced.
An ear-training component will develop the
students’ skill in identifying and transcribing
simple chords, melodies, and rhythms.
This course examines the historical development of
public relations, showing the principles, methods,
and means of influencing public opinion.
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
AP1430 - Music Theory I
4 credits
Prerequisite: AD2430 - Fundamentals
of Marketing and Advertising
Students explore the music industry and its
constituent sectors, including music performing,
recording, promoting, and record distribution.
Lectures and projects focus on identifying various
career opportunities and typical career paths in
the music industry and knowledge and skill sets
needed to succeed as an entry level professional.
AD4410 - Public Relations & Promotion
This course introduces students to the theories,
practices, and tools used in digital audio
production and techniques of non-linear digital
audio editing, focusing on the fundamental
theories and concepts behind various types of
digital audio tools. Through lectures and in class
projects, students develop knowledge and skills
needed to operate non-linear audio workstations.
4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in AP.
Prerequisites: none
This course examines the principles of audio
signals and the equipment used to record,
process, and distribute audio content. Students
will begin to develop an understanding of signal
flow of audio systems using block diagrams. A
survey of audio transmission, manipulation, and
delivery systems including cables, connectors,
basic stereo mixers, microphones, amplifiers,
and loudspeakers will be presented.
In this course students continue to study the
principles of audio signals and the equipment
used to record, process, and distribute audio
content. Sound in acoustical form is discussed in
relation to studio acoustics. Students expand their
understanding of signal flow of advanced audio
systems by creating and reading complex block
diagrams. Some of the topics studied in depth
are: signal processors, dynamic range, distortion,
analogue recording, and SMPTE time code.
AP1450 - Music Theory II
4 credits
Prerequisite: AP1430 - Music Theory I
This course continues with the development of
the rudiments of music theory and expands into
an introduction to harmony, voice leading, modes
and compound time signatures. Students will
learn to create simple lead sheets. An ear-training
component will extend the work from Music Theory
I to include more complex chords and intervals.
AP1460 - Digital Audio II
4 credits
4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in AP.
Prerequisite: AP1420 - Digital Audio I
Students learn the concepts and production
techniques used with Pro Tools integrated
into a digital audio workstation. Topics include
computer based digital audio workstations,
sound design, field recording, digital audio
transfer protocols, software-based effects
plug-ins, and online automation.
AP2400 - Audio Recording I
4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in AP.
Prerequisite: AP1410 - Audio Technology I
This course runs in conjunction with Audio
Technology II. The theoretical foundations
presented in Audio Technology II are reinforced
in this course through practical, hands-on
applications. Students learn the operational
techniques of basic audio systems with an
emphasis on mixdown of prerecorded multitrack
tapes and eight-track recording projects.
57
AP2410 - Listening and Analysis
AP3410 - Advanced Recording Techniques I
4 credits
Prerequisite: AP1450 Music Theory II
4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass.
Prerequisite: AP2440 - Audio Recording II
This course introduces the student to ear-training
and critical listening from the perspective
of the audio engineer and contemporary
production techniques. The student will
learn to aurally analyze and identify typical
contemporary popular song forms and the
production techniques used to create them.
AP2420 - Acoustics
4 credits
Prerequisite: AP1440 - Audio Technology II
and GE2412 - College Mathematics
This course examines the physical behavior
of sound indoors and outdoors. Topics
include human hearing and the principles
of psychoacoustics, sound propagation,
transmission, reflection, diffraction, diffusion,
noise reduction, basic studio and room
acoustics, and sound isolation. Concepts will be
presented through lectures and case studies.
AP2440 - Audio Recording II
4 credits
Prerequisite: AP2400 - Audio Recording I
Students expand and develop the skills
learned in Fundamentals of Audio Production
through multi-track recording projects. The
course focuses on recording techniques used
in music production. Emphasis is placed on
signal flow for basic tracks, mixdown, and
overdubs. Other topics include close and
distant microphone techniques, recording
session management, analog tape recorders,
studio documentation, signal processing,
and moving fader automation systems.
AP2450 - Electronics
4 credits
Prerequisite: AP2420 - Acoustics
This course introduces students to the
fundamental concepts of electronics as
they relate to audio production. Topics
include Ohm’s Law, AC and DC circuits, basic
troubleshooting for audio equipment, AC
line voltage and filtered DC voltage, etc.
AP2460 - MIDI Systems I
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in AP.
Prerequisite: AP1450 - Music Theory II
and AP1460 - Digital Audio II
This course allows students to develop a working
theoretical and skills-based knowledge of the
multi-timbral synthesizer and the sequencing
environment within the context of the
contemporary MIDI production studio. Both
live and studio applications are covered, and
full use is made of the digital signal processing
resources available within the equipment.
AP3400 - MIDI Systems II
4 credits
Prerequisite: AP2460 - MIDI Systems I
In MIDI Systems II students develop a detailed
knowledge of the MIDI language and learn
to apply more flexible and in-depth uses of
sequencers involving graphical and list based
editing, static and dynamic parameter and tempo
automation, and the basic recording of MIDI
messages. Students gain greater proficiency
in MIDI production processes through small
group and individual production projects.
This course covers the techniques and
technology typical to professional music
recording and mixing using advanced large
format consoles. Topics include: studio
procedures and professionalism, SSL Console
operation, advanced signal flow, signal
processing, analytical BS – Audio Production
and critical listening skills, close, distant and
stereo mic techniques for a variety of musical
instruments, and basic mixdown strategies.
AP3420 - Live Sound Reinforcement I
4 credits
Prerequisite: AP2440 - Audio Recording
II and AP2450 - Electronics
In this course students learn to set up and
operate various audio equipment for a typical
live sound reinforcement. Topics include
reading block diagrams of audio systems, wiring
speakers, connecting powers, testing and
adjusting microphones, troubleshooting sound
systems, and fine-tune reinforcement effects.
AP3430 - Live Sound Reinforcement II
4 credits
Prerequisite: AP3420 Live Sound Reinforcement I
This course presents students more sophisticated
and complex situations for live sound
reinforcement. Through studio settings or real
world events, students learn to operate large
format analogue and digital mixing consoles
and solve signal manipulation problems with
transformers. Students also learn professional
protocols in live sound reinforcement settings.
AP3440 - Synthesis & Sound Design I
4 credits, **This course requires
a “C” or higher to pass in AP.
Prerequisite: AP3400 - MIDI Systems II
This course develops advanced skills using
synthesizers and samplers. Students study the
elements of sound and how they apply to simple
and complex waveforms, envelopes, LFOs,
filters and keyboard architecture. Theory and
practice with sampling and subtractive synthesis
using software and hardware sound sources.
AP3450 - Advanced Recording Techniques II
4 credits
Prerequisite: AP3410 - Advanced Recording Technique I
This course provides the student a greater
understanding of SSL consoles and VCA
automation systems. Students use SMPTE
Time Code for synchronization to a variety of
multitrack formats, use digital audio sampling
for sound replacement, and integrate Pro
Tools and MIDI sequencers into the analog
studio mixing environment. Critical listening
skills and critical analysis of master tapes are
emphasized. Students participate in in-class
recording sessions and engineer recording
projects during and out of class hours,
which may be included in their portfolio.
AP3460 - Synthesis & Sound Design II
4 credits
Prerequisite: AP3440 - Synthesis & Sound Design I
listening sessions will expose students
to synthesis methods in various musical
contexts. Detailed study of subtractive, FM,
physical modeling and granular synthesis will
culminate in original sound design projects.
AP4400 - Senior Project I
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in AP.
Prerequisite: AP3450 - Advanced
Recording Techniques II This course initiates a
two quarter long comprehensive project which
will be integral to students’ final portfolios.
Students will employ their cumulative skills
to pre-produce a significant, sophisticated,
multi-track digital audio work. Committee and/
or faculty will approve the project content and
type of the audio work. Projects will be carried
out individually or in groups based on the needs
of the class as determined by the instructor.
AP4410 - Entertainment
Marketing & Management
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
Students explore the various aspects and
business practices of the entertainment
marketing and management field. Students
will create a business and promotional plan
and are introduced to concepts such as
licensing, copyright exploitation, publishing
and other promotional vehicles. The course
also increases the students understanding of
strategic analysis of the entertainment industry.
AP4420 - Senior Project II
4 credits
Prerequisite: AP4400 - Senior Project I
This course continues the two-quarter long
comprehensive project begun in Senior Project
I. Students will employ cumulative skills to
produce a significant, sophisticated, multi-track
digital audio work. Projects will be carried out
individually or in groups based on the needs
of the class as determined by the instructor.
AP4430 - Portfolio Preparation
4 credits
Prerequisite: AP4400 - Senior Project I
In this first portfolio course, students will
assess personal strengths to establish a
career goal and decide how to organize
their audio production work in a graduation
portfolio. Guided by a faculty member or a
team of faculty, each student assembles a
preliminary portfolio and identifies areas for
more work and/or content enhancement.
AP4440 - Portfolio
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in AP.
Prerequisite: AP4430 - Portfolio Preparation
and Academic Director Approval
Built on the preliminary collection of work
from Portfolio Preparation, this course allows
each student to determine and design the
final organization and presentation of the
graduation portfolio. Each student is expected
to verbally present the portfolio and address
audience questions as a format of defense.
This course will survey both commercially
available synthesis methods and recent
developments at audio research institutes.
Students will also survey the current market
for hardware and software implementation
of various synthesis methods. Analytical
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
CULINARY ARTS COURSES
CU1210 - Concepts and Theories
of Culinary Techniques
2 credits; **This course requires a “C” or
higher to pass in all CUL and BP.
Prerequisite: none
The fundamental concepts, skills, and techniques
involved in basic cookery are covered in this
course. Special emphasis is given to the study
of ingredients and cooking theories. Lectures
teach organization skills in the kitchen and
work coordination. The basics of stocks, soups,
sauces, vegetable cookery, starch cookery, meat,
and poultry are covered. Emphasis is given to
basic cooking techniques such as sautéing,
roasting, poaching, braising and frying.
CU1443 - Artisan Breads and
Baking Production
4 credits
Prerequisite: CU1642 - Introduction to
Baking and Pastry Techniques
This course provides the information, tools and
instruction to gain proficiency in the preparation
of a variety of artisan breads. Emphasis will be
placed upon learning to mix, ferment, shape,
bake and store hand crafted breads. Students will
focus on traditional fermentation, as well as the
science of the ingredients. Students learn assembly
speed and increase their proficiency in meeting
production deadlines with quality products.
higher to pass in all CUL and BP.
Prerequisite: none
The fundamental concepts, skills, and techniques
involved in basic cookery are covered in
this course. Special emphasis is given to the
study of ingredients, cooking theories, and
the preparation of stocks, broths, glazes, and
soups, thickening agents, the grand sauces, and
emulsion sauces. Lectures and demonstrations
teach organization skills in the kitchen, work
coordination, and knife skills. The basics of
vegetable cookery, starch cookery, meat, and
poultry are covered. Emphasis is given to basic
cooking techniques such as sauteing, roasting,
poaching, braising and frying. Students must
successfully pass a practical cooking examination
covering a variety of cooking techniques.
CU1620 - American Regional Cuisine
6 credits
Prerequisite: CU1210 - Concepts & Theories
of Culinary Techniques and CU1610 Fundamentals of Classical Techniques
The course reinforces the knowledge and skill
learned in the preceding classes and helps students
build confidence in the techniques of basic cookery. The development of knife skills is accented.
American Regional Cuisine explores the use of
indigenous ingredients in the preparation of traditional and contemporary American specialties. The
concepts of mise en place, time-lines, plate presentation, and teamwork in a production setting are
introduced and accentuated. Timing and organization skills are emphasized.
CU1444 - European Cakes and Tortes
4 credits
Prerequisite: CU1642 - Introduction to
Baking and Pastry Techniques
Students will build on competencies previously
learned and apply those skills into new products
to create more elaborate tortes and cakes
using complex finishing methods by applying
glazes, using decorative sponges, and building
multi-component cakes. Topics to be covered
include comparison of classical and modern
preparations, classical cakes; glazed, iced,
molded, and cream filled cakes, and bombes.
CU1445 - Chocolate, Confections
and Centerpieces
4 credits
Prerequisite: CU1642 - Introduction to
Baking and Pastry Techniques
Students are introduced to the fundamental
concepts, skills and techniques of chocolates
and confections. Students are introduced to
the basic techniques used in forming simple
centerpieces. Lectures and demonstrations teach
chocolate tempering, candy production and the
rules that apply when creating centerpieces
CU1446 - Advanced Patisserie
and Display Cakes
4 credits
Prerequisite: CU1642 - Introduction to
Baking and Pastry Techniques
This course explores the techniques of plated
desserts and the theory behind building
edible art for A la Carte service, competition or
banquet functions. Methods and procedures
for producing high quality specialty decorated
cakes, as well as the design, assembly, and
decorating of wedding cakes will be introduced.
CU1610 - Fundamentals of
Classical Techniques
6 credits; **This course requires a “C” or
CU1642 - Introduction to Baking
and Pastry Techniques
6 credits; **This course requires a “C” or
higher to pass for all BP students.
Prerequisite: none
This course is a combination of theory, lecture,
demonstration, and hands-on production to
provide an introduction to baking and pastry
techniques for use in a commercial kitchen.
Special focus is placed on the study of ingredient
functions, product identification, and weights
and measures as applied to baking and pastry
techniques. Instruction is provided on the
preparation of yeast-raised dough mixing methods,
roll-in doughs, pie doughs, basic cake mixing
methods, fillings, icings, pastry cream, and finishing
techniques. Students must pass a practical exam.
CU2240 - Asian Cuisine
2 credits
Prerequisite: CU1620 - American Regional Cuisine
This course emphasizes both the influences
and ingredients that create the unique
character of selected Asian cuisines. Students
prepare, taste, serve, and evaluate traditional,
regional dishes of the cuisines of India,
the four regions of China, Japan, Vietnam,
Thailand, and Indonesia. Importance will
be placed on ingredients, flavor
profiles, preparations, and techniques
representative of these cuisines.
CU2252 - Latin Cuisine
2 credits
Prerequisite: CU1620 - American Regional Cuisine
This course emphasizes both the influences and
ingredients that create the unique character
of selected Latin cuisines. Students prepare,
taste, serve, and evaluate traditional, regional
dishes of Mexico, South America and the
Caribbean Islands. Importance will be placed
on ingredients, flavor profiles, preparations, and
techniques representative of these cuisines.
CU2272 - World Cuisine
2 credits
Prerequisite: CU1620 - American Regional Cuisine
This course emphasizes both the influences and
ingredients that create the unique character
of selected World cuisines. Students prepare,
taste, serve, and evaluate traditional, regional
dishes of Spain, Middle East, Turkey, Greece,
Africa and India. Importance will be placed on
ingredients, flavor profiles, preparations, and
techniques representative of these cuisines.
CU2273 - Classical European Cuisine
2 credits
Prerequisite: CU1620 - American Regional Cuisine
This course emphasizes both the influences and
ingredients that create the unique character of
selected Classical European Cuisines. Students
prepare, taste, serve, and evaluate traditional,
regional dishes of British Isles, Italy, France, and
Germany, Austria, Switzerland, and Scandinavian
countries. Importance will be placed on
ingredients, flavor profiles, preparations, and
techniques representative of these cuisines.
CU2408 - Management, Supervision
& Career Development
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This is a multifaceted course that focuses on
managing people from the hospitality supervisor’s
viewpoint, and developing job search skills. The
management emphasis is on techniques for
increasing productivity, controlling labor costs,
time management, and managing change. It also
stresses effective communication and explains
the responsibilities of a supervisor in the food
service industry. Students develop techniques
and strategies for marketing themselves in their
chosen fields. Emphasis will be placed on students
assessing their marketable skills, developing
a network of contacts, generating interviews,
writing a cover letter and resume, preparing
for their employment interview, presenting a
professional appearance, and interview follow-up.
CU2409 - Management By Menu
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course prepares future food service managers
by giving a clear picture of the important role menu
planning plays within operations. It covers topics
ranging from menu development, pricing, and
evaluation to facilities design and layout. Students
will benefit because good menu development is
crucial to the success of any foodservice operation.
For example: a planning tool, source of operational
information and as a merchandising method for
reaching patrons. (Prerequisite: none) 4 Credits
CU2410 - Sustainable Purchasing
& Controlling Costs
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course introduces the student to the
methodologies and tools used to control costs and
purchase supplies. This course helps the student
value the purchasing, planning, and control
processes in the food and beverage industry.
Primary focus is on supplier selection, planning,
and controlling costs, with an introduction to the
study of sustainable products and approaches.
Topics include planning and controlling costs
using budgeting techniques, standard costing,
standardized recipes, performance measurements,
59
and food, beverage, and labor cost controls.
CU2451 - Food and Beverage
Operations Management
4 credits **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in HM.
Prerequisite: none
This course addresses front-of-the-house
operations and is designed to provide students
with an introduction from a managerial
perspective of providing exceptional service to
increasingly sophisticated and demanding guests.
Survey of the world’s leading wines classified by
type, as well as other distilled beverages. Topics
covered include the management and training
of personnel to be responsible, professional
alcohol servers, product knowledge, the income
statement, job descriptions, sales forecasting
and cost control. The students will produce a
complete dining room and bar operation manual.
This project should be saved on diskette or
jump drive, as it will be used during Capstone
or the development of a business plan.
CU2650 - Garde Manger
6 credits
Prerequisite: CU1620 - American Cuisine
This course provides students with skills and
knowledge of the organization, equipment,
and responsibilities of the “cold kitchen”.
Students are introduced to and prepare cold
hors d’oeuvres, sandwiches, salads, as well as
basic charcuterie items while focusing on the
total utilization of product. Reception foods and
buffet arrangements are introduced. Students
must pass a written and practical exam.
CU2861 - Ala Carte Kitchen
4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or
higher to pass in all CU majors.
Prerequisite: none
Introduces students to the A La Carte kitchen,
emphasis is on “a la minute” method of food
preparation, plus dining room service standards.
Industry terminology, correct application of
culinary skills, plate presentation, organization
and timing in producing items off both a fixedprice menu and a la carte menu are stressed.
The principles of dining room service are
practiced and emphasized. The philosophy of
food is further explored and examined in light
of today’s understanding of food, nutrition and
presentation. Prior work experience or field
study experience requires supervised, verifiable
experience in the culinary field with a minimum
of 90 work hours in food production. Students are
responsible for securing the field experience site
and may seek assistance through The Institute.
Field Experience is a semi-structured and
supervised situation in which students receive
basic training and directed work experience
in selected entry-level positions consistent
with career preference. Emphasis is on job
competence, performance, and professionalism
and work relations. Documentation must
be completed during the course.
CU3423 - Catering and Event Management
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course introduces the meeting planner,
catering, and banquet manager perspectives
in to the various market segments within the
special event industry. It includes contracts,
checklists, target markets, and closing the sale.
CU3444 - Art Culinaire
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course will celebrate the culinary styles,
restaurants, restaurateur and chefs who are in the
current industry spotlight. Their style, substance
and quality will be discussed and examined.
During the hands–on production aspect of the
class, students will have the opportunity to be
exposed to specialty produce and products.
CU3455 - Human Resource Management
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course introduces the principles and
practices of human resource management
relevant to hospitality organizations, with
emphasis on entry-level manager’s role.
Topics covered will include employment
laws, workforce management, compensation
and benefits administration, labor unions,
employee safety, diversity, and ethics.
CU3480 - Quality Service
Management and Training
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This class will examine the role of service in
the food service industry and explore how to
give quality customer service. Service systems
and training programs in quality operations will
be examined through the use of case studies
and hypothetical scenarios. The course will cover
employee training and development from both
a strategic and operational perspective. The
class will culminate by examining Charlie
Trotter’s service standards in what is often the
best-rated restaurant in the United States.
CU3481 - Foodservice Technology
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course is a survey course in foodservice
information systems and technology (IS&T)
designed to introduce students to the many
diverse facets of IS&T in the foodservice
industry. Current systems and issues of major
importance in the field of IS&T are explored
as they relate to the foodservice industry.
Emphasis will be placed on the managerial
and business aspects of IS&T, rather then the
technical perspectives. Core topics will include
key foodservice systems (e.g., accounting and
property management systems, point-of-sale,
sales and catering, etc.), guest service and
customer relationship management (CRM),
knowledge management, and IS&T strategy.
CU3490 - Leadership and
Organizational Development
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
Students examine leadership, organizational
management and culture, focuses on the role
of the managers as facilitators of change within
the organizations. The course emphasizes
the concepts of motivation, interpersonal
relationships, group dynamics, leadership,
and organization culture. Examination of
leadership styles, development of strategic
plans, and critical problem solving in the
hospitality industry are covered in the course.
CU4410 - Foodservice
Financial Management
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in CM.
Prerequisite: none
In this course, the students develop a working
knowledge of the current theories, issues and
challenges involved with Foodservice Industry
financial management. Students are introduced
to the tools and skills that Foodservice Operators
use in effective decision making. Topics include
key financial statements, budgeting, cash
management, cost concepts and behavior,
investment analysis, and financial forecasting.
CU4412 - Exploring Wines
and The Culinary Arts
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course provides an introduction to the
production of wine from vineyard to bottle,
as well as a review of the basic grape varietals
that are used to make wine. Through lectures,
research and tasting, students are exposed
to different types, styles, and quality levels of
wine. Students will become familiar with the
world’s most important wine regions and learn
common criteria by which wines from these
different regions are evaluated. This course is
designed to teach students the applied approach
to matching wine and food, using flavors
textures and components present in food and
wine as complementing strategies. The course
emphasizes menu planning, preparation of foods,
cooking methods, and tasting wines with food.
CU4420 - Facilities Management and Design
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course provides students with information
related to hospitality facility design and
maintenance. Food service layout and design
is related to operating issues, new building
construction, and renovations. Planning and
design of facilities including equipment,
space and functional relationships, cost
and operating efficiencies are emphasized.
Maintenance programs, safety regulations,
building code requirements and energy
conservation are also explored.
CU4421 - Culinary Senior Practicum
4 credits
Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director
This course is intended to be a practical capstone
for the culinary management curriculum. It will
draw on the majority of disciplines presented
earlier in the program. In this class students
will plan, organize, and execute functions
that will be booked and/or sold to the public.
Students in effect, will experience the necessary
functions of opening their own restaurant.
CU4430 - Global Management and
Operations in the Hospitality Industry
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course provides students with an
introduction to the dimensions and nature
of the international hospitality industry.
It is designed to review the principles of
management and to apply management theory
to the global marketplace. Students examine
the social, cultural, political, and economic
environments within which international
hospitality operators compete for survival and
growth. Topics emphasizes include cultural
dimensions of management, international
management strategy, international marketing,
and international human resource management.
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
CU4492 - Innovation and Entrepreneurship
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course provides an introductory overview
to the knowledge and skills needed for
entrepreneurship. The course offers a chance
to gain new knowledge and skills about how to
identify and pursue entrepreneurial opportunities
that can be applied to a student’s own interests.
Topics include: how entrepreneurs find, screen, and
evaluate ideas and new business opportunities.
Creativity: Imagination, ingenuity; The ability to
create; The act of relating previously unrelated
things; The application of a person’s mental
ability and curiosity to discover something new.
Innovation: The introduction of something
new; The development of new processes,
methods, devices, products, and services
for use by oneself and/or others.
Entrepreneurship: The pursuit of opportunity
without regard to resources currently
controlled; The process of creating value by
combining resources in unique ways to exploit
opportunity. Involves taking responsibility
for implementing innovative concepts.
DESIGN MANAGEMENT COURSES
DM1420 - Introduction to
Design Management
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
Management: An overview of the field of design
management introducing the student to how
design is managed within organizations to further
business objectives. Covered topics include
managing creativity and the value of branding.
This course has been developed to introduce
you to the business side of design. Outside of the
creative realm of conceptualizing and developing
creative materials, there is the reality of running
a business that has a creative output: whether
your business or someone else’s. During this
eleven-week course, you will learn the basics of
how to position, package, project manage, and
make money in a creative business. Practical
skills of designing a business plan, composing
a creative brief, thinking strategically, setting
goals and creating a project timeline, as well
as presenting your ideas with confidence and
aplomb will be delivered through the mechanism
of creating your own design brand and company.
DM2400 - Technology and Productivity
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
Students will learn how businesses use
technology to help achieve their objectives.
Also, students will become familiar with
current business productivity software and
its application to design in business today.
DM2410 - Fundamentals of Business
4 credits, **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in FRM.
Prerequisite: none
This course is designed to examine entrepreneurial
enterprises as a means of self-employment.
The course provides a detailed view of the
concepts, practices, strategies, legalities, and
decisions involved in successfully establishing
and operating one’s own business. The basic
structure of this course will guide the student
in developing a strong working knowledge of
creating business credit and banking relations.
DM2430 - Principles of
Managerial Accounting
4 credits
Prerequisite: GE2412 - College Mathematics
This course is an introduction to the basic
principles of accounting. Topics include the
accounting cycle, general and special journals,
subsidiary ledgers, end-of-period operations,
worksheets, entries, financial terminology and
statements.
DM2470 - Principles of Market Research
4 credits
Prerequisites: AD2430 - Fundamentals of Marketing
and Advertising and GE2412 - College Mathematics
Students will expand their understanding
of and ability to analyze market research by
identifying management challenges and
converting them into research objectives,
exploring research techniques and methods to
collect information, and interpreting research
findings in order to make business decisions.
DM2480 - Business Statistics for Design
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in DM.
Prerequisite: none
This course is a study of the statistical tools a
design manager uses in the world of business.
Methods of characterizing data are studied
with emphasis given to proper data display.
Permutations, combinations and probability
are used to analyze normally distributed data.
After an introduction to experimental design,
methods for testing the significance of differences
are examined. Correlation and regression
analysis are used to detect linear trends.
DM2490 - Project Management
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in DM.
Prerequisite: none
Through this course, students are introduced to
the fundamentals of business. The course provides
students with a foundation in macroeconomics,
labor relations, time management, human
resources management, and basic marketing
principles. The course combines this business
foundation with a focus on the multimedia
project management process. Students work
as teams to successfully achieve multimedia
project goals. The process examines the main
elements required in every proposal/plan, time
frame, and budget. Key areas of multimedia
project teams serve to support the fundamental
approach that every project team is tailored to
achieve project results efficiently and effectively.
DM3400 - Financial Issues in Design
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in DM.
Prerequisite: DM2430 - Principles
of Managerial Accounting
This course is a survey of financial issues that a
design manager can expect to encounter. Financial
media are used to study money, banking and the
Federal Reserve; the stock, bond and commodities
markets; and derivatives such as futures contracts
and options. This course focuses on economics
(specifically macroeconomics) and goes hand-inhand with the accounting course, which focuses
on the individual business profit and loss sheet.
DM3460 - Business Communications
4 credits
Prerequisite: GE1410 - English I
This course focuses on written and oral
communication skills as used in a business
setting. Written projects emphasize publicity in
newspapers, trade, and consumer publications.
Oral skills will be developed through speeches
and group projects such as radio commercials.
DM3480 - Managing Creativity
and Innovation
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in DM.
Prerequisite: none
In this course, students will examine the
underlying theoretical foundations of creativity
and innovation. New and innovative approaches
to business problem solving will help students see
ways to improve their skills and the skills of the
people and organizations that they will manage.
DM4410 - Design Management Seminar
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This seminar course prepares students for
entering the field of design management by
gaining knowledge of current thinking and
pratices through the examination of case
studies and the development of scenarios.
DM4450 - Business Plan
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in DM.
Prerequisite: DM2410 - Fundamentals of Business
In this course students will learn how to develop
a comprehensive business plan. The business
plan will include items such as the following: the
marketing plan, the financial plan, the human
resources plan, the store design (if appropriate),
and the merchandising plan (if appropriate).
DM4480 - Capstone
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in DM.
Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director
In this course, students will demonstrate
knowledge across the curriculum by creating
sample projects that cover the cumulative
coursework completed over all previous
quarters. The capstone project simulates
the work environment, requiring teamwork
as well as individual contributions.
DM4486 - Internship
4 credits
Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director
Through a field internship experience, students
will be able to apply acquired subject matter
and career/professional skills in a real and
practical situation. The main objectives of the
internship are to allow students the opportunity
to observe and participate in the operation of
successful business related to their fields of
study. Students will gain the experience they
need to enter the field when they graduate.
DIGITAL FILM & VIDEO
PRODUCTION COURSES
DF1400 - Survey of Digital Filmmaking
and Video Production
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course will present a survey of the digital
filmmaking & video production industries. It will
focus on entry-level jobs and career paths, as well
as the responsibilities and skills necessary for
61
success. Students will also explore media’s impact
on society and gain an overview of the program.
DF1410 - Principles of Preproduction
4 credits
Prerequisite: CA2430 - Introduction to Video
This course focuses on preproduction techniques
of storyboarding, staging and shot organization
to design scenes and effectively translate them
using appropriate filmmaking techniques.
Contents to be covered include purposes
and formats of storyboards as well as basic
terminology and concepts used in storyboarding,
staging and designing coverage for a scene.
DF1440 - Lighting
4 credits
Prerequisite: CA2430 - Introduction to Video
In this course, students will be introduced to
the basic concepts and principles of lighting
for video. Fundamentals of recognizing and
controlling both natural and studio lighting
with emphasis on the quality, quantity, and
direction and its effect on the image.
DF2400 - Fundamentals of Cinematography
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in DF.
Prerequisite: DF1410 - Principles of
Preproduction and DF1440 - Lighting
This course explores the various camera and
lighting techniques used in digital filmmaking
and video production. Discussions will cover
the general concepts and principles of camera
moves and lighting techniques. Focus will
be placed on applying lighting techniques
to create the desired visual effects.
DF2410 - Fundamentals of
Producing & Directing
4 credits
Prerequisite: CA2430 - Introduction to Video
It is an art in itself to organize and direct
digital filmmaking and video production. This
course focuses on the production processes
and performances from the perspectives of
a producer and director and develops the
student’s talent for this unique form of art.
DF2420 - Studio Production
4 credits
Prerequisite: DF1440 - Lighting and DF2400
- Fundamentals of Cinematography
This course focuses on broadcast studio
operation, live production, studio management,
lighting, crew, and sound. Students will
also explore the theoretical basis of the
electronics behind the equipment needed
for studio production. Students will produce
their own studio multi-camera program.
DF2430 - Electronic Field Production
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in DF.
Prerequisite: DF2420 - Studio Production
Students are immersed in the process of
professional video field production in two
styles: ENG (Electronic News Gathering) and EFP
(Electronic Field Production). News encompasses
on-the-spot coverage and storytelling in a
spur-of-the-moment reporting format. The class
will also examine EFP, single-camera location
shooting as expressed in documentaries,
corporate projects, or commercials.
DF2440 - History of Motion Media
and Mass Communication
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course presents a survey of major
events and development in the history of
motion media and mass communication. The
survey focuses on the relationship between
technology and media development and
explores the impact motion media and mass
communication has on society and economy.
DF3400 - Media Theory and Criticism
4 credits
Prerequisite: DF2440 - History of Motion
Media and Mass Communications
In this course, students explore the different
theories and approaches to media and
their impact on society and culture so as
to inform and enrich their own work.
DF3410 - Acting and Directing
4 credits
Prerequisite: DF2410 - Fundamentals
of Producing and Directing
This course exposes students to the role
and responsibilities of a director in helping
actors bring their characters to life. Acting
fundamentals will be studied through classroom
exercises, assignments, observations and
critiques. In addition, this course helps students
understand the process of reading a script,
conceiving a vision and communicating it to
cast members to enhance performance.
DF3420 - Sound Design
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course explores the various methods and
techniques for digital sound composition and
design. Students will focus on using digital
sound systems and manipulating sound
elements for intended effects in media content.
DF3430 - Short Media Production
4 credits
Prerequisite: DF3410 - Acting and Directing
This course discusses short form as a genre of
media production and its features in subject
matter and style. Students learn to produce
short-form news, information, and dramatic
content for multiple delivery platforms.
DF3440 - Senior Project Preparation
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in DF.
Prerequisite: DF3430 - Short Media Production
This course initiates a three quarter long
comprehensive project which will be integral
to students’ final portfolios. Students will
employ their cumulative skills to pre-produce
a significant, sophisticated, digital film in a
chosen genre. Committee and/or faculty will
approve the project content and genre of
the digital film. Projects will be carried out
individually or in groups based on the needs
of the class as determined by the instructor.
DF3450 - Media Production Workshop
4 credits
Prerequisite: DF3430 - Short Media Production
Working in production teams, students in this
workshop class will deal with real clients, typically
representatives of non-profit organizations.
Guided by a faculty, students interview the
client to determine expectations and work
in a team to design and produce the media
content for an intended delivery system.
DF3460 - Audio Post Production
4 credits
Prerequisite: DF3420 - Sound Design
This post-production audio class requires
students to bring together appropriate sonic
elements for a final production. This will include
foley, automatic dialogue replacement, editing of
music and sound sweetening. Once all the sound
is locked, the student will mix down to a final
audio format, which can then be incorporated
with picture into an industry standard format.
DF4400 - Senior Project Production
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in DF.
Prerequisite: DF3440 - Senior Project Preparation
This course continues the three-quarter long
comprehensive project begun in Senior Project
Preparation. Students will employ cumulative
skills to produce a significant, sophisticated,
digital film in a chosen genre. Projects will be
carried out individually or in groups based on the
needs of the class as determined by the instructor.
DF4410 - Multi-Camera Production
4 credits
Prerequisite: DF3450 - Media Production Workshop
Synchronizing multiple cameras and
equipment, students work in teams to execute
a production, typically of a live performance
or function. Emphasis is placed on operating
multiple equipment simultaneously
and working as a production team.
DF4420 - Media Delivery
Systems and Distribution
4 credits
Prerequisite: DF3430 - Short Media Preproduction
This course addresses the end part of
digital filmmaking and video productiondelivery and distribution. Students will
study a variety of delivery methods and
systems and determine the advantages and
limitations of each. They will also examine the
realtionship between delivery systems and
distribution methods and evaluate the relative
efficieny, cost, and effectiveness of each.
DF4430 - Senior Project Post-Production
4 credits
Prerequisite: DF4400 - Senior Project Preproduction
This course concludes the three-quarter
long comprehensive project begun in Senior
Project Preparation and created in Senior
Project Production. Students will employ
cumulative skills to post-produce a significant,
sophisticated digital film in a chosen genre.
DF4440 - Senior Portfolio and Defense
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in DF.
Prerequisite: DF4430 - Senior Project Post-Production
This course allows each student to determine and
design the final organization and presentation of
the graduation portfolio. Each student is expected
to verbally present the portfolio and address
audience questions as a format of defense.
DF4450 - Internship
4 credits
Prerequisite: DF3450 - Media Production
Workshop and Approval of Academic Director
Through a field internship experience, students
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
will be able to apply their skills in a real and
practical situation. The main objectives of the
internship are to allow students the opportunity
to observe and participate in the operation of
successful businesses related to their fields of
study. Students will gain the experience they
need to enter the field upon graduation.
FASHION & RETAIL
MANAGEMENT COURSES
FRM1400 - Fashion History I
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
Students study the development of
clothing from the earliest time to the
Renaissance and the silhouette reflected
through the eyes of the designer.
FRM1401 - Fashion History II
4 credits
Prerequisite: FRM1400 - Fashion History I
An in-depth continuation of Fashion History
I, from the Renaissance to Modern.
FRM1410 - Fundamentals of
Management Technology
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course teaches technology skills in the
context of common professional applications.
Students will study current trends in digital media
and develop essential management productivity
software skills including web-based media.
FRM1433 - Textiles and Fabrics
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
Fabrics are studied from the raw state through
processing, spinning, and weaving to finish.
The course investigates textile sources and
the appropriate selection of fabrics.
FRM1442 - Introduction to Retailing
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in FRM.
Prerequisite: none
Students will be introduced to all major retailing
topics involving both large and small retailers,
brick and mortar retailers and their combinations,
and direct marketers. Includes discussion of
consumer behavior, information systems,
store locations, operations, human resource
management, customer communications,
computerization and integrating and controlling
the retail strategy in the twenty-first century.
Careers in retailing will also be discussed.
FRM2400 - Consumer Behavior
4 credits
Prerequisites: FRM1442 - Introduction to Retailing
This course examines the cultural, social,
and individual variables involved in
consumer behavior. It also reviews how
they are incorporated into buyer decision
processes and marketing practices.
FRM2415 - Apparel Evaluation
and Construction
4 credits
Prerequisites: FRM1433 - Textiles and Fabrics
This course is designed for fashion management
students to evaluate the equation between
quality and cost in garments. Students will be
able to identify and analyze quality of trims,
fabrics and construction in relationship to price
point. Included will be women’s sportswear,
children’s wear and men’s wear in a range of
price points from high end to discounted.
FRM2475 - Retail Mathematics
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in FRM.
Prerequisite: FRM1442 - Introduction to Retailing
and GE2412 - College Mathematics
This course provides an understanding of the
various financial tools used by retailers to evaluate
performance. Students calculate, analyze, and
interpret financial concepts associated with
accounting from a merchandising perspective.
FRM2490 - Visual Merchandising
4 credits
Prerequisites: AD2430 - Fundamentals of
Marketing and Advertising and FRM2415 Apparel Evaluation and Construction
Students learn the importance of eye
appeal and consumer buying habits.
Students create their own displays using
the latest principles and techniques in the
visual organization of merchandise.
FRM3425 - Introduction to Manufacturing
4 credits
Prerequisites: FRM2415 - Apparel
Evaluation and Construction
This course is an overview of the fashion
industries including the terminology of fashion
and an explanation of the three levels of the
industry: design, production and sales. Careers
and the organization, structure, and problems
of the garment industry are studied.
FRM3455 - Merchandise Management
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in FRM.
Prerequisite: DM2410 - Fundamentals of Business
Students study the categorizations of
stores, organizational components, and the
characteristics of various wholesale and retail
markets. They will explore the Private Label
and Brand Name businesses, develop customer
profiles and look at franchising as a means
of entering the retail world. Students will
become familiar with merchandise accounting
as it relates to the various retail formats.
FRM4410 - Web Marketing for
Fashion & Retail Management
4 credits
Prerequisites: AD2460 - Branding, DM2470
- Principles of Market Research, and
FRM3455 - Merchandise Management
This course focuses primarily on marketing
on the Web, addressing the elements and
requirements of information distribution,
advertising, or sales in this new medium. The
content of the course includes an overview of
major online services, portals, and developing
content aggregators. Students learn how
to modify traditional marketing theories
and strategies as well as the demands and
opportunities unique to the Web. One of
these opportunities receives special attention:
using server push or other push technologies
to develop “shows” or “magazines” online.
FRM4420 - Retail Operations and Technology
4 credits
Prerequisite: FRM3455 - Merchandise Management
operational objectives in a retail structure. An
emphasis will be placed on planning, control,
profitability, and staffing in a retail environment.
The use of technology in the industry and
the responsibilities of retail executives will be
examined as well. Also career opportunities
and ethical behavior of those individuals who
choose to enter the retail arena will be discussed.
Articles pertaining to current issues, (found
in trade publications and newspapers) will be
reviewed and discussed, in order to understand
methods that have been created to expedite
and increase profitability for the retailer.
FRM4425 - Trends and Concepts in Apparel
4 credits
Prerequisites: FRM2415 - Apparel Evaluation
A comprehensive study of cultural and social
issues that affect fashion and the emergence
of trends. Students will analyze the meanings
and importance of clothing and apply these
concepts for contemporary society.
FRM4461 - Product Development
4 credits
Prerequisites: FRM3455 - Merchandise Management
In this course students will review design
concepts and technology and the development
of merchandising in the modern market,
analyze target markets and source, cost
and develop a product for that market in
presentation form including a prototype.
FRM4495 - Special Topics in
Fashion & Retail Management
4 credits
Prerequisites: FRM4425 - Trends and Concepts in
Apparel and FRM4461 - Product Development
This course allows the student to select a
special topic in Fashion & Retail Management
under the guidance of an instructor and the
Academic Program Director. This course also
allows for any deficiencies noted in the students’
development as outlined through evaluation of
student work, and informal, formal interviews
with the Professional Advisory Committee.
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
GE1406 - Nutrition
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course centers on an explanation of the
basic principles of nutrition and their relationship
to health. The structure, functions, and sources
of nutrients, including carbohydrates, fats,
proteins, vitamins, minerals, and water are
discussed. Current issues in nutrition are
reviewed, including dietary guidelines, energy
balance, vitamin supplements, and food facts.
GE1410 - English I
4 credits
Prerequisite: C or higher in TS094 - Transitional English
OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher
This course is the first of two courses in the
composition sequence. Students are introduced
to college-level writing as a process of developing
and supporting a thesis in an organized essay.
The use of appropriate diction and language is
emphasized along with reading and responding
to the writing of others. Students will adhere to
the standard conventions of written English.
Develops the student’s understanding of
63
GE1413 - Psychology
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course will provide the students with
an introduction to the field of psychology as
a science in the study of human and animal
behavior. The course will survey the development
of theoretical perspectives and practices from the
onset of psychology at the beginning of the 20th
century to today. Students will examine human
development, theories of personality, cognitive
process, learning, intelligence, motivation
and emotion, sensation and perception as
well as psychological and physiological basis
of behavior. In doing so, students will gain
a better understanding of an individuals’
interactions with the world around them.
GE1424 - Public Speaking
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
In this course, students will develop and refine
oral presentation skills necessary for personal
and professional life. Students will be introduced
to various aspects of the communication
process including establishing credibility,
identifying and applying research materials,
using appropriate audio and/or visual aides.
Additionally, they will gain knowledge of
audience analysis and critical listening skills.
GE1433 - Art History
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course combines a visual overview
of art and architecture from western
civilization, with interpretive projects and
writing assignments. Students will learn
to differentiate between artistic styles and
movements. They will create relevant research
projects that illustrate and combine visual
aspects of artistic styles and periods.
GE1456 - Music Appreciation
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course will introduce the student to
the historical development of music and
the composers of different eras. Students
will focus on the role that music plays in our
lives today as well as examining the cultural
influences that have determined the varied
musical languages throughout the world.
GE1466 - Principles of Economics
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
As an introduction to the fundamental
nature of micro-and macroeconomics theory,
students acquire a basic understanding of how
economic systems and principles work and
the way they influence daily life. The course
will present the role of markets, the forces
of supply and demand, the importance of
producer/consumer relationships, distinctions
between fiscal and monetary policy, and
the natures of international trade.
GE2411 - English ll
4 credits
Prerequisite: GE1410 - English I
This course is the second of two in the
composition sequence. Students expand their
experiences reading, writing, and researching.
Students write essays demonstrating their
ability to analyze and evaluate the ideas of
others and integrate those ideas into their
own writing. The course includes in-depth
examination of research methods, conventions
of documentation, and MLA and APA styles.
Students select, evaluate, and integrate a variety
of sources to support a thesis in a research paper.
GE2412 - College Mathematics
4 credits
Prerequisite: C or higher in TS095 - Transitional
Mathematics OR Accuplacer Mathematics
Placement score of 57 or higher
This course covers algebra and trigonometric
problem solving. Topics covered include
operations with real numbers, linear and
polynomial functions, radicals and radical
expressions, factoring polynomials, conic
sections, natural logs and exponents,
trigonometric definitions and identities.
GE2423 - Environmental Science
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course explores environmental science
as an interdisciplinary study from the natural
sciences (biology, chemistry, and geology) and
the social sciences (ecology, politics, ethics) to
gain an understanding of how nature works
and how interconnections occur. The use and
abuse of the environment is also examined.
Students will also explore the future of the
environment and what effect they can have on it.
GE2442 - Critical Thinking
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course assists students in becoming more
effective learners through the identification
and development of skills, process and
techniques for improving comprehension.
This course also teaches students to apply
reasoning principles for critical analysis and
evaluation of thought and discourse and
to use creative and critical techniques in
problem-solving and decision making.
GE2477 - Spanish I
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This is the first of two courses that introduce
the student to Spanish language. It will be
taught as an interactive class, with the students
participating in written and oral assignments.
Along with learning conversational phrases
and key words, the student will understand
the differences between singular and plural,
masculine and feminine words, regular and
irregular verbs and how to conjugate verbs.
In order to develop functional proficiency,
the students will be provided opportunities
for immediate usage of vocabulary and
grammatical structures in culturally authentic
communicative situations on a daily basis.
GE2478 - Spanish II
4 credits
Prerequisite: GE2477 - Spanish I
This is the second class in Spanish and will build
on the knowledge gained from Spanish I. There
will be increased challenges to the student to use
Spanish spontaneously and accurately. There will
be additional activities, such as realistic day-today situations, group work to bring Spanish into
daily use in the business sector and in the home.
GE3424 - Interpersonal Communications
4 credits
Prerequisite: GE1424 - Public Speaking
This course examines the art of social
interactions in human relationships focusing
on the application of theory and research.
Students will explore and analyze the social
relationships that link humans, in a variety
of contexts, such as culture, gender, religion,
etc. in order to practice the process of
interactions within their own relationships.
GE3432 - History and Culture of Cuisine
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course provides an examination of the
major historical and geographical developments
that have affected the creation of various
cultural patterns including, but not limited to,
gastronomic choices, cooking habits, folkways,
and the use of local ingredients to meet
nutritional and cultural considerations. Topics
will include the power and impact of cultural
symbols and the ways in which generations teach
their young to honor a cultural heritage. Students
will complete a term paper on a topic of their
choice related to the content of this course.
GE3433 - Contemporary Art
4 credits
Prerequisite: GE1433 - Art History
This course provides a visual examination of
recent western art. Students will demonstrate
knowledge of the various movements in
contemporary art by creating interpretive projects
and writing assignments. Class participation is
emphasized with group discussion and critiques.
GE3466 - World Music Influences
4 credits
Prerequisite: GE1456 - Music Appreciation
Students are introduced to themes and
issues relating to music and cultures and
the relationship between them around the
world. They explore music theory, harmony,
melodies, and scales from a diverse range of
cultures, as well as the integration of Western
musical traditions and African musical forms
and rhythms as they relate to American idioms
such as jazz, blues, and popular music.
GE3490 - Cultural Anthropology
4 credits
Prerequisite: GE1413 - Psychology or
GE1466 - Principles of Economics
This course is designed to introduce the
principles and findings of contemporary
cultural anthropology, including the systems
of social structure, economic structures, family,
crime, technology, multiculturalism, and the
relationships of these systems to our lives.
Specifically, we will look at these issues as they
relate to designated roles across cultures.
GE4442 - Ethics
4 credits
Prerequisite: GE2442 - Critical Thinking
This course examines human life, experience
and thought in order to discover and develop
the principles and values for pursuing a
more fulfilled existence. This course helps
students to apply theories designed to
justify ethical judgments in a selection of
contemporary personal and social issues.
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
GE4455 - Literature
4 credits
Prerequisite: GE2411 - English II
This course focuses on literary selections.
Topics include the critical evaluation of the
literary genres: story, poetry and drama.
GE4461 - Physics
4 credits
Prerequisite: GE 2412 - College Mathematics
This is a course that introduces the concepts
and methods of physics, including mechanics,
heat, electricity and magnetism, and modern
physics. An interdisciplinary approach will be
stressed to integrate physics topics into students’
area of study to help facilitate creative work.
GRAPHIC DESIGN COURSES
GD1401 - Fundamentals of Design
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course will introduce the basic principles
of design. Using a variety of materials and
techniques, the creative process will be
introduced and developed. An exploration
of design elements and relationships will
establish a basic aesthetic sensitivity.
GD1402 - Drawing and Perspective
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
Visual awareness is expanded through the
observation and translation of three-dimensional
form into two-dimensional drawings. Starting
with simple forms and progressing to more
complex organic forms, students will increase
their skill levels in construction techniques,
composition, line quality, and human anatomy.
GD1403 - Typography for Digital Media
4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or
higher to pass in AD and GD.
Prerequisite: none
Students will investigate the relationship
among letters, space, fonts, and type systems.
Students’ activities include copying, fitting, and
styling text type; spacing and rendering display
arrangements; and marking up and specifying
both text and display type. Typographic attributes
will be applied to enhance readability; logos will
be designed and titles for computer-animated
and broadcast graphics will be story boarded.
Students will develop the ability to work within
traditional and contemporary design context.
GD1411 - Intermediate Drawing
4 credits
Prerequisite: GD1401 - Fundamentals of Design
and GD1402 - Drawing & Perspective
Continuing to develop the various drawing
skills from the first and second drawing courses,
students will focus on depicting gesture and
motion, capturing essence of movement and
form in space, and creating compositions
based on the four basic lighting situations.
GD1420 - Image Manipulation
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course is designed to examine photo
retouching and image manipulation
using computers. Students will use
software to manipulate photographic
images to the point where they no longer
resemble the original artwork.
GD1430 - Illustration
4 credits
Prerequisite: GD1401- Fundamentals of Design
and GD1402 - Drawing & Perspective
This course will introduce students to basic skills
and principles of illustration. Various methods and
functions of illustration will be explored. Students
will learn the role of illustration in the design
process and apply that knowledge to the projects.
GD1431 - Design Layout
4 credits
Prerequisite: GD1402 - Drawing & Perspective
and GD1403 - Typography for Digital Media
This class will enable the student to design
with type and visuals and to utilize technology
in problem solving. Emphasis will be on
the process of design development from
roughs to comprehensives, layout and
marker techniques, and the use of a grid
system for multi-component layouts.
GD1473 - Color and Design
4 credits
Prerequisite: GD1401- Fundamentals of Design
In this course, basic color principles including
line, hue, value, and intensity are studied.
Students investigate color and its relationship
to composition through harmony and
contrast in a variety of formats and media.
GD2421 - Art and Design Concepts
4 credits
Prerequisite: GD1403 - Typography for Digital Media
This course is an exploration of printed
communication and the use of typography as
an exclusive element of design. The course will
focus on the development of marketable, original,
and creative problem-solving solutions with an
emphasis on profressional presentaion techniques.
GD2425 - Advanced Typography
4 credits
Prerequisite: GD1403 - Typography for Digital Media
This course is an exploration of printed
communication and the use of typogrphy as an
exclusive element of design. The copusrse will
focus on the development of makketable, original,
and creative problem solvong solutuions with an
emphasis on professional presentaion techniques.
GD2432 - Digital Illustration
4 credits
Prerequisite: GD1420 - Image Manipulation
This course will help students communicate and
design with the computer as a professional tool.
Using different software applications, the student
will demonstrate an understanding of electronic
illustration. The course will explore vector-based
graphic applications that are used in the industry.
GD2433 - Electronic Design
4 credits
Prerequisite: GD1431 - Design Layout
This course will explore various means of
indicating, placing and manipulating visual
elements in page design, systematically
developing strong and creative layout solutions by
means of a cumulative, conceptual design process.
The ability to integrate photographs, illustrations,
and display and text type effectively will be
developed using page composition software.
GD2437 - Design History
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course will examine the influences of
societal trends, historical events, technological
developments, and the fine arts on contemporary
graphic design, illustration, typographical
design, photography, and fashionable design
trends in general. Through lectures, supplied
visual examples, independent research, and
design assignments, the student will gain
insight into a variety of major design influences.
The student will learn how to research and
utilize a wide variety of design styles.
GD2440 - Print Production
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in GD.
Prerequisite: GD1420 – Image Manipulation
or PH2451 - Digital Photographic Production
and GD1431 - Design Layout
In this course, traditional print production
techniques are employed in the preparation
of camera-ready art. Production of single- and
multi-color mechanical processes and discussion
of various printing processes are covered.
GD2480 - Designing for the Web
4 credits
Prerequisite: IM1480 - Fundamentals of Interactive Design
Students Integrate design skills with the basic
computer language skills (HTML) required
in order to create web pages. Emphasis is
balanced between the design and technical
elements of Web Page design and production
GD3411 - Corporate Identity
and Communications
4 credits
Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director
This course is in-depth study of the history,
psychology, and function of corporate
identification. Students will produce a multifaceted design presentation acceptable
for a contemporary corporation.
GD3431 - Advanced Design
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in GD.
Prerequisite: GD1401 - Fundamentals of
Design and GD1402 - Drawing & Perspective
and GD2440 - Print Production
This advanced course enhances and builds on
skills developed in fundamental design courses.
Refining typographic skills and furthering
design sensitivities will be emphasized. Critical
analysis and evaluation will be explored in the
context of goal-focused design objectives.
Portfolio-quality projects will be developed.
GD3435 - Media Design
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
The course examines the structures and
communication skills used by various
members of a creative team. The processes
of concept development, media application
and design creation are emphasized. In
addition, the variety of media used by
graphic designers and their suppliers will be
examined. (Prerequisite: none) 4 Credits
GD3445 - Marketing Design
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course is a review of popular culture as
it relates to social, informational, economic,
political and educational current events. A
special emphasis is placed on the relationship
of trends and pop topics to advertising. Current
65
media, including books, television, movies, telecommunications media, on-line communications,
and marketing trends and strategies are reviewed.
GD3455 - Package Design
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course will define the role of packaging
in product identification, presentation,
and production. The unique challenges of
adapting typography, illustration, design
and materials to 3D form will be explored.
Research will include marketing objective,
structural integrity and display aesthetics.
GD3465 - Publication Design
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
In this course, students will prepare scanned
and object-oriented graphic files and integrate
them with text in a multiple-page composition
file. File transfer and document printing is
covered. The process of page imposition
for printing and other technical procedures
specific to publishing will be introduced, and
the place of the electronic page make-up in
modern print production will be studied.
GD3470 - Law & the Commercial Arts
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course includes the study of basic legal
principles related to the conduct of business.
Specifically, this course includes an overview of
the legal system, contracts, personal property,
intellectual property, real property, law of
sales, agency and employment law, business
organizations, insurance, security devices,
bankruptcy, and alternative dispute resolution.
GD4435 - Advanced Illustration
4 credits
Prerequisite: GD1430 - Illustration
This course will emphasize the importance
of concept and originality of ideas
in contemporary illustration.
GD4480 - Design Production Team
4 credits
Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director
This is a special project course in which students
utilize their knowledge of design, typography,
production techniques, video, and audio to
execute a team project. Students also apply
communications, teamwork, and organizational
skills. Students work cooperatively to achieve a
common goal, similar to industry experience.
HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT
COURSES
HM1430 - Sales and Public Relations
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course will focus on the sales function in
varied hospitality settings. The relationship
of sales to marketing will be explored, and
the process of the actual personal sales call
will be emphasized. The role of a successful
public relations plan will also be examined,
as well as the benefits of favorable public
impression on a hospitality operation.
HM1440 - Lodging Operations
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in HM.
Prerequisite: none
This course will represent an overview of the
various types of lodging operations in the
industry. The guest cycle will be examined,
as well as the role of front office operations.
The housekeeping and building maintenance
functions will be discussed in detail, and students
will be expected to produce a management
flowchart and detail the inter-relationship of the
various departments in a lodging operation.
HM2450 - Front Office Management
4 credits
Prerequisite: HM1440 - Lodging Operations
This course will present the overall front office/
front desk work environment and train students
how to enter the front desk in a supervisor role.
Emphasis will be given to the hospitality target
markets, reservations, guest accounting, back
office interfaces, communications, guest services
and guest relations. The night audit function
and revenue management techniques will be
explored, as well as staff motivation and training.
HM2451 - Purchasing/Contract Service
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
In this course, students will learn the importance
of the purchasing function in various hospitality
settings. Particular emphasis will be placed on
food and beverage purchasing, linen, chemical
and general supply buying. In addition, the role
of contract services in support of a hospitality
operation will be explored, including contract
negotiation and cost/benefit analysis. The
relationship of the purchasing function to
the inventory process and the profit and
loss statement will also be reviewed.
HM2480 - Hospitality Law
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course covers legislation and statutes
governing hospitality law. Legal issues such
as innkeepers liability, Dram Shop liability,
ADA compliance, and OSHA regulations are
combined with a historical perspective and
present day application. The class will also
address pertinent key industry issues with a
critical eye towards those laws that may hinder
the industry’s growth, as well as those laws that
strengthen our rights as hospitality professional.
HM2481 - Institutional Operations
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course will discuss the varied options
for employment in the institutional
operation. Healthcare, senior care, cruise
line, casino, education, corrections, airline
and contract service companies will be
detailed. Special attention will be given to
the unique opportunities and challenges
this segment of the industry presents to
supervisory staff and management.
HM3412 - Travel and Tourism
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This class will provide an overview of the
national and international travel market. The
evolving role of travel agents will be discussed,
as well as the emergence of the internet as a
planning tool. The importance of tourism to
the world economy will be discussed, with a
consideration of the effect of terrorism on world
markets. The airline, cruise, rail and automobile
industries will be examined, correlating their
influence on the hospitality industry.
HM3490 - Risk Management
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course explores risk management issues
in the business property and liability area. It
includes the operation of insurance companies, as
well as the duties and functions of the hospitality
manager and risk manager at the property
level. An analysis of commercial property,
business interruption, owners, surety, general
liability, workers compensation, health, life and
professional insurance needs and coverage will
be examined in the context of the hospitality
operation. (Prerequisite: none) 4 Credits
HM3491 - Multi-Unit/Chain/
Franchise Operations
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This class will discuss the relationship of the
individual property to the parent organization.
A discussion of small chain vs. large chain,
local, regional, national and international
organizations will provide the student with
a globe perspective on corporate hospitality
operations. The role of the franchise organization
will be explored, as well as the place of the
property manager as owner’s representative
in a franchise location. Several different
franchise models will be presented, as well as
a discussion of the cost/benefit relationship
of a franchise vs. independent property.
HM4401 - Hospitality Accounting
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in HM.
Prerequisite: DM2430 - Principles
of Managerial Accounting
This class will build on the knowledge gained
in the accounting principles class, with a
focus on the unique requirements of the
hospitality operation. Forecasting, budgeting
and adherence modules will be included, as
well as an in-depth examination of the profit
and loss statement as a management tool.
The POS and property management software
interface will be included, with discussions on
the cost of inventory, inventory procedures and
proper food and variable costing practices. A
section on hospitality finance will explore the
purchase, sale and capitalization requirements
of sample properties in the industry.
HM4430 - Hospitality Capstone
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in HM.
Prerequisite: none
Through competencies developed with
previous related studies course work, students
will develop a complete business plan for
a hospitality operational unit. The project
will include Market Analysis and Marketing
Strategy, Operating Budget, Sales Projections,
Opening Inventories, Capital Equipment,
Demographics, Labor Schedule, and Facilities
Design as appropriate to the project. The
student will have the assistance of an Instructor
to facilitate the completion of the project.
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
INTERIOR DESIGN COURSES
their ideas through conceptual drawings
and other supporting graphic material.
ID1420 - Architectural Drafting
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in ID.
Prerequisite: none
This course is an introduction to basic drafting
equipment, techniques, terminology, and
symbols used in design. Drafting requirements
include lettering, plan views, elevations, sections,
details, schedules, and paraline drawings.
ID1421 - Perspectives
4 credits
Prerequisite: ID1420 - Architectural Drafting
This course is an introduction to the principles
of one-and-two point perspective and the
techniques to represent shade and shadow.
ID1426 - Mixed Media
4 credits
Prerequisite: ID1420 - Architectural Drafting
Sketching and the rendering of elevations,
plan, and interior perspectives using a variety
of media and surfaces is the main focus. The
course will introduce students to the world
of computers through lecture and laboratory
sessions. The laboratory sessions will provide
hands-on skills on a specific computer system
and will teach functions within a computer
environment to complete projects.
ID2424 - Elements of Interior Design
4 credits
Prerequisite: ID1420 - Architectural
Drafting and ID1421 - Perspectives
Characteristics and selection criteria for the
identification and evaluation of interior materials,
finishes, and treatments is the focus of the course.
ID2425 - Building Materials
and Mechanical Systems
4 credits
Prerequisite: ID2430 - Computer Aided Drafting
This is a survey of the principles of interior
construction and the inter-relationship between
materials and structure. The course includes
discussion of wall, floor, ceiling, mechanical, and
electrical systems. This course is an introduction
to the process of producing and using a set of
contract documents for interior spaces. Content
includes formatting, cross-referencing drawings,
and how to represent details, section and legends.
Content also includes a study of the codes and
regulations covering public health and welfare.
ID2430 - Computer Aided Drafting
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass on ID.
Prerequisite: ID1426 - Mixed Media
Course explores the properties of man-made
and natural fibers and their production, uses,
and characteristics. Content includes discussion
of fibers, yarns, fabrics, finishes, design methods,
aesthetic applications, and ordering specifications.
This course examines the hardware that
constitutes a CAD work station and the operating
system (MS-DOS/Windows) that enables the
equipment to function as a unit. It also shows
how to use AutoCAD to set up drawings and add
lines, circles, arcs, and other shapes, geometric
constructions, and text. Students use display and
editing techniques to seek information about
their drawings and work with drawing files.
ID1440 - 3D Design
ID2431 - Revit
ID1433 - Textiles and Fabrics
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course is an introduction to the basic
elements and principles of 3D design and
exploration of the visual and structural
qualities of objects. Students solve
problems by organizing and constructing
3D forms within spatial environments.
ID2420 - History of Design to 1830
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course explores the evolution of furniture
interiors and design from the ancient world to
1830 and discusses the major cultural, political,
social and economic factors that affects the
design of material culture and the relationship of
furniture and interiors to significant movements
in art and architecture. It includes the history of
the profession of interior design and contributions
of interior designers to the development of
the profession. The course also introduces
students to major architectural developments,
including various architectural movements.
ID2422 - Introduction to Space Planning
4 credits
Prerequisite: ID2430 - Computer Aided Drafting
This course explores the issues related to
preliminary space planning, and spatial volume
with special emphasis placed on human factors.
Students will develop skill and judgment in
ordering and defining space and represent
4 credits
Prerequisite: ID2430 - Computer Aided Drafting
The major focus of this course is the
use of Revit to render 3D images.
ID2440 - Design Process
4 credits
Prerequisite: ID1420 - Architectural Drafting
Students will be introduced to the basic elements
and principles of Interior Design. Exploration
of the process and methodology used in the
development of Interior Design solutions. Content
includes anthropomorphic and ergonomic
data and its relationship to interior space.
Development of alternative design solutions, and
the visual and verbal vocabulary necessary to
communicate design ideas at the schematic level.
ID2441 - Design Development: Residential
4 credits
Prerequisite: ID2430 - Computer Aided Drafting
This course explores the design development
phase of the design process. Students transition
from thinking conceptually to fully developing
a residential interior space. Course content
centers on the inter-relationships of the
elements of 3-D space, such as proportion and
volume, planning, materials, detailing, and
finishing. Discussions also include physical and
psychological needs unique to the home.
ID2442 - Design Development: Commercial
4 credits
Prerequisite: ID2430 - Computer Aided Drafting
This course is a study of the 3D aspects of
interior space and the understanding of interior
spaces as volume. Students work through
the process of designing a corporate space
in complete detail from conceptualization to
presentation drawings. Research centers on
the technical elements involved in commercial
spaces, corporate furnishing, materials, finish.
Applications are produced using CAD.
ID2443 - Problems in Residential Design
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course examines issues relevant to
residential needs of people from various
age groups, economic levels, and/or
physical and emotional conditions.
ID3419 - Civilization and the Arts
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
In this course, students explore the cultural,
intellectual, and political trends that have
shaped the historical development of the world
from the Renaissance into the 21st century.
ID3420 - History of Design
from 1830 to Present
4 credits
Prerequisite: ID2420 - History of Design to 1830
This course examines the development
of furniture, interiors, architecture, and
decorating arts from 1830 to the present.
Projects emphasize English, American, and
international styles in a contemporary idiom.
ID3421 - History of 19th and
20th Century Architecture
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course examines the evolution of modern
architecture in the 19th and 20th centuries.
Content includes discussion of the theoretical
basis of significant architectural styles and
places architectural developments within their
cultural, historical, and social framework.
ID3425 - Lighting
4 credits
Prerequisite: ID2430 - Computer Aided Drafting
This course involves the study of lighting under a
variety of studio location situations. The student
acquires a working knowledge of natural and
artificial lighting. Students apply problem-solving
techniques to different lighting conditions.
ID3427 - Interior Tectonics & Codes
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in ID.
Co-rerequisite: ID2430 - Computer Aided Drafting
This course surveys the principles of interior
construction and the inter-relationship between
materials and structure. Course includes
discussion of wall, floor and ceiling systems,
mechanical and electrical systems and their
relationship to interior design. Content also
includes a study of the codes and regulations
covering the health and welfare of the public.
ID3429 - Interior Detailing
4 credits
Prerequisite: ID2430 - Computer Aided Drafting
This course examines the study of materials and
67
fabrication techniques involved in the design
and construction of basic interior details and
how these details are communicated in the
documents package. Content includes detailing
of cabinetry, ceiling, walls, floors and millwork.
ID3440 - Specialty Design
4 credits
Prerequisite: ID2430 –Computer Aided Drafting
This course focuses on advanced space planning
that emphasizes the development of sculptural
space and the concept of plan as art. The
course emphasizes precedent and contextual
thinking in the development of a creative
design for a variety of interior applications.
showcasing work that reflects a unique style.
Particular emphasis is placed on identifying short
and long term professional employment goals,
as well as related strategies and resources.
skills in a raster-based computer environment.
Emphasis is on mastering the fundamentals of
scanning, color management, photo retouching,
imaging, special effects, and filters and masks.
MEDIA ARTS &
ANIMATION COURSES
CA2413 - Acting for Animators
CA1400 – Production Fundamentals
In this course, students will explore the
techniques involved in putting together
expressions and movements that convey
emotions, impart meaning and tell a story.
Students will see how to tell a story with
motion and embellish it with expressions.
Students will study silent films, physicality
and versatility, and alternate ways to
tell a story and convey a message.
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in MAA.
Prerequisite: none
This course focuses on programming and
development of a high-end residential
space with emphasis on interior details.
This course is designed to introduce students
to the world of computers through lecture and
laboratory sessions. Lectures will introduce the
conceptual framework of computer systems
and how they work, as well as the implications
of computer technology in our contemporary
environment. The laboratory sessions will
provide hands-on training on a specific computer
system and will teach functions within a
computer environment to complete projects.
ID3442 - Advanced Corporate Design
CA1405 - Advanced Drawing for Animation
ID3441 - Advanced Residential Design
4 credits
Prerequisite: ID2443 – Problems in Residential Design
4 credits
Prerequisite: ID2442 - Design Development: Commercial
This course focuses on the complete analysis
of a corporate interior design project by
developing in-depth programming, schematics,
design development, modeling, construction
documents, and specifications. This group project
also helps further develop time management,
organization, and group communication skills.
ID4425 - Advanced Detailing
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in ID.
Prerequisite: ID3429 - Interior Detailing
This course is designed to involve the
student in the research and design of
complex casework pieces, millwork, interior
construction details, and custom furniture.
ID4440 - Advanced Specialty Design
4 credits
Prerequisite: ID3440 - Specialty Design
This course focuses on the research and
design of a hospitality space. Pre-design
research focuses on industry standards,
design issues, codes and products relevant
to the development of hospitality space.
ID4479 - Professional Practice
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course focuses on principles governing
the business, legal, and contractual aspects
of the interior design profession for both
commercial and residential applications. This
includes in-depth discussion of the legal,
contractual and ethical elements required to
run a 21st century business. Further discussion
addresses client relationships, developing
marketing services, business plans, and a
comprehensive resume and cover letter.
ID4480 - Senior Design Project
4 credits
Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director
This course will prepare students for job
interviews by helping them compile a portfolio.
Students will demonstrate their conceptual
design, craftsmanship, and other skills as they
assemble and refine their portfolio pieces.
Each student will select representative pieces,
4 credits
Prerequisite: GD1411 - Intermediate Drawing
Students will develop their drawing skills
and study space, movement, texture and
composition. Students will demonstrate
creative ideas and advanced skills required
to produce their animation projects.
CA1409 - History and Trends of Animation
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course surveys the history of animation with
emphasis on the various animation processes
in their historical contexts. This survey course
also involves discussions of new developments
and future trends in the animation industry
and analysis of major sectors of the animation
industry and career opportunities within them.
CA1410 - Storyboarding and Animatics
4 credits
Prerequisite: GD1402 - Drawing and Perspective
This course focuses on the animation preproduction techniques of storyboarding,
storytelling, and animatics. The course will
cover the purpose, formats, basic terminology,
and concepts used in storyboarding and
animatics and the application thereof.
Use of capture devices, storytelling,
composition, and design will be applied.
CA1415 - Writing for Animation
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
Writing for Animation will explore the various
processes used to create treatments, stories,
and scripts. Students will see what a treatment
is and how it is used. They will explore how an
idea is developed into a story and then into a
script. Students will see how a story is structured;
they will explore how to read a script and how
to develop their own scripts. Students will
have a chance to see how important content
is to the development of a finished product.
CA1420 - Digital Imaging
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in MAA.
Prerequisite: CA1400 - Production Fundamentals
Students develop basic image manipulation
4 credits
Prerequisite: CA2439 - Introduction to 3D Animation
CA2425 - Introduction to 2D Animation
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in MAA.
Prerequisite: none
This course introduced the principles and
fundamentals of animation. Students will
study the 12 principles of animation and apply
through a variety of fundamental exercises.
Use of capture devices, pencil tests and other
animation techniques will be explored.
CA2429 - Introduction to 3D Modeling
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in MAA.
Prerequisite: none
This is an introductory course in geometric
construction. Through critical analysis, students
conceptualize 3D coordinate systems and
construct 3D models in a computer environment.
Students also identify the differences and
similarities of 3D modeling with sculpting, 3D
design and character design techniques.
CA2430 - Introduction to Video
4 credits, **This course requires
a “C” or higher to pass for VE and DF.
Prerequisite: none
This course will provide an overview of the
video industry and establish a foundation in
broadcast technology. Basic video equipment
and studio operation will be introduced,
along with terminology and its application.
CA2431 - Audio Production
4 credits, **This course requires
a “C” or higher to pass for WDIM.
Prerequisite: none
This course is a conceptual introduction to
audio production techniques. Students will
be able to digitize sound and apply it to their
work. Students will also learn how to produce
appropriate audio effects and transitions.
CA2432 - Character/Object Design
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in MAA.
Prerequisite: GD1411 - Intermediate Drawing
In this course, students will design characters and
related objects for animation. Students will learn
the process of character development as well as
enhanced life drawing skills. Course assignments
include gesture drawing, action poses,
turnarounds, and creation of sculpted objects.
CA2439 - Introduction to 3D Animation
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in MAA.
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
Prerequisite: CA2429 - Introduction to 3D Modeling
Building on the skills acquired in 3D Modeling,
students learn to animate and apply the principles
of animation in a computer environment.
Students are also introduced to concept of rigging
and setting up their model for animation.
CA2440 - Digital Video Editing
4 credits
Prerequisite: CA2430 - Introduction to Video
In this course students explore the features
and functions of video editing systems and
learn to edit video using linear and nonlinear video editing systems. Students will
also explore various media available for
output of animation and use appropriate
equipment to output animation to tape.
CA3425 - Materials and Lighting
4 credits
Prerequisite: CA3449 - Intermediate 3D Modeling
In this course, students will address lighting 3D
objects, lighting movement, and establishing
congruence between background, object,
reflectivity, and illusion of depth. The course
will focus on the correlation between reality
and computer rendition, stressing the
disparity between real light and the technical
facsimile of artificial lighting. The analysis,
creation, and application of custom materials
and texture maps will also be explored.
CA3449 - Intermediate 3D Modeling
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in MAA.
Prerequisite: CA2429 - Introduction to 3D Modeling
CA3470 - Special Topics for
Computer Animation
4 credits
Prerequisite: CA2439 - Introduction to 3D Animation
This course allows the student to select
special topics in animation and produce
such animations under the guidance of an
instructor. The student will be exposed to
the various applications of animation and
apply animation skills to chosen topics.
CA3479 - Advanced 3D Animation
4 credits
Prerequisite: CA3459 - Intermediate 3D Animation
Using a 3D environment, advanced animation
techniques, rigging and setup techniques are
applied. Students also apply the principles
of acting, appropriate mathematical
concepts and techniques to scripting
activities and analyze real world observations
and their application to animation.
CA4461 - Traditional Animation Studio
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
Students work with team members to create
a full-length traditional 2D, or experimental
animation. In this advanced course, all
nuances of project creation, production,
and post production are taught.
CA4480 - Team Animation
4 credits
Prerequisite: CA2439 - Introduction to 3D Animation
Using a 3D environment, intermediate
modeling techniques and concepts are
elaborated. Modeling as character design and
development is emphasized while refining
techniques in lighting, camera, and textures.
Students will utilize their knowledge of
storytelling, animation, modeling, processing, and
compositing software to create a team project.
Students will strengthen their interpersonal
and communication skills by working
toward a common goal in an environment
that is similar to the animation industry.
CA3459 - Intermediate 3D Animation
PHOTOGRAPHY COURSES
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass MAA.
Prerequisite: CA2439 - Introduction to 3D Animation
and CA3449 - Intermediate 3D Modeling
Using a 3D environment, intermediate animation
techniques, rigging and setup techniques
are elaborated. Animation storyboard and
storytelling concepts are explored while
refining techniques in lighting, camera, and
timing. Students are also introduced to basic
principal of scripting and expressions.
PH1401 - Principles of Photography
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in PH.
Prerequisite: none
CA3460 - Computer Animation Studio
In this foundation course, students examine
the essential tools, materials, and techniques
of photography. The student will learn to use
the camera, film processing, composition,
print finishing, and basic darkroom
printing. The student will be challenged
to investigate the photographic medium
and consider its role in image making.
4 credits
Prerequisite: CA3459 - Intermediate 3D Animation
PH1402 - Principles of Digital Photography
Utilizing advanced computer programs,
students will be able to design, produce
and edit imaginative animation sequences.
Special topics in modeling and animation
will be covered such as advanced concepts,
lighting, compositing, special effects, camera
moves, audio and inverse kinematics.
CA3469 - Advanced 3D Modeling
4 credits
Prerequisite: CA3449 - Intermediate 3D Modeling
Using a 3D environment advanced modeling
techniques and concepts are applied. Modeling
as character design and development is
emphasized while students analyze real world
observations and their application to modeling.
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course introduces students to the
fundamental terminology, concepts, and
techniques of digital image acquisition,
image archiving, manipulation, and output.
This course focuses on the principles of
using color, composition, lighting and
other techniques for overall thematic and
visual effects of photographic images.
PH1410 - History and Survey of Photography
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course will provide a framework for
critically considering significant photographers
and their work. Students will be expected to
describe, interpret, and evaluate the origins,
stylistic changes, and artistic innovations in
the history of photography from the 19th
Century through contemporary times.
PH1413 - Fundamentals of Lighting
4 credits; **This course requires a “C”
or higher to pass in PH/DIM.
Prerequisite: PH1401 - Principles of Photography
(PH1402 - Principles of Digital Photography
for Digital Image Management students)
In this introduction to the essential concepts
of lighting for photography, students explore
the manipulation of quantity, quality, direction,
contrast, and color of both natural and artificial
lighting. The course covers equipment and
processes required to produce professional
image quality in the studio and on location.
PH1450 - Photographic Design
4 credits
Prerequisite: PH1401 - Principles of Photography
(PH1402 - Principles of Digital Photography
for Digital Image Management students)
In this course, students experience primary
design elements of visual communication
as they apply to the photograph. Topics
include image composition, color theory,
lighting theory and the art of the critique.
PH1470 - Large Format Photography
4 credits
Prerequisite: PH1413 – Fundamentals of Lighting
Working individually and in teams, students will
utilize large format cameras both in the studio
and on location, working with various light
sources. This course offers essential experience
with the large format or view camera. Topics
include sheet film, film holders, exposure
and process control, and the management of
perspective and focus with the movements
that are unique to the view camera.
PH2413 - Advanced Lighting
4 credits
Prerequisite: PH1413 – Fundamentals of Lighting
This course expands on the PH1413
Fundamentals of Lighting, with an emphasis
on lighting for products and people in both
the studio and on location. The necessary
and correct utilization of electronic flash and
lighting tools in the studio and on location is
covered. Emphasis is placed on the imaginative
application of lighting technique and style.
PH2451 - Digital Photographic Production
4 credits; **This course requires a “C”
or higher to pass in PH/DIM.
Prerequisite: PH1413 – Fundamentals of Lighting
In this introduction to digital photo production,
students become acquainted with the
concepts, hardware, and software related
to digital image acquisition, manipulation,
and output, including scanning, masking,
layering, retouching, and printing.
PH2454 - Photographic
Language and Culture
4 credits
Prerequisite: PH1410 - History and Survey of
Photography and PH1450 - Photographic Design
This course will address issues in aesthetics
related to art, photography, cinema and
writing within the context of contemporary
society and culture. Emphasis will be placed
on the surveying and contextualization of
69
contemporary photographic practices and
examples using current research technology.
PH2460 - Digital Darkroom
4 credits
Prerequisite: PH2451 - Digital Photographic Production
Emphasis will be placed on those digital
techniques that correspond to traditional
darkroom processes. The course will address
issues related to color theory, resolution,
contrast and density controls and the
production of photo quality digital prints from
scanned film and direct digital captures.
PH2470 - Editorial Photography
4 credits
Prerequisite: PH2413 – Advanced Lighting
Students will produce assignments related
to photojournalism, location, and editorial
photography. Emphasis is placed on digital
technologies and formal assignment
presentation. The class is devoted to subject
research and creative photography in both
fine art and commercial applications.
PH2476 - Multimedia for Photographers
4 credits
Prerequisite: PH2470 - Editorial Photography
and CA2430 - Introduction to Video
This course will introduce students to the
technical components integral to multimedia
design and its relationship to photography.
Students will expand their knowledge
of capturing, downloading, editing, and
outputting digital audio and image files
using multimedia software to produce
effective and compelling presentations.
Through these skills, students will explore the
relationships between time, sound, and still
photographs. In addition to a demonstrated
understanding of using multimedia as a
platform to present photographic work,
students will also explore its use as a marketing
tool and will develop an understanding of its
integration with current web technology.
PH2478 - Location Photography
4 credits
Prerequisite: PH2470 - Editorial Photography
This course explores the special needs of
location photography, including both the
technical and logistical aspects of location
work. Students are challenged with a variety
of assignments related to fashion, portraiture,
product, stock, and architectural photography
PH3400 - The Business of Photography
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course reviews considerations faced
by photographers when establishing and
managing a studio operation. Topics include
recruitment, appraisal, and delegation to a
studio staff; negotiating with clients and talent;
and the management of large productions.
Students must use business management
software to estimate costs for photographic
work and manage a studio budget.
PH3410 - Photographic Essays
and Visual Narratives
4 credits
Prerequisite: PH2470 - Editorial Photography
or PH2478 – Location Photography
This course addresses photography as a narrative
or illustrative medium used in support of the
text content of publications. Students are
required to produce their own renditions of
picture stories, illustrations, magazine covers,
and page layouts for all types of print media.
PH3413 - Photographic Studio
4 credits;
Prerequisite: PH2413 - Advanced Lighting
Students will develop the ability to solve
problems of visual communication through
assignments designed to challenge their
skills in lighting, camera operation, and
commercial interpretation. All aspects of
studio photography are discussed from
lenses to lighting and people to products.
PH4410 - Specialization
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in PH.
Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director
In this course, the student elects to specialize in
one or more of the major fields of photography,
including photographic illustration, industrial,
editorial, photojournalism, landscape/nature,
commercial and portraiture. Advanced
application, marketing and preparation of
portfolio for employment are stressed.
PROFESSIONAL APPLICATIONS
PA095 - College Success
1 credit
Prerequisite: none
This course is designed to help incoming students
make a successful transition to the academic,
cultural and social climate of The Art Institutes
International Minnesota. Highlights of the course
include a focus on the necessary survival skills for
academic and personal growth and development.
PA3411 - Capstone/Portfolio
2 credits; **This course requires a “C” or
higher to pass in all BP2, CM, and CUL1.
Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director
Through competencies developed with
previous related studies course work, students
will develop a business plan for a minimun
one hundred seat restaurant. the project will
include: Market Analysis and Marketing Strategy,
Operating Budget, Sales Projections, Opening
Inventories, Capital Equipment, Standardized
Recipes and Costing for all standardized
recipies, Menu, and Facilities Design. The
course covers the components of a business
plan as well as techniques for developing
and presenting sections of the plan. Business
related competencies are reviewed and tutored
as necessary for completion of the project.
PA3415 - Management Internship
4 credits
Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director
In this course, the student serves as a
management intern at a food service facility.
The students learns hands-ons duties that
managers perform on a day-to-day basis.
Interviewing, hiring, empolyee relations and
discipline, scheduling, and team building are
possible duties to be performed. The student
should also practice good customer relations
and may be involved in marketing and
promotion. The student may also be required
to participate in cash handling, inventory, or
other duties that the host site may require.
PA4416 - Management Internship
16 credits
Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director
The purpose of the 16 credit Hospitality
Management Internship is to provide students
with comprehensive immersion in a selected
Hospitality Operation. Students will spend one
full quarter observing and interacting with
management at the selected property. Interns will
be expected to become involved with all aspects
of managing a Hospitality operation, including
human resource functions, scheduling, financial
analysis, supervision and leadership modeling.
Interns will be expected to work closely with the
management of the internship site in preparation
for their careers in the industry. Interns will
become involved in every department and aspect
of the operation, specifically with a management
orientation that will provide detailed information
by department and an overall coordinated vision.
PA4483 - Digital Portfolio
4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or
higher to pass in MAA and VFX .
Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director
The objectives of this course are to complete
the digital portion of the student’s portfolio, to
assess its strengths and weaknesses, to correct
those weaknesses and augment the students’
strengths, and to produce a professional-level
demo tape. This course will also stress the
importance of professional development and
help the student seek the necessary completion
of the initial job search requirements.
PA4484 - Portfolio Presentation
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in MAA.
Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director
In this course, students will assemble
and enhance the print portion of
their animation portfolio, as well as
sharpen their job seeking skills.
PA4485 - Portfolio Preparation
4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or
higher to pass in GD and WDIM.
Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director
This course will prepare students for job
interviews by helping them compile a portfolio.
Students will demonstrate their conceptual
design, craftsmanship, and other skills as they
assemble and refine their portfolio pieces.
Each student will select representative pieces,
showcasing work that reflects a unique style.
Particular emphasis is placed on identifying short
and long-term professional employment goals,
as well as related strategies and resources.
PA4486 - Internship
4 credits
Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director
Through a field internship experience, students
will be able to apply acquired subject matter
and career/professional skills in a real and
practical situation. The main objectives of the
internship are to allow students the opportunity
to observe and participate in the operation of
successful business related to their fields of
study. Students will gain the experience they
need to enter the field when they graduate.
PA4487 - Portfolio
4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or
higher to pass in WDIM and FRM.
Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
This course focuses on the completion of the
portfolio and enables students to begin their
job search. Students should come into this
course with work for the portfolio already begun.
During the term, students will determine the
quality of their work so that enhancements
may be made. In addition, they will complete a
professional resume and begin the job search.
SM4408 - Studio Major VIII
VE1457 - Conceptual Storytelling
4 credits
Prerequisite: may vary based on specific courses
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
STUDIO MAJOR COURSES
TRANSITIONAL STUDIES COURSES
SM1401 - Studio Major I
TS094 - Transitional Studies: English
4 credits
Prerequisite: may vary based on specific courses
The student declares a primary studio
concentration and track from a design discipline
offered at the college in consultation with their
advisor. Primary concentration tracks include 8
courses, of which 4 are in the upper division.
SM1402 - Studio Major II
4 credits
Prerequisite: may vary based on specific courses
The student declares a primary studio
concentration and track from a design discipline
offered at the college in consultation with their
advisor. Primary concentration tracks include 8
courses, of which 4 are in the upper division.
SM2403 - Studio Major III
4 credits
Prerequisite: may vary based on specific courses The
student declares a primary studio concentration
and track from a design discipline offered at
the college in consultation with their advisor.
Primary concentration tracks include 8 courses,
of which 4 are in the upper division.
SM2404 - Studio Major IV
4 credits
Prerequisite: may vary based on specific courses The
student declares a primary studio concentration
and track from a design discipline offered at
the college in consultation with their advisor.
Primary concentration tracks include 8 courses,
of which 4 are in the upper division.
SM3405 - Studio Major V
4 credits
Prerequisite: may vary based on specific courses
The student declares a primary studio
concentration and track from a design discipline
offered at the college in consultation with their
advisor. Primary concentration tracks include 8
courses, of which 4 are in the upper division.
The student declares a primary studio
concentration and track from a design discipline
offered at the college in consultation with their
advisor. Primary concentration tracks include 8
courses, of which 4 are in the upper division.
4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or
higher to pass for all programs.
Prerequisite: none
This course emphasizes the skills needed
to produce clear, competent English prose.
Coursework concentrates on basic paragraph
writing with its attendant skills: various sentence
structure, spelling, subject/verb agreement,
punctuation, and correct verb tense. (Course
is required for students with an Accuplacer
Sentence Skills placement score of less than 87).
4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or
higher to pass for all programs.
Prerequisite: none
This course reviews the mathematics that
is the foundation for the requirements of
a degree program. The course focuses on
conceptual understanding of problem solving,
decision making, and analytical skills dealing
with quantities, their magnitudes and interrelationships. The course includes: complex
manipulation of whole numbers, fractions, decimal
numbers; ratios, proportions, and percentages;
geometry (emphasizing the calculation of area
and volume of complex 2D and 3D objects);
algebra (emphasizing the manipulation of
negative and positive numbers and the solution
of linear equations; beginning statistics (graphing,
mode, mean and median). (Course is required
for students with an Accuplacer Elementary
Algebra placement score of less than 57).
VISUAL EFFECTS & MOTION
GRAPHICS COURSES
VE1409 - History and Trends in Visual Effects
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
SM3406 - Studio Major VI
4 credits
Prerequisite: may vary based on specific courses
VE1438 - Computer Graphics
SM4407 - Studio Major VII
4 credits
Prerequisite: may vary based on specific courses
The student declares a primary studio
concentration and track from a design discipline
offered at the college in consultation with their
advisor. Primary concentration tracks include 8
courses, of which 4 are in the upper division.
VE2450 - Maps, Mattes, and Masks
4 credits
Prerequisite: CA2429 - Introduction to 3D Modeling
This course continues the development
of digital imaging skills, with an emphasis
on advanced techniques in masking,
maps, channels, and compositing.
TS095 - Transitional Studies: Mathematics
This course provides an overview of the
visual effects industry, with an emphasis on
traditional techniques and their historical
context. This survey class also explores major
trends in the visual effects industry, and
identifies career opportunities in the field.
The student declares a primary studio
concentration and track from a design discipline
offered at the college in consultation with their
advisor. Primary concentration tracks include 8
courses, of which 4 are in the upper division.
The course is an introduction to storytelling and
the components of story. The goal is to develop
storytelling skills, and an understanding of story
form. Students will examine story art through story
structure, character and composition. Students
will be presented with the tools, techniques, and
understandings of what stories are and how they
work. The course will comprise reading, writing,
and discussion about traditional storytelling as
well as the impact of technology and interactivity
on storytelling. Students will learn to craft, analyze
and critique stories while working with the tools
necessary to present material in digital format.
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in VFX.
Prerequisite: none
This course will explore the history, psychology,
and artistic interpretation of typography
and digital design elements. Focus will be
upon systematic application of typographic
elements to enhance readability and visibility
as well as communications for video, digital
publishing, computer animation, and broadcast
graphics. Desktop publishing activities
will include the integration of computers
and vector-based drawing programs.
VE2453 - Introduction to VFX
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in VFX.
Prerequisite: CA2430 - Introduction to Video
This course will explore basic color theory and
the various techniques of digital compositing.
Emphasis will be placed on combining
separately shot pieces of live action footage
to create a seamless finished shot.
VE2467 - Production Design
4 credits
Prerequisite: VE1457 - Conceptual Storytelling
This course explores the production designer’s role
of interpreting a screenplay (or similar work), and
then combining reality and imagination to create
visual elements that reinforce the screenplay’s
narrative and aesthetic requirements. Students
will consider both the explicit and underlying
meanings in a scene, and then employ set
and effects design to reinforce these ideas.
VE2481 - Interactive Visual Design
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
Students learn about interactive computer
programs that combine animation with
facilities for integrating text, sound, images,
and fill-motion video into interactive
products. This course allows students to
explore the role of 2D and 3D animation in
the production of interactive products.
VE2486 - Broadcast Graphics
4 credits
Prerequisite: VE1438 - Computer Graphics or
GD1403 - Typography for Digital Media
This course introduces techniques in type
design and animation using compositing
software. Emphasis is on design,
storytelling and technical precision.
VE3453 - Intermediate VFX
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in VFX.
Prerequisite: VE2453 - Introduction to VFX
and VE2450 - Maps, Mattes, and Masks
Utilizing various painting and compositing
packages students will learn the principles
of rotoscoping and digital painting, as
applied to rig removal and special effects.
71
Students will also build upon the principles
in previous classes towards the creation of
more advanced live action composites.
VE3457 - Post-Production Management
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
Students will learn to manage the production
process. They will develop skill in managing
clients and personnel. Students will discover the
critical nature of preplanning and organization.
Course will explore the various technical and
artist issues that effect a project. Students
will understand the financial implications of
project management. Skill will be developed
in establishing timelines and deadlines.
VE3465 - Digital Cinematography for VFX
4 credits
Prerequisite: VE3453 - Intermediate VFX
This course will prepare students for on-set
supervisory roles in the visual effects industry.
By utilizing a complete survey of lighting
conditions and physical set measurements,
students will acquire the necessary data to
incorporate 3D elements into live action plates.
VE3477 - 3D Effects
4 credits
Prerequisite: CA3449 - Intermediate 3D Modeling
Within a 3D environment, students will use
dynamic simulation, particle systems, and
rigid bodies to create a variety of convincing
effects, including natural phenomena.
This course will build a foundation for
students to create complex, dynamic effects,
integrated into live action footage.
VE3486 - Intermediate Broadcast Graphics
4 credits; **This course requires a
“C” or higher to pass in VFX.
Prerequisite: VE2486 - Broadcast Graphics
This course will expose students to the disciplines
used in finalizing a video or animation project
using compositing software. The class will
reinforce compositing concepts, techniques, and
vocabulary that students have learned in previous
classes. More sophisticated tools and techniques
will be introduced. Each student should produce
a final edited project utilizing these skills.
VE3490 - Advanced Editing Principles
4 credits
Prerequisite: CA2440 Digital Video Editing
Advanced editing gives students the opportunity
to refine knowledge and skill learned in the
introductory and intermediate editing courses.
The main focus of advanced editing is applying
shot relations and transitions by creating a
short video from original idea to edited master.
Students explore shot relationships temporally,
graphically, spatially, and rhythmically.
VE4463 - Advanced VFX I
4 credits
Prerequisite: VE3453 - Intermediate VFX and VE3465
- Digital Cinematography for Visual Effects
This course will continue to explore the
disciplines used in creating and compositing
video shot on a blue or green screen. More
sophisticated methods will be introduced
for color correcting and adjusting video to
produce seamless composites. The class will
reinforce compositing concepts, techniques,
and vocabulary that students have learned in
previous classes. The concepts of background
replacement and the use of miniatures in
visual effects will also be introduced.
VE4467 - Production Studio I
4 credits
Prerequisite: VE3465 - Digital Cinematography for VFX
Students will build upon foundation skills
in broadcast design and visual effects by
simulating a real world production environment.
Emphasis will be placed on the competitive
and collaborative aspects of production, as well
as various professional methods, procedures,
techniques, skills, resources, and equipment.
VE4473 - Advanced VFX II
4 credits
Prerequisite: VE4463 - Advanced VFX I
In this course, the further exploration of 3D
tracking and matchmoving concepts will be
emphasized to create more complex interaction
between 3D elements and live action footage.
Advanced 3D lighting systems will be introduced
to produce photorealistic composites.
VE4486 - Advanced Broadcast Graphics
4 credits
Prerequisite: VE3486 - Intermediate Broadcast Graphics
This course will expose students to more
advanced compositing techniques. The class
will reinforce compositing concepts, techniques,
and vocabulary that students have learned in
previous classes. More sophisticated tools and
techniques will be introduced. The class will focus
mainly on group-oriented projects. Each student
will have a vital role in producing a group project
involving, animation, live action video, editing,
and compositing for a final portfolio piece.
WEB DESIGN & INTERACTIVE
MEDIA COURSES
IM1480 - Fundamentals Of
Interactive Design
4 credits; **This course requires a “C”
or higher to pass in WDIM.
Prerequisite: none
placed on examination of the information
architecture, communication and business
goals, media, and delivery platform.
Students will develop an interface prototype
that meets the goals of the project.
IM2460 - Introduction to Authoring
4 credits
Prerequisite: GD1420 - Image Manipulation
This course will introduce the student to concepts
and designs utilized in the development of
education, sales, and marketing presentations.
Students will create an integrated, interactive
multimedia presentation using the basic concepts
and principles of multimedia and graphic design.
IM2470 - Interactive Motion Graphics
4 credits
Prerequisite: IM1480 - Fundamentals
of Interactive Design
An advanced course that applies motion
graphics as an integrated interactive solution;
students will script interaction, sequencing,
and motion for interactive projects.
Optimization is a critical consideration in the
creation of the user-centered experience.
IM2480 - Digital Video Production
4 credits
Prerequisite: CA2430 - Introduction to Video
Students will demonstrate knowledge of
editing using non-linear editing software
and hardware in a computer lab. Students
will produce and edit video and audio
using digital desktop video techniques.
IM2490 - Interactive Motion Scripting
4 credits
Prerequisite: IM2470 - Interactive Motion Graphics
An advanced course that applies motion
graphics as an integrated interactive solution;
students will script interaction, sequencing,
and motion for interactive projects.
Optimization is a critical consideration in the
creation of the user-centered experience.
The course introduces students to the history,
trends, terminology, and concepts in the field of
interactive design. Through materials presented
in the course, students become familiar with
the roles and responsibilities of people working
in the field, professional organizations, and
significant organizations. Students are also
introduced to the basic concepts and tools for
developing interactive media applications.
IM3411 - Writing For Interactive Design
IM2420 - Fundamentals of
Scripting Languages
IM3420 - Advanced Scripting Languages
4 credits; **This course requires a “C”
or higher to pass in WDIM.
Prerequisite: IM1480 - Fundamentals
of Interactive Design
Students develop and refine basic programming
skills. Emphasis is placed on programming
concepts including logic, problem solving,
process flow and flowcharting, syntax
and structures, and debugging and
troubleshooting. Students will acquire skills
needed to design, develop, and produce
practical interactive applications.
IM2440 - User Centered Interface Design
4 credits
Prerequisite: GD1420 - Image Manipulation
This course provides students with the skills
to design interactive interfaces. Emphasis is
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This is a specialized writing course for
interactive design. Students will learn the
unique characteristics and techniques of
media writing and apply them to interactive
media production. Students will also learn to
conduct research for media writing projects.
4 credits; **This course requires a “C”
or higher to pass in WDIM.
Prerequisite: IM2420 - Fundamentals
of Scripting Languages
Students will refine dynamic scripting
skills to develop complex interactivity and
applications (applets). The course also
examines client-side forms in conjunction
with server-side scripting applications.
IM3460 - Intermediate Authoring
4 credits
Prerequisite: IM2460 - Introduction to Authoring
This course will build on the skills taught
in the Introduction to Authoring class.
Students will design production quality
interactive presentations using intermediatelevel scripting techniques focusing on
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
good user interface design and usability.
IM4420 - Dynamic Web Applications
4 credits; **This course requires a “C”
or higher to pass in WDIM.
Prerequisite: IM3420 - Advanced Scripting Languages
Students apply user-centered design principles,
database structures and server side scripting
to design and develop content for serverbased dynamic delivery. Attention will be
paid to design issues relating to the display
of dynamic content on the screen and how
that dynamic content will be delivered.
IM4440 - Usability Evaluation
4 credits
Prerequisite: none
This course introduces students to concepts and
techniques used in usability evaluation. Through
theories presented in the course, students
learn ways to research, design, implement, and
analyze evaluation of interactive projects.
IM4470 - E-Learning Design & Applications
4 credits
Prerequisite: IM2420 - Fundamentals
of Scripting Languages
This course will introduce students to the
principles of instructional design as applied
to e-learning. The course introduces different
options for authoring tools, principles of effective
design, instructional analysis, and production
of e-learning materials. Students design, build,
evaluate, and revise instructional applications
using industry standard authoring systems.
IM4480 - Web Design & Interactive
Media Production Team
4 credits
Prerequisite: IM3420 - Advanced Scripting Languages
and IM2490 Interactive Motion Scripting
This course focuses on the interactive design
project management process. The development
of the project team as key to the successful
achievement of interactive design project goals
is stressed. The process examines the main
elements required in every proposal/plan, time
frame, and budget. The course also examines
issues of copyright and intellectual property
as they relate to project implementation.
IM4490 - Special Topics in Web
Design & Interactive Media
4 credits
Prerequisite: IM2490 - Interactive Motion Scripting
and IM3420 - Advanced Scripting Languages
and IM2460 - Introduction to Authoring
Topics are based upon important trends and
developments in Web Design & Interactive
Media. Lectures, demonstrations, or research
reports pertaining to areas of interest in Web
Design & Interactive Media are presented by
resident faculty, expert visitors, and working
professionals. Group projects may also be assigned.
Study and discussion of computer hardware,
operating systems, networking, programming
languages, interactive digital media, streaming
media, entrepreneurship, marketing, workgroup
organization, and the interactive industry.
73
FACULTY
Many of The Art Institutes International
Minnesota faculty members are
working professionals with impressive
achievements in their field.
ADVERTISING FACULTY
Nicole Engravallo (Adjunct)
M.Ed.; B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities
Patrick Faricy (Part-time)
M.B.A., University of California – Irvine;
B.F.A., Art Center College of Design – Pasadena, CA
Rick Friede (Adjunct)
B.S., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities
Rebecca John (Part-time)
M.A., University of Phoenix Online;
B.A., University of St. Thomas
Jennifer McDowell (Full-time)
M.B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities;
B.A., University of Virginia
Anjila Olsen (Adjunct)
M.P.A.; B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities
°John Schulz (Full-time)
Advertising / Design Management / Fashion & Retail
Management / Fashion Retailing Academic Director
B.A., University of Wisconsin – Madison
Jake Davis (Adjunct)
M.F.A., California Institutes of the Arts – Valencia;
B.F.A., University of Minnesota – Duluth
B.A., Metropolitan State University;
CEPC, American Culinary Federation;
C.H.E., American Hotel & Lodging Association
Andrew Matthews (Adjunct)
Seth Bixby Daugherty (Full-time)
M.A.; B.A., California State University – Chico
Dan Walzer (Full-time)
M.Mu., University of Cincinnati;
B.Mu., Bowling Green State University
°David Wilharm (Full-time)
Audio Production / Media Arts & Animation /
Visual Effects & Motion Graphics Academic Director
M.L.S., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities;
B.Arch.; B.S., North Dakota State University
CULINARY ARTS FACULTY
°Mike Autenrieth (Full-time)
M.A.., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities;
B.Mu., Concordia College – Moorhead
Ed.D., Hamline University; M.A., St. Mary’s University
- Twin Cities; B.S., North Dakota State University;
C.E.C., A.A.C., C.C.E., American Culinary Federation;
C.H.E., American Hotel & Lodging Association
Stephen Lerach (Full-time)
Darrel Smith (Full-time)
A.A.S., The Art Institutes International Minnesota;
C.H.E., American Hotel & Lodging Association
Jessica Bartl (Part-Time)
Nathan Beauchamp (Full-time)
AUDIO PRODUCTION FACULTY
Byron Korus (Full-time)
Tatum Barile (Full-time)
M.Phil., University of Glasgow – Scotland;
B.S., Virginia Commonwealth University
Joshua Clausen (Adjunct)
B.A., Minnesota State University – Moorhead;
C.H.E., American Hotel & Lodging Association
Culinary Arts Assistant Academic Director
M.L.S.; B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities;
C.H.E., American Hotel & Lodging Association
A.O.S., Culinary Institute of America – New York;
C.H.E., American Hotel & Lodging Association
M.B.A., Westminster College - Salt Lake City;
B.A., Brigham Young University
Desiree Dorwart (Full-time)
Culinary Arts / Hospitality Management
Academic Director
M.H.A., University of Nevada – Las Vegas;
B.A., Metropolitan State University;
A.S., Johnson & Wales University - Rhode Island;
C.H.A., C.H.E., American Hotel
& Lodging Association
Jennifer Thompson (Full-time)
Rachel Whisenant (Part-time)
A.O.S., Culinary Institute of America – New York;
C.H.E., American Hotel & Lodging Association
A.O.S., Culinary Institute of America – New York
Jessica Becker (Full-time)
B.A., Goucher College – Maryland;
A.O.S., New England Culinary Institute;
C.H.E., American Hotel & Lodging Association
Jon Belleau (Full-time)
C.H.E., American Hotel & Lodging Association
Amy Carter (Full-time)
Donna Simmons (Full-time)
B.S., University of Minnesota – Duluth;
C.H.E., American Hotel & Lodging Association
M.Ed., Phoenix University; B.S., Georgia State
University; A.A., The Art Institute of Atlanta;
C.H.E., American Hotel & Lodging Association
Hope Walburn (Part-Time)
B.A. University of Minnesota – Morris; A.A.S., Baking
and Pastry, The Art Institutes International Minnesota;
C.H.E., American Hotel & Lodging Association
Pat Weber (Full-time)
B.S., Florida International University;
A.O.S., Culinary Institute of America – New York;
C.H.E., American Hotel & Lodging Association
Fred Weiss (Full-time)
B.A., University of Wisconsin – Milwaukee;
A.S., Johnson & Wales University - Rhode Island
74
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
Mark Williams (Full-time)
Kathryn Reiley (Adjunct)
Sarah Matthey (Adjunct)
B.S., The Art Institutes International Minnesota
Ph.D.; M.A.; B.S., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities
M.A., University of St. Thomas;
B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities
DESIGN MANAGEMENT FACULTY
°John Schulz (Full-time)
Walter Lambert (Full-time)
Ph.D.; M.B.A., University of Texas – Austin;
M.S.Ch.E.; B.S.Ch.E, University of Cincinnati
Advertising / Design Management / Fashion & Retail
Management / Fashion Retailing Academic Director
B.A., University of Wisconsin – Madison
Jim Paulos (Full-time)
KelliRae Sebwe (Full-time)
M.S., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities;
B.S., University of Wisconsin – Madison
°John Schulz (Full-time)
Advertising / Design Management / Fashion & Retail
Management / Fashion Retailing Academic Director
B.A., University of Wisconsin – Madison
Jim Ullyot (Part-time)
M.S., Argosy University;
B.S., University of Wisconsin – Madison
Kevin Wilkinson (Full-time)
M.B.A., University of New Hampshire – Durham;
B.S., Plymouth State University – Plymouth, NH
Katherine Althlathini (Adjunct)
M.A., The American University in Cairo;
B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities
DIGITAL FILM & VIDEO
PRODUCTION FACULTY
°Janica Austad (Full-time)
M.F.A., University of California – San Diego;
B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities
Benjamin Gottfried (Full-time)
M.A., University of Wisconsin – Madison;
B.A., St. John’s University – Minnesota
Jenny Hanson (Adjunct)
M.F.A., TransArt University – Austria;
B.A., Augsburg University
Jay Horan (Adjunct)
M.F.A, University of Southern California;
B.A., Macalester College
James Horwitz (Full-time)
M.F.A.; M.A., University of Wisconsin – Madison;
B.A., University of Connecticut
°Colleen Mullins (Full-time)
Photograpgy / Digital Film & Video Production /
Digital Image Management Academic Director
M.F.A, University of Minnesota – Twin Cities;
B.A., San Francisco State University
Mara Pelecis (Adjunct)
M.F.A, School of the Art Institute of Chicago;
B.A., St. Olaf College
Barbara Wiener (Adjunct)
M.F.A., Universtiy of Minnesota – Twin Cities
B.A., Austin College – Texas
FASHION & RETAIL MANAGEMENT FACULTY
Susan Dunlap (Adjunct)
General Education Academic Director
M.Ed., McGill University – Montreal, Canada;
B.A.; C.C.S., Concordia University – Montreal, Canada
Lisa Buboltz (Adjunct)
Ph.D., Harvard University;
M.A.; B.A., University of Wisconsin – Madison
Jeff Burkett (Full-time)
M.S.; B.S., Minnesota State University – Mankato
Michael Courteau (Full-time)
M.F.A., Hamilne University; M.A., University of St. Mary’s
– Twin Cities; B.A., University of Wisconsin – Madison
Nicholas Deacon (Adjunct)
Ph.D., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities;
B.S., University of Iowa
Jeremy Frandrup (Full-time)
M.A., Hamline University;
B.A., Metropolitan State University
Robert Guthrie (Adjunct)
Ph.D., University of Nebraska;
M.S., University of Texas – El Paso;
B.S., Winona State University; B.S., Purdue University
Jenny Herbst (Part-time)
M.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities;
B.A., University de Chile – Santiago
James Holdman (Adjunct)
Ph.D.; M.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities;
B.A., Oakland University – Rochester, MI
Satish Jayaraj (Adjunct)
M.M.A.; B.A, Metropolitan State University
M.F.A., Hamline University; B.A., Purdue University
MaryBeth Gagner (Adjunct)
Jeremy Lawson (Full-time)
M.F.A., University of Washington – Seattle;
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College
M.S., University of Tennessee;
B.S., Marshall University – Huntington, WV
Cari Gelle (Full-time)
Gary Lehtola (Adjunct)
M.Ed., Argosy University;
B.S., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities
M.S.; B.S., University of Oulu – Finland
Kristy Janigo (Full-time)
M.S.; B.S., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities
B.S., North Dakota State University
Alyssa Marsh (Adjunct)
B.A., Concordia College – Moorhead
M.S.; B.S., Minnesota State University – Mankato
Lisa McDaniel (Full-time)
M.A., St. Mary’s University – Twin Cities;
M.A., Southern Methodist University – Dallas;
B.A., University of Illinois – Urbana
Laura Moyer (Full-time)
M.A., University of St. Thomas;
B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities
Tim Nagle (Part-time)
GENERAL EDUCATION FACULTY
M.B.A., Harvard University; A.B., Harvard College
Rolf Belgum (Full-time)
Ed McBride (Full-time)
William Lendway (Adjunct)
Barb Ludins (Adjunct)
M.A., Adler Graduate School;
B.A., Metropolitan State University
Ph.D.; M.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities;
B.S., Northern Michigan University;
B.S., Oregon State University
Dana Nissen (Full-time)
Ph.D., Graduate Theological Foundation – Indiana;
Th.M., Lutheran School of Theology – Chicago;
M.Div., Luther Northwestern Theological Seminary;
B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities
Sarah Orman (Full-time)
M.A., Hamline University;
B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities
Renee Rosen (Adjunct)
Ph.D.; M.S., North Dakota State University;
B.A., University of St. Thomas
Ricardo Sanchez (Adjunct)
M.A., University of London – Wye, UK;
B.Sc., Colombia National University
– Palmira, Colombia
Renae Sauter (Part-time)
M.A., St. Mary’s University – Twin Cities;
B.A., Metropolitan State University
Tony Steblay (Part-time)
M.F.A.; B.S., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities
Tim Storsved (Adjunct)
Ph.D.; M.S., North Dakota State University;
B.S., Minnesota State University – Moorhead
Natalie Stowe (Adjunct)
M.F.A., Minnesota State University – Mankato;
M.A., Simmons College – Boston; B.A., St. Olaf College
Christopher Title (Full-time)
M.F.A., Hamline University;
M.A., St. Mary’s University – Twin Cities;
B.A., Northern Arizona State University – Flagstaff
Deborah Weiss (Full-time)
M.L.S., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities;
B.A., St. Cloud State University
Kelly Westhoff (Adjunct)
M.A., Hamline University;
B.A., Concordia College – Moorhead
Thomas Wortman (Adjunct)
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University;
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania;
B.A., Edinboro University of Pennsylvania
GRAPHIC DESIGN FACULTY
James L. Dean (Full-time)
M.F.A., University College for the Creative Arts –
Kent, UK; B.A., Northbrook College – Sussex, UK
75
Clay DuVal (Full-time)
M.Ed., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities;
B.S., University of Wisconsin – Stout
Brendon Farley (Full-time)
M.F.A., Boise State University;
B.F.A., Columbus College of Art & Design
Jim Felgate (Full-time)
M.F.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities;
M.A., St. Mary’s University – Twin Cities;
B.F.A., St. Cloud State University
Doug Garder (Full-time)
Beata Fleischmann (Full-time)
B.S., The Art Institutes International Minnesota;
NCIDQ® Certificate #178870; LEED AP Legacy
Maria Garrido Santos (Full-time)
M.L.S.; B.S., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities;
A.S., The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale;
NCIDQ® Certificate #205507
Korrin Lohmann (Full-time)
M.F.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities;
B.A., Oberlin College – Oberlin, OH
Mythili Thiagarajan (Adjunct)
M.Arch., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities;
B.Arch., University School of Architecture
and Planning – Chenna, India;
LEED AP Legacy, AIA
M.F.A., Rutgers University;
B.F.A., The School of the Art Institute of Chicago
Elsa Wenz (Part-time)
Randall Holbrook (Part-time)
Dan Whittaker (Full-time)
Julie Longo (Full-time)
B.F.A., Iowa State University
Lisa Loudon (Full-time)
M.F.A., University of Nebraska – Lincoln;
B.F.A., University of Nebraska – Omaha
Matthew Luken (Part-time)
M.A.S.; B.S., Embry–Riddle Aeronautical University
William Reynolds (Full-time)
M.Ed., College of St. Catherine – St. Paul;
B.F.A., Minneapolis College of Art and Design
°Jelena Song (Full-time)
M.S., Boston University;
B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities
Amy Meller (Part-time)
Peter Gaustad (Full-time)
J.D., Hamline University;
B.A., St. John’s College – Maryland
Becky Olstad (Full-time)
Areca Roe (Adjunct)
M.Arch.; B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities;
LEED AP Legacy, AIA
Anne George (Part-time)
Photograpgy / Digital Film & Video Production /
Digital Image Management Academic Director
M.F.A, University of Minnesota – Twin Cities;
B.A., San Francisco State University
B.S., The Art Institutes International Minnesota
M.F.A., West Virginia University – Morgantown;
B.A., Southern Illinois University – Edwardsville
M.F.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities;
M.A., St. Mary’s University – Twin Cities;
B.F.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities
°Colleen Mullins (Full-time)
B.S., The Art Institutes International Minnesota
M.Arch.; B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities;
NCIDQ® Certificate #021217; LEED AP Legacy
Jill Winkler (Adjunct)
M.Arch.; B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities;
AIA
MEDIA ARTS & ANIMATION FACULTY
Jonathan Dege (Full-time)
B.S., The Art Institutes International Minnesota
Shannon Gilley (Full-time)
B.S., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities
Steve Paul (Full-time)
B.A., University of Iowa – Iowa City
Rich Ryan (Part-time)
B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities
Michelle Westmark (Adjunct)
M.F.A., Pratt Institute – Brooklyn, NY;
B.A., Bethel University
Sarah Whiting (Part-time)
M.F.A., Savannah College of Art and Design;
B.G.S., University of Michigan
VISUAL EFFECTS & MOTION
GRAPHICS FACULTY
Kinsey Engelmann (Adjunct)
M.A., North Carolina State University;
B.F.A., Univeristy of Wisconsin – Stout
Michael Heagle (Full-time)
B.F.A., University of Wisconsin – Milwaukee
°David Wilharm (Full-time)
Audio Production / Media Arts & Animation /
Visual Effects & Motion Graphics Academic Director
M.L.S., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities;
B.Arch.; B.S., North Dakota State University
WEB DESIGN & INTERACTIVE
MEDIA FACULTY
Graphic Design / Web Design & Development /
Web Design & Interactive Communications /
Web Design & Interactive Media Academic Director
M.Arch., B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities
Jason Rivera (Adjunct)
Tim Armato (Full-time)
M.F.A., Full Sail University;
B.S., The Art Institute of Las Vegas
M.F.A., Minneapolis College of Art and Design;
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College
Lafe Smith (Full-time)
Douglas Brull (Full-time)
John Thomas (Full-time)
B.F.A., Minneapolis College of Art and Design
M.F.A., Savannah College of Art and Design;
B.A., University of Iowa
B.F.A., University of Wisconsin – Oshkosh;
B.S., The Art Institutes International Minnesota
Doug Westendorp (Full-time)
°David Wilharm (Full-time)
Derrin Evers (Full-time)
M.F.A., B.F.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities
HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT FACULTY
°Mike Autenrieth (Full-time)
Culinary Arts / Hospitality Management
Academic Director
M.H.A., University of Nevada – Las Vegas;
B.A., Metropolitan State University;
A.S., Johnson & Wales University - Rhode Island;
C.H.A., C.H.E., American Hotel
& Lodging Association
Natalie Goldston (Full-time)
B.S., University of Wisconsin – River Falls
INTERIOR DESIGN AND INTERIOR
PLANNING WITH AUTOCAD FACULTY
Jessica Ainsworth-Truong (Full-time)
M.Arch.; B.A.., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities;
LEED AP Legacy
°Marissa Alexander (Full-time)
Interior Design Academic Director
M.Arch.; B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities
Audio Production / Media Arts & Animation /
Visual Effects & Motion Graphics Academic Director
M.L.S., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities;
B.Arch.; B.S., North Dakota State University
PHOTOGRAPHY FACULTY
Caroline Houdek (Full-time)
M.F.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities;
B.F.A., College of Visual Arts
Wayne Jenkins (Part-time)
M.F.A., Arizona State University;
B.A., University of California – Riverside
Brett Kallusky (Full-time)
M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art;
B.F.A., University of Wisconsin – River Falls
B.S., The Art Institutes International Minnesota
John Keston (Full-time)
B.A., Metropolitan State University
Ken Korth (Full-time)
M.F.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities;
B.F.A., Brigham Young University
Dana Nybo (Full-time)
M.B.A., University of Phoenix Online;
B.A., Winona State University
°Jelena Song (Full-time)
Graphic Design / Web Design & Development /
Web Design & Interactive Communications /
Web Design & Interactive Media Academic Director
M.Arch., B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities
Kenneth Kunkle (Adjunct)
J.D., Hamline University; B.A., Wichita State University
Anthony Marchetti (Full-time)
M.F.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities;
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College
76
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
ADMINISTRATION
The Art Institutes International Minnesota staff
members are committed to students and to
providing quality, outcome oriented education.
Colleen Mullins
PRESIDENT’S OFFICE
John Schulz
Digital Film & Video Production /
Photography Academic Director
612-656-6852
Erin Richards
Record Assistant
612-656-6834
TECHNOLOGY
President
612-656-6863
Advertising / Design Management / Fashion &
Retail Management Academic Director
612-656-6872
Greg Lockhart
Jeanne Theberath
Jelena Song
Nikki Austin
Jeffrey S. Allen, Ph.D.
Executive Assistant
612-656-6863
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
Susan Tarnowski, Ph.D.
Dean of Academic Affairs
612-656-6860
Amber Buckner
Administrative Assistant
612-656-6861
Marissa Alexander
Interior Design Academic Director
612-656-7565
Janica Austad
General Education Academic Director
612-656-7512
Mike Autenrieth
Culinary Arts/Hospitality Management Academic Director
612-656-6819
Graphic Design / Web Design & Interactive
Media Academic Director Academic Director
612-656-6966
David Wilharm
Audio Production / Media Arts & Animation/Visual
Effects & Motion Graphics Academic Director
612-656-6954
Liz Adamsick
Academic Advisor
612-656-6879
Tarah Bjorklund
Academic Advisor
612-656-7564
Claire Hilgeman
Academic Advisor
612-656-7520
Bavi Weston
Academic Advisor
612-656-7560
Steve Liska
Jennifer McDowell
Librarian
Director of Faculty Development
612-656-6981
612-656-6827
Steve Lerach
REGISTRAR’S OFFICE
Culinary Arts/Hospitality Management
Assistant Academic Director
612-656-6934
Desiree Boie
Registrar
612-656-6837
Campus Technology Manager
612-656-6841
Technology Support Supervisor
612-656-6821
Mark Thomes
Sr. Desktop and Media Resources Analyst
612-656-6826
Jim Bozic
Desktop Analyst
612-656-6831
Andrew Schroeder
ECage Manager
612-656-6807
ADMINISTRATIVE AND
FINANCIAL SERVICES
Dave Aune
Director of Administrative
and Financial Services
612-656-6859
Jeffrey Lee
Accounting Supervisor
612-656-6845
Crysta Hinson
General Accountant
612-656-6832
Clint Lambeth
Collector
612-656-6985
77
Barry Rosenman
Supply Store Manager
612-656-6864
Jamie Gordon
Student Financial Services
Administrative Assistant
612-656-6828
Erik Thompson
Print Service Manager
612-656-6824
HUMAN RESOURCES
Patrick Chen
STUDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES
Kimberly Steele
Director of Student Financial Services
612-656-6876
Jenna Bakken
Associate Director of Student Financial Services
612-656-6840
Angela Olson
Associate Director of Student Financial Services
612-656-6828
Craig McCoy
Senior Financial Aid Officer
612-656-6843
Lena Collister
Financial Aid Officer
612-656-6959
Melissa Giacomini
Financial Aid Officer
612-656-6804
Dan Hedegard
Loan Coordinator
612-656-7647
Hannah Hedegard
Financial Aid Officer
612-656-6963
Charla Hudlow
Financial Aid Officer
612-656-6802
Amy Learn
Financial Aid Officer
612-656-7541
Elizabeth Leland
Financial Aid Officer
612-656-7544
Natalie Lynch
Financial Aid Officer
612-656-6833
Alisha Rawana
Financial Aid Officer
612-656-6828
Jonathan Schill
Financial Aid Officer
612-656-6838
Amanda Temple
Financial Aid Officer
612-332-3361
Jason Twombly
Financial Aid Officer
612-656-6842
Director of Human Resources
612-656-6848
Susie Charais
Eric Weidmann
Administrative Assistant
612-656-6907
Cathie Carlson
Assistant Director of Admissions
612-656-7561
Jason Chinander
Assistant Director of Admissions
612-656-6814
Human Resources Generalist
612-656-6847
Bailey England
CAREER SERVICES
Jay Edwards
Becky Bates
Director of Career Services
612-656-6854
Samantha Abbott
Student Employment Advisor
612-656-6849
Alma Allen
Senior Career Services Advisor
612-656-6962
Jodi Gruenwald
Senior Career Services Advisor
612-656-6851
Angie Lira
Career Services Advisor
612-656-6818
Andrea Obrycki
Career Services Advisor
612-656-6850
Andrea Renaud
Career Services Advisor
612-656-6823
Assistant Director of Admissions
612-656-6816
Assistant Director of Admissions
612-656-6882
Sofia Farone
Assistant Director of Admissions
612-656-7567
Tabitha Fischer
Assistant Director of Admissions
612-656-6927
Laura Fulayter
Assistant Director of Admissions
612-656-7592
Sherry Hanson
Assistant Director of Admissions
612-656-6810
Gretchen Haynes
Assistant Director of Admissions
612-656-6871
Aaron Heiner
Assistant Director of Admissions
612-656-6812
Joe Hysell
STUDENT AFFAIRS
Assistant Director of Admissions
612-656-6836
Dean of Student Affairs
612-656-6865
Jean Anne Janes
Pam Boersig
Rob Anderson
Director of Residence Life and Housing
612-656-6835
Teresa Hash
Residence Life Coordinator
Valerie Johnson
Student Support/Disability Services Coordinator
612-656-6866
Julie Kesterke
Student Development Coordinator
612-656-6892
Associate Director of Admissions
612-656-6900
Amanda Jones
Associate Director of Admissions
612-656-7540
Jolene Luehrs
Associate Director of Admissions
612-656-6805
Ashley McNamara
Associate Director of Admissions
612-656-7587
Michael Miller
ADMISSIONS
Assistant Director of Admissions
612-656-6870
Senior Director of Admissions
612-656-6820
Nick Mueller
Mary Strand
Jeff Mammenga
Director of Admissions
612-656-6803
Associate Director of Admissions
612-656-7568
Jim Novak
Newton Myvett
Assistant Director of Admissions
612-656-6808
Board Member
Vice President, Admissions
Education Management, LLC
Kris Pearson
Assistant Director of Admissions
612-656-6806
Timothy Newman
Jesse Reed
Board Member
President, CEO
Charlotte Regional Visitors Authority
Associate Director of Admissions
612-656-6884
Jeffrey S. Allen, Ph.D.
Mark Stanaszek
Ex-Officio
President
Assistant Director of Admissions
612-656-7650
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
Tom Trundle
THE ART INSTITUTES
INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Assistant Director of Admissions
612-656-6977
Jenn Walter
Assistant Director of Admissions
612-656-7610
LeAnna Wangerin
Associate Director of Admissions
612-656-6809
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
International LLC has a three-member
Board of Directors, located at 210 Sixth
Avenue, Pittsburgh, PA 15222.
The members are Edward H. West, Todd
S. Nelson, and John M. Mazzoni.
Jack May
Assistant Director of Re-Admissions
612-656-6829
Erin Finnegan
Enrollment Processor
612-656-7632
Jeremy Klein
Enrollment Processor
612-656-6890
Matthew Johnson
Mailroom Coordinator
612-656-6816
Jan Campbell
Receptionist
612-656-7600
THE ART INSTITUTES
INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Pam Carter-Mendenhall – Chair
Board Member
Owner
Mendenhall Interiors
Dorothy Fenwick, Ph.D.
Board Member
President
Association of Commissions
Linda Hunter
Board Member
Vice President, Human Resources
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
John Knepper
Board Member
Private Consultant
79
GENERAL
INFORMATION
ADMISSIONS
CAMPUS VISIT
Prospective students are encouraged to visit The
Art Institutes International Minnesota, although
a visit is not a condition for submitting the
Application for Admission and the Enrollment
Agreement. Arrangements for an interview and
tour of the campus may be made by contacting:
OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
15 SOUTH 9TH STREET
MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55402
612-332-3361 OR
TOLL-FREE: 1-800-777-3643
ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS
All applicants are admitted into The
Art Institutes International Minnesota
based on the following criteria:
• An official copy of high school transcripts
from an accredited educational
institution or a GED certificate
including proof of graduation.
• A minimum high school GPA of 1.5 or
a GED certificate including proof of
graduation if an applicant is applying
for an Associate’s program.
• A minimum High School GPA of 2.5
if an applicant is applying for an a
Bachelor’s degree in Audio Production.
• Students applying for Diploma
programs in Fashion Retailing, Digital
Image Management, Web Design &
Development, and Web Design & Interactive
Communication may demonstrate
preparedness by either college transcripts
showing relevant coursework or portfolio,
and a program-specific essay of 250 words.
The following will also be considered: Portfolio,
or body of work in their program of interest,
successful completion of placement exam,
norm referenced exams like the ACT, and
successful completion of post secondary
education. High school seniors who have not
yet graduated should submit a partial transcript
that indicates their expected graduation date.
Students who have completed high school
or its equivalent, yet cannot provide the
necessary documentation, may provide alternate
documentation to satisfy this requirement. The
Art Institutes International Minnesota President or
designee must approve all exceptions. A student
may submit proof of an Associate’s degree
that is fully transferable to a Bachelor’s degree
from any accredited post-secondary school to
satisfy the high school or GED requirement.
ENROLLMENT PROCEDURE
An application for admission must be completed,
signed by the applicant and sent to The Art
Institutes International Minnesota with a $50
application fee. As part of the application,
the applicant is required to independently
conceive and write an essay of approximately
150 words stating how his/her education at The
Art Institutes International Minnesota will help
attain his/her career goals. The Art Institutes
International Minnesota also requires a high
school transcript or GED scores. A student may
submit proof of a degree from any accredited
post-secondary school to satisfy the high school
or GED requirement. Applicants must submit
a completed enrollment agreement and are
assessed a $100 enrollment fee which is due
within 10 days of submitting an application.
Applicants not accepted for admission will
receive a full refund of all fees paid.
Each school quarter is typically 11 weeks. The
quarterly tuition and fees charged are subject
to adjustment annually. Students are given a
notice of 90 days in the event of an adjustment.
The starting kit is optional and consists of
basic equipment, first-quarter textbooks
and materials required for beginning each
program. A list of the components of the
starting kit is provided to each enrolled
student. These materials may be purchased at
The Art Institute or at most supply stores.
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
reserves the right to schedule or
reschedule classes to accommodate
classroom and facility usage.
INTERNATIONAL
ADMISSIONS POLICY
All international (nonimmigrant) applicants
to The Art Institutes International Minnesota
must meet the same admissions standards as
all other students (Please refer to Admissions
Requirements for all students in The Art
Institutes International Minnesota Catalog).
ENGLISH LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY POLICY
All applicants to The Art Institutes International
Minnesota whose first language is not English
must demonstrate competence in the English
language. Demonstration that English is an
applicant’s “first” language can be satisfied if the
applicant submits a diploma from secondary
school (or above) in a system in which English
is the official language of instruction. If
English is not the applicant’s “first” language,
the applicant will need to meet the minimum
English Language Proficiency standard through
submission of an official minimum score on the
written Test of English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL) or its TOEFL Internet (iBT) equivalent.
A minimum score of 480 on the written TOEFL
is required for diploma programs. A minimum
of 500 on the written TOEFL or 61 on the
TOEFL Internet (iBT) is required for all associate
and bachelor’s level degree programs.
Applicants should contact the Admissions
Office to determine other examinations for
which official scores, equivalent to TOEFL,
are acceptable as an alternative to TOEFL.
The above stated English language proficiency
requirements are effective November 1, 2004.
ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS FOR
NONIMMIGRANT STUDENTS
Applicants seeking to enroll in valid
student nonimmigrant status must
submit each of the following items:
• A completed and signed Application for
Admission Form including required essay;
• A completed and signed
Enrollment Agreement;
• Original or official copies of all educational
transcripts (high school and, if applicable,
university level academic records)
and diplomas. These educational
transcripts and diplomas must be
prepared in English or include a complete
and official English translation;
• Official credential evaluation of non-American
educational credentials, if applicable.
• Proof of English language proficiency (see
English language proficiency policy);
• A completed and signed Sponsor’s Statement
of Financial Support; (This statement is not
required if the student is self-sponsored;)
• Official Financial Statements. Financial
statements (typically provided by
a bank) must verify sufficient funds
to cover the cost of the educational
program as well as all living expenses;
• A U.S. $50 non-refundable application fee
and a U.S. $100 refundable tuition deposit;
• A photocopy of the student’s passport to
provide proof of birth date and citizenship
(Students outside the United States who
have not yet acquired a passport will need
to submit a copy of their birth certificate);
• For all nonimmigrant applicants residing
in the United States at the time of
application: a photocopy of the visa page
contained within the student’s passport as
well as a photocopy of the student’s I/94
arrival departure record (both sides);
• For all nonimmigrant applicants residing
in the United States at the time of
application in either F, M, or J non-immigrant
classification: written confirmation of
nonimmigrant status at previous school
attended before transferring to The Art
Institutes International Minnesota.
• Proof of Health Insurance. Students who
do not possess health insurance upon
applying to The Art Institutes International
Minnesota must be prepared to purchase
health insurance through an approved
provider upon commencement of studies.
If an applicant seeking to enroll in valid
student nonimmigrant status is transferring
from a college or university in the United
States, the International Student Transfer
Clearance Form is also required.
If the applicant is accepted, he/she will be sent
additional information regarding the student
visa application process. The Art Institutes
International Minnesota is authorized under
federal law to admit nonimmigrant students.
ORIENTATION
At the start of each quarter, The Art Institutes
International Minnesota hosts an orientation
program for all new students and their parents.
Students are advised of the date, time, and
events. Attendance is recommended for all new
students and parents are encouraged to attend.
Incoming students participate
in the Student Inventory.
STUDENT ID CARDS
Students are required to keep on their person
their Student ID card issued by The Art Institutes
International Minnesota. Students must
present their student ID to Security Guards
upon entering buildings. Certain entrances
and doors are kept locked at all times; student
ID cards are used to access these locations
through the use of the electronic lock.
Student ID cards are also used to check
out material in the library and equipment
cage. ID cards are also required to receive
any official student documentation.
If a student loses his or her ID card he/she
must immediately report the loss or theft to
the Cage. There is a $15 replacement fee.
FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
includes over 100,000 square feet at our locations
at 15 South 9th Street and 800 Hennepin
Avenue in Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402. In
addition to classrooms, students will find studios,
laboratories, offices, student lounges, a learning
resource center, and an exhibition gallery. The Art
Institutes International Minnesota maintains an
art supply store and printing service center for
the convenience of students. The year-round class
size for The Art Institutes International Minnesota
averages approximately 21 students. Rarely
would lecture classes exceed 45 or lab classes
exceed 30 students. Equipment provided at The
Art Institutes International Minnesota is specific
to the program of study and includes computers,
workstations, printers, as well as photo, video, and
audio equipment. The Art Institutes International
Minnesota is not responsible for loss or damage
of student property, including artwork or photos.
PLACEMENT EVALUATIONS
Standardized placement evaluations are used
at The Art Institutes International Minnesota as
a means to place students in the appropriate
Transitional or college level Mathematics or
English course. (See Academic Affairs for a
description of Transitional Studies.) Placement
scores are not used to determine admission to
the college. There are three assessments tests
students may use: ACCUPLACER, ACT and SAT.
SAT and ACT scores are considered to be valid for
up to five years after the date of completing the
evaluations. Students found to need assistance
based on the placement evaluation will be
required to enroll in appropriate Transitional
Studies courses offered by the college. These
courses are four credits in length and are charged
at the current per-credit rate and do not count
towards the required credits for graduation.
ACCUPLACER
For placement test scoring requirements
and options, please speak with an Assistant
Director of Admissions or the Academic
Director of General Education.
Students who score at least 57 in Mathematics
sections and 87 in the English sections of
the ACCUPLACER may be placed in the
college level Mathematics or English course.
Scoring below 57 in Mathematics or 87 in
English will place a student in the appropriate
Transitional Studies course. Students are
only allowed to take the ACCUPLACER test
a maximum of two times in each area.
If a student receives transfer of credit for GE1410
English I or GE2412 College Mathematics prior
to the start of the quarter they are exempted
from the appropriate assessment exam.
ACT
Students who score at least 18 in each section
of the ACT will be placed in the appropriate
college level English or Mathematics course.
Scoring less than 18 in any given section will
require the student to take the ACCUPLACER
Assessment Placement prior to entering
College level English or Mathematics.
SAT
Students who score at least 450 in each section
of the SAT will be placed in the appropriate
college level English or Mathematics course.
Scoring less than 450 in any given section will
require the student to take the ACCUPLACER
Assessment Placement prior to entering
College level English or Mathematics.
ECOLLEGE AND VITALSOURCE
SYSTEM AND HARDWARE
SPECIFICATIONS
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
uses eCollege and Vital Source to deliver its
digital resources. As with any software, the
faster the processor, the more RAM, and the
larger hard drive space you provide, the better
the performance. Users wanting to move
their material to their hard drive may need
additional space. It is also important that
users understand the process and benefits of
maintaining their machines in top operating
condition by keeping them current with the latest
operating system updates, correctly configuring
virus control, and other beneficial habits.
PREFERRED REQUIREMENTS:
Preferred Software Specifications:
Mac OSX 10.5 or 10.6
- OR Windows 7 or Vista with Microsoft .Net 3.5 SP1
• Latest version of Safari Browser,
Mozilla Firefox, or Internet Explorer
Preferred Hardware Specifications:
• 2.0 GHz INTEL processor
• 1 GB of RAM
• Graphics card capable of 1024
x 768 resolution or larger
• Soundcard & speakers
• High speed internet access
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS:
Minimum Software Specifications:
Apple Mac OSX 10.4
- OR Microsoft Windows XP SP2 or higher
with Microsoft .Net 3.5 SP1
• Safari browser 3.0.4 or higher, Mozilla Firefox
2.0 or higher, Internet Explorer 6 or higher
Minimum Hardware Specifications:
• 1.0 GHz processor
• 512 MB of RAM
• Graphics card capable of
1024x768 screen resolution
81
• Dial-up internet access is the
minimum standard, however, a
higher speed is recommended
NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY
The Art Institutes International Minnesota does
not discriminate on the basis of race, genetic
marker, gender, creed, color, age, ancestry,
sexual orientation, religion, national origin,
sex, disability, or any other characteristic
protected by state, local, or federal law.
Enrollees requiring additional educational
or tuition assistance will be referred to
appropriate government agencies or other
special educational institutions equipped
to handle such situations. For information,
please contact the Office of Admissions.
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
reserves the right to request any additional
information necessary to evaluate an
applicant’s potential for academic success.
STUDENT FINANCIAL
SERVICES
Student Financial Services assists students
and their families with financial plans to help
ensure students’ completion of their programs.
Financial Aid Officers from this department
also help in the completion of federal and
state applications for grants and loans.
Once students’ eligibility for financial aid is
determined, students receive help to develop
plans for meeting educational expenses.
BOOK PROCESS
Students in need of purchasing books for
their classes will need to sign an authorization
form either approving or not approving the
use of excess Title IV funds, if applicable,
to cover the cost of books and supplies. If
the purchase of books and supplies should
exceed the amount of the student’s credit
balance after all aid pays in, the remaining
amount due will be posted to the student’s
account and the student will be responsible for
making alternative payment arrangements.
Students who do not authorize and who
have excess Title IV funding due to receiving
funds from a Pell Grant will receive the lesser
amount of either the amount of their Pell Grant
excess or their full credit balance amount,
for the term in question, within seven days
of the start of the term. Students who do
not authorize and who are receiving excess
Title IV funds but do not have a Pell Grant
will receive a stipend within the later of the
term begin date or 14 days of the date of
their credit balance on their ledger card.
NON FEDERAL REFUND POLICY
Refunds for state aid programs and nonstate aid programs are calculated on a
proportional basis using the State mandated
or institutional refund policy. To calculate
the minimum refund due to the Minnesota
State Grant program, the SELF Loan Program,
and other aid programs, with the exception
of the State Work Study Program, the
Minnesota Office of Higher Education Refund
Calculation Worksheet, Appendix 14, of the
Minnesota State Grant manual is used.
BUYER’S RIGHT TO CANCEL
more national credit bureau organizations
and not release your academic transcript
until all your debts to us are paid in full.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if
a student gives written notice of cancellation
within five business days of the execution of
the contract or day on which the student is
accepted, then a complete refund is given
regardless of whether the program has started.
All students are eligible to apply for
financial assistance under various federal
and state programs as follows:
Each student will be notified of acceptance/
rejection in writing. In the event a
student is rejected, all tuition, fees, and
other charges will be refunded.
If a student gives a written notice of
cancellation after five business days of the
execution of the contract or day on which the
student is accepted, but before the start of the
program by The Art Institutes International
Minnesota, then all tuition, fees, and other
charges, except 15 percent of the total cost
of the program (15 percent not to exceed
$50.00) shall be refunded to the student.
If a student gives written notice of cancellation
after the start of the period of instruction for
which the student has been charged, but
before completion of 75 percent of the period
of instruction, then student is assessed a
pro rata portion of tuition, fees and all other
charges based on the number of days in the
term plus 25 percent of the total program
cost (25 percent not to exceed $100.00.)
Any notice of cancellation shall be
acknowledged in writing within 10 business
days of receipt of such notice and all refunds
shall be forwarded to the student within
30 business days of receipt of such notice.
This refund policy is not linked to any
student conduct policy and any promissory
instrument shall not be negotiated prior to
the completion of 50 percent of the course.
Written notice of cancellation shall take
place on the date the letter of cancellation is
postmarked, or, in the case where the notice
is hand carried, it shall occur on the date
the notice is delivered to The Art Institutes
International Minnesota. The date of execution
of the enrollment agreement shall be presumed
to be the date of delivery of the notice of
acceptance, and if delivered by mail, the
postmark dates of the letter of acceptance.
Examples of the calculations for policy are
available in the Student Accounting office.
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
may change the refund policy when federal,
state, or other policies change. Students will
be given 60 days notice of any change.
KIT RETURN POLICY
During the first 6 days of the student’s
attendance, the supply kit and individual
components of the kit may be returned for
a refund only if the item being returned is
in good condition and able to be resold.
NON-PAYMENT OF CHARGES
Non-payment of tuition, housing, fees,
and/or other charges due to The Art
Institutes International Minnesota will
result in the student being obligated for
additional collection costs, collection
agency costs, and legal costs.
In addition, we reserve the right to report
your failure to pay amounts owed to one or
FINANCIAL AID
• Federal Stafford Loan
(Subsidized/Unsubsidized)
• Federal Pell Grant
• Federal Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grant (SEOG)
• Federal Work-Study
• Federal PLUS Loan Program
• State-Funded Student Assistance Programs
• Vocational Rehabilitation Assistance
• Veteran’s Administration Benefits
Awards under these programs are based on
the student meeting eligibility requirements,
individual need, the availability of funds, and
specific program requirements. A number
of states also offer educational grants. Some
states permit their residents to use the grants
at schools outside of the state. Contact the
Student Financial Services office for complete
details about financial aid resources.
Students receiving financial assistance must
maintain satisfactory academic progress
standards as outlined in this catalog.
STUDENT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
1. All students who receive federalsponsored financial assistance must
maintain satisfactory academic progress
for financial assistance eligibility.
2. State grant eligibility is based on current
regulations as detailed on the student’s
state grant notice. Each student should
refer to the award notice or contact the
Student Financial Services department
when his or her status changes.
SUSPENSION AND
REINSTATEMENT OF
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Students who are suspended from a program
of study or terminated from The Art Institutes
International Minnesota are ineligible
for financial assistance until they regain
admission and comply with Satisfactory
Academic Progress Policy requirements.
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
STUDENT APPEAL
Students who are denied or suspended
from financial assistance may file an
appeal, under appropriate federal
guidelines, with the College’s Student
Financial Assistance Review Committee.
STUDENT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
REVIEW COMMITTEE
This committee consists of the President,
Director of Administrative and Financial
Services, and Director of Student Financial
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
Services. The committee is responsible for
the review of all student financial-aid awards
when there is a question regarding a student’s
eligibility for such awards. Furthermore, the
committee serves as an appeal panel when a
student is denied financial assistance under
the Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy.
Student FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Appeal PROCESS
Any student who is denied financial
assistance under The Art Institutes
International Minnesota’s Satisfactory
Academic Progress Policy has the right to
appeal such a decision. The student:
1. Writes a letter to the attention of The
Art Institutes International Minnesota’s
Director of Student Financial Services that
details all mitigating circumstances. This
letter must be received within 10 days
after notification of financial-aid denial
2. Attaches any documents that
give justification or reason for the
student’s situation leading to the
denial of financial assistance
3. May request a personal appearance
before the Student Financial
Assistance Review Committee.
The Review Committee:
1. Secures a copy of the student’s
academic and financial-aid records
2. May request the appearance of the
student to clarify any materials/
statements presented by the student
3. Reviews the student’s records and all
materials presented by the student, and
renders a final decision regarding the
student’s financial assistance status.
STUDENT TUITION APPEAL PROCESS
1. Students have the right to make a
tuition appeal if an error by The Art
Institutes International Minnesota
results in the student’s inability to
continue in a class or at the institution.
2. The appeal should be in writing, and
the letter should be directed to the
Tuition Appeals committee. Letters
should be delivered to the Dean of
Academic Affairs, Susan Tarnowski, whose
office is located in the Administration
Office, 333 LaSalle building.
3. The written tuition appeal must
be filed within thirty days from the
time of the discovery of the error.
Documentation of the error should be
provided with the letter of appeal.
4. A response from the committee
will be provided within three weeks
of the receipt of the letter.
5. If students have questions regarding
the tuition appeal process, they should
see the Dean of Student Affairs, Pam
Boersig, located in 209 Pence. For
questions about the results of the
appeal, see Jeff Lee, Accounting.
VETERANS’ INFORMATION
The College is approved by the Minnesota State
Approving Agency for veterans’ educational
benefits and may receive assistance in the
filing of appropriate forms from the Registrar’s
office. These students must maintain
satisfactory attendance and academic progress
as outlined in this catalog. Make-up work is
not permitted for the purpose of receiving
Veteran’s Administration training allowances.
SCHOLARSHIP & GRANT
INFORMATION
The Art Institutes International Minnesota offers
various merit and competitive scholarships.
Scholarships rules and awards may
change after the printing of this
catalog. For current information, please
visit, http://www.artinstitutes.edu/
competitions/high-school.aspx.
PASSION FOR FASHION 2012 TUITION
SCHOLARSHIPS AWARDED
Tuition Scholarships Awarded
LOCAL
Local First Place Winner:
$3,000 tuition scholarship
NATIONAL
First Place:
Full tuition scholarship
Second Place:
Half tuition scholarship
Third Place:
One-Third tuition scholarship
National tuition scholarships will be awarded
in addition to local prizes except when a
winner receives a full tuition scholarship.
Graduating high school students who
are interested in entering the Fashion &
Retail Management program are eligible to
compete for a tuition scholarship. Tuition
scholarships are non-transferable.
To learn more, visit: www.artinstitutes.edu/
competitions/PassionforFashion.aspx.
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
AND AMERICANS FOR THE ARTS POSTER
DESIGN COMPETITION 2012
Tuition Scholarships Awarded
LOCAL LEVEL
Local first place winner:
$3,000 tuition scholarship
Local second place winner:
$2,000 tuition scholarship
NATIONAL LEVEL
First Place:
Full-tuition scholarship
(awarded evenly over all quarters)
Second Place:
Half-tuition scholarship
(awarded evenly over all quarters)
Third Place:
Quarter-tuition scholarship
(awarded evenly over all quarters)
National tuition scholarships will be awarded
in addition to local tuition scholarships.
All tuition scholarships must be
used at the location the student
represents in the competition. Tuition
scholarships are non-transferable.
All decisions made by judges are
final and may not be disputed.
To learn more, visit: http://artinstitutes.
edu/Competitions/BestPoster.aspx
BEST TEEN CHEF COMPETITION 2012
Tuition Scholarships Awarded
First Place Winner
$5,000 tuition scholarship
All tuition scholarships are awarded toward
a degree program. All tuition scholarships
must be used at the location the student
represents in the competition.
Tuition scholarships are non-transferable.
To learn more, visit: http://artinstitutes.
edu/Competitions/BestTeenChef.aspx
The Art Institutes International Minnesota 2012
STORYTELLERS PHOTOGRAPHY COMPETITION
Tuition Scholarships Awarded
LOCAL
Local First Place Winner:
$3,000 tuition scholarship and the
opportunity to advance to the National
Photographic Competition
NATIONAL
First Place:
Full tuition scholarship
Second Place:
Half tuition scholarship
Third Place:
One-Third tuition scholarship
National tuition scholarships will be awarded
in addition to local prizes except when a
winner receives a full tuition scholarship.
Graduating high school students who are
interested in entering the Photography program
are eligible to compete for a tuition scholarship.
Tuition scholarships are non-transferable.
To learn more, visit: http://www.
artinstitutes.edu/competitions
EVELYN KEEDY MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP
High school seniors who show dedication
to their education and a desire for a creative
career may apply for the Evelyn Keedy
Memorial Scholarship through The Art Institutes
International Minnesota. This is a $30,000
tuition scholarship. Details and applications
may be obtained by contacting The Art
Institute location of your choice or calling
1-800-275-2440. Deadline is May 1, 2012.
SCHOLARSHIP GUIDELINES
An applicant must be a senior at a high school
located within the United States. Deadline
for entry is May 1, 2012. The winner will be
notified by June 2, 2012 and must accept
the scholarship offer by June 16, 2012.
An offer not accepted by that date will be
rescinded and offered to the first runner-up.
ENTRY PREPARATION
Applicants for the scholarship must submit:
• A completed entry form indicating the
College and program of study desired.
• An official high school transcript indicating
current grade point average and class rank.
• A letter of recommendation from a
guidance counselor or teacher.
• A letter of recommendation from
an employer, club sponsor, coach,
or community service leader.
• A typed résumé stating educational
background, extracurricular activities,
hobbies, work experience, community
involvement, and awards.
• A 200-word essay about their career
choice and why they have chosen it.
83
JUDGING
A team of Admissions and High school
program staff will select the winner and
two runners-up. Decisions will be final.
WINNER’S OBLIGATIONS
The scholarship recipient must begin his or
her program of study in the summer or fall
quarter following high school graduation.
The recipient must not interrupt his or her
studies; interruption of studies will result in
loss of the scholarship. The scholarship will be
suspended in quarters when the recipient’s
cumulative grade point average falls below 2.5.
ENTRY MATERIALS
All entry materials become the property of
The Art Institutes International Minnesota.
The judging team is not responsible for
loss, damage, or return of entry materials.
OTHER CONDITIONS
The scholarship will be awarded only to a
student who has been admitted to his or her
chosen Art Institute location. In the event
that the scholarship recipient’s education is
terminated either by the student or The Art
Institutes International Minnesota, scholarship
becomes null and void. The scholarship is not
redeemable for cash and may not be used
to finance optional programs sponsored by
The Art Institutes International Minnesota.
The scholarship covers two academic years’
tuition (six quarters) only and may not
be applied against fees, housing, living
expenses, or program supplies, and may not
be transferred between affiliate schools.
Other Options: Do not plan to finance your
education by anticipating a scholarship.
You may want to apply for financial
assistance either through The Art Institutes
International Minnesota or the federal and
state governments. Additionally, many local
and national service clubs, civic groups, and
organizations, such as DECA and VICA, sponsor
scholarships. Contact these organizations
for details and application guidelines.
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
MERIT AND NEED SCHOLARSHIP
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
Merit and Need Award is a quarterly
scholarship and is given to students who
have demonstrated financial need and have
earned at least a 2.5 cumulative GPA during
their high school or college education.
Awards will also be considered for those
students who have a cumulative GPA of 2.2
to 2.49 and one letter of recommendation.
The award ranges from $200-$400 each
quarter and is contingent on the student
maintaining a cumulative 2.5 GPA while
attending The Art Institutes International
Minnesota. The student must enroll for at least
12 credits per quarter. Application is due at
the time of initial financial aid appointment.
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
SECOND FAMILY MEMBER SCHOLARSHIP
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
provides this quarterly award to full-time
students attending The Art Institutes
International Minnesota concurrently
with another member of their nuclear
family (parent, sibling, spouse, or child).
The maximum amount a student may receive
is $300. If the student receives either the
Merit or Excellence Award, the Second Family
Award amount will equal $300 minus the
amount of the other award received.
For example, if the student qualifies for the
Second Family Award but also receives a
Merit Award for $100, the student’s Second
Family Award amount will equal $200. Family
member must make application to attend The
Art Institutes International Minnesota and be
enrolled for classes. The award is determined at
the time of initial financial aid appointment.
STUDENT SUCCESS SCHOLARSHIP
To be eligible, a student must have a CGPA of
3.3 or higher and then register for 16 credits
for the following quarter. Students must
remain enrolled in 16 credits through schedule
adjustment period to be eligible. At the end of
schedule adjustment period the student will be
credited the value of one credit of tuition after
week 2 of the quarter. The credit value will be
based on the individual student’s tuition rate.
For more information, visit the Student Financial
Services office located on the second floor.
CULINARY ARTS STUDENT SCHOLARSHIP
This is scholarship is an annual $1,000
tuition scholarship for current Culinary
Arts students awarded each fall quarter.
To qualify, Culinary Arts students must
meet the following requirements:
• Minimum 3.0 GPA from The Art
Institutes International Minnesota
• Currently and continuously
enrolled students who are in good
academic and judicial standing.
• Two letters of recommendations – one
from a faculty member and another from
the Academic Director for Culinary Arts.
•
A three-part essay:
1. How has your education at
The Art Institutes International
Minnesota allowed you to
fulfill your culinary goals?
2. How will this scholarship contribute
to your college experience while
attending The Art Institutes
International Minnesota?
3. How will the achievement of your
Culinary Arts degree or certificate
influence your future career?
SUSAN O’BOYLE-JACOBSON
MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP
This is scholarship is an annual $1,000
tuition scholarship for current Baking &
Pastry students awarded each fall quarter.
To qualify, Baking & Pastry students must
meet the following requirements:
• Minimum 3.0 GPA from The Art
Institutes International Minnesota
• Currently and continuingly
enrolled students who are in good
academic and judicial standing.
• Two letters of recommendations – one
from a faculty member and another from
the Academic Director for Culinary Arts.
• A three-part essay:
1. How has your education at The Art
Institutes International Minnesota
allowed you to fulfill your dream
as a Baking & Pastry professional?
2. How will this scholarship contribute
to your college experience while
attending The Art Institutes
International Minnesota?
3. How will the achievement of your
Baking & Pastry degree or certificate
influence your future career?
THE EDUCATION FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIPS
This annual tuition-based scholarship
award of approximately $2000.00 is offered
to students 24 years of age and older.
To qualify, incoming and current non-traditional
students must meet the following requirements:
• A completed application
form and agreement
• A personal statement that tells us
something about you that cannot
be discerned from the application
materials and what you plan on doing
with your education after graduation.
• Unofficial copies of all high school or
college transcripts. Transcripts must
demonstrate a minimum Cumulative
Grade Point Average (CGPA) of 3.0.
• Two letters of recommendation – a copy of
any letter of recommendation is perfectly
acceptable. One letter may come from
an instructors, but not both letters.
For more information, please visit
Student Financial Services.
DOLLARS FOR SCHOLARS SCHOLARSHIP
The Art Institutes International Minnesota is
a collegiate partner of Citizens’ Scholarship
Foundation of America and the Dollars for
Scholars family of community scholarship
foundations. The Art Institutes International
Minnesota has agreed that Dollars for Scholars
awards of up to $1,000 per student will not
adversely affect scholarship funding provided
by The Art Institutes International Minnesota.
Interested students should go online at
http://scholarshipamerica.org/ for details.
2011 IMAGINE AMERICA
SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
participates in the 2011 Imagine America
Scholarship Program funded through the
Career Training Foundation. Each high
school is eligible to receive up to two $1,000
scholarships for their students. To apply for
the scholarship students should contact
their high school counselor or go online
at http://www.imagine-america.org
NATIONAL ART HONOR SOCIETY SCHOLARSHIP
High school seniors who also belong to the
National Art Honor Society may apply for
an Art Institute National Art Honor Society
Scholarship. Details may be obtained by
calling The Art Institute location of your
choice or 1-800-275-2440. Deadline is
March 1, 2011. Senior class members of the
National Art Honor Society are eligible to
compete for these tuition scholarships:
First place: $20,000
Second place: $10,000
Third place: $5,000
Fourth place: $3,000
Fifth place: $2,000
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
scholarships cover tuition only. Scholarship
awards may not be applied to fees,
living expenses, or supply costs.
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
All entries must be addressed to:
National Art Honor Society Scholarships,
c/o The Art Institute of Pittsburgh
420 Boulevard of the Allies,
Pittsburgh, PA 15219-1328
Attention: Bill McAnulty
DEADLINE
Application must be postmarked by
midnight, March 1, 2011. Winners
will be notified after May 1, 2011.
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS:
•You must be a high school senior graduating
in the 2010-2011 academic year and a
member of the National Art Honor Society.
•Submit six slides of six different original
pieces of artwork representing your
creative ability and interest.
•Digital files may be submitted in lieu of slides.
•Submit a written statement describing
your artistic career goals and why you
want to be considered for a scholarship.
•Use the list on the back cover to select
The Art Institute you wish to attend.
•Submit your name, home address,
and telephone number, along with
your school name, address, and school
telephone number, and the name of your
National Art Honor Society advisor.
Entries must be postmarked by
midnight, March 1, 2012.
Winners must apply for admission at an
Art Institute location and be accepted
to validate the scholarship.
Upon receipt, all submissions become the sole
property of The Art Institutes International
Minnesota and will not be returned.
VICA/SKILLSUSA CHAMPIONSHIP
Students who are members of SKILLSUSA
may compete in local, state, and national
championships. The winners of the national
championships are awarded the following
scholarships. Winners of the Advertising
Design, Culinary, and Photography
championships will be awarded a $20,000
tuition scholarship. Winners of the 3D
Visualization and Animation, Web Design,
and Television Production championships will
be awarded a $10,000 tuition scholarship.
Each Art Institute has a limited number
of scholarships. Winners are permitted to
choose The Art Institute location of their
choice and scholarships will be awarded
on a first-come-first-serve basis. National
championships are held in June 2011. For
details, visit the SKILLSUSA Web site: http://
www.skillsusa.org or call 703-777-8810.
Winners of the SKILLSUSA competition
may contact Julie Walsh at The Art
Institutes International Minnesota at
1-800-275-2440 for scholarship details.
SCHOLASTICS ARTS AND
WRITING COMPETITION
Four $10,000 scholarships will be awarded by
The Art Institutes International Minnesota to the
Scholastic National Award recipients on a firstcome-first-serve basis. To receive information
about this scholarship visit the Scholastic Web
site at http://www.scholastic.com/artandwriting
or call 212-343-6100. National Award recipients
must contact Julie Walsh of The Art Institutes
International Minnesota at 1-800-275-2440
as soon as they are notified of the award.
C-CAP
Students who are enrolled in a C-CAP program
may compete for a two-year full-tuition
scholarship at The Art Institutes International
Minnesota. The value of this scholarship is
approximately $50,000. For information, speak
to the C-CAP director at your high school, visit:
http://www.ccapinc.org, or call: 212-974-7111.
PROSTART INVITATIONAL
First-place winners of the National ProStart
Invitational Culinary Competition and
Management Competition will be awarded a
$3,000 tuition scholarship to The Art Institutes
International Minnesota. A $2,000 tuition
scholarship for second-place winners and
$1,000 tuition scholarship for third place
winners will also be awarded. Applicants
must be enrolled in a ProStart program to be
eligible for competition. For more information,
visit the ProStart Web site at www.nraef.org/
prostart/ or call 1-800-765-2122. Winners of
the invitational may contact Julie Walsh at
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
at 1-800-275-2440 for scholarship details.
DEAN’S CHOICE AWARD
Each quarter, enrolled students representing
all programs are encouraged to submit
their best work to the Dean’s office. The
Dean selects a work for display in the
Dean’s office. The student-artist receives
a $250 tuition scholarship in recognition
for his or her winning submission.
PRESIDENT’S AWARD FOR EXCELLENCE
Each quarter enrolled students representing all
programs are encouraged to submit their best
work to the President’s office. The President
selects a work for display in the President’s
office. The student-artist receives a $250 tuition
scholarship in recognition for his or her winning
submission. All scholarship winners must
adhere to the scholarship rules established
by The Art Institutes International Minnesota.
Scholarship winners must apply to and be
accepted at The Art Institutes International
Minnesota to validate the scholarship.
Scholarships cover tuition only, unless
otherwise noted. They do not cover books,
supplies, or miscellaneous fees. Students
attending The Art Institutes International
Minnesota on scholarships must maintain at
least a 3.0 cumulative grade point average, or
otherwise stated, in order to retain eligibility.
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
OVERVIEW
MISSION OF ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
The mission of Academic Affairs at The
Art Institutes International Minnesota
is to engage students in an innovative
education that supports them in becoming
critical and creative thinkers with the
ability to shape their chosen fields.
Academic Affairs values:
• Excellence in educational programs,
teaching, and student support
• Honesty, integrity, and caring
in all interactions
• Openness to new ideas in a changing world
• Commitment to continuing improvement
Academic Affairs serves the students, faculty
and community through the development and
implementation of postsecondary educational
programs that prepare students with the
necessary skills for entry-level positions in a
variety of design-related and business-related
careers. The office achieves its mission through:
• The selection, development, and
retention of exemplary faculty
• The careful, continual planning
and development of a curriculum
that is responsive to the needs
of students and employers
• The provision of academic support services
• The provision of appropriate technology
for instructional purposes
• The promotion and support of an
effective library which provides access
to materials and information supporting
educational programs at The Art
Institutes International Minnesota
THE ART INSTITUTES
INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
LEARNING PRINCIPLES
1. Students will use critical and creative
thinking through engagement in a
process of disciplined thought that
results in action with integrity.
2. Students will apply written, oral, and
representational communication
strategies to express themselves and
connect with intended audiences.
3. Students will apply quantitative and
qualitative methodologies to identify,
analyze, and resolve problems.
4. Students will apply concepts and
methodologies to analyze individual
and group interactions and recognize
the diversity of human experience.
5. Students will apply concepts and
methodologies that reflect an
understanding of the historical and
cultural contexts within which they work.
6. Students will apply theoretical
and practical knowledge and skills
relevant to their field of study.
ACADEMIC DIRECTORS AND
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
The administration and faculty members of
the Academic Affairs department have been
carefully selected to assure excellence in the
educational process. The faculty members have
professional experience and backgrounds in
the career-related areas in which they teach.
The major focus of the educational process is
devoted to the development of employable
skills and professional attitudes so that
graduates are prepared for the working world.
ACADEMIC DIRECTORS
Each academic program at The Art
Institutes International Minnesota has an
Academic Director. The Academic Director
is responsible for working directly with
students to ensure a quality learning
experience, and for ensuring that well
85
qualified faculty members are employed to
teach in programs. They also ensure, through
continual observation and evaluation, that
faculty members implement best practices
in the teaching and learning process.
Academic Directors develop the curriculum
and maintain an appropriate schedule of
classes. They also encourage students to meet
with them to discuss the competencies and
outcomes for student learning in the program.
They are available to meet with students on
individual plans for career employment.
The Academic Director works with a
Professional Advisory Committee (PAC) for
each program. PAC members are industry
professionals who advise the program to ensure
that curriculum is staying current with industry
standards, offer insight into the changing
dynamics of the industry, and report on the
skills and knowledge needed for employment.
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
environment in which students are exposed
to a variety of significant scholarly viewpoints
on the subjects examined in their courses. This
environment extends beyond the classroom,
and fosters and protects independence of
thought and speech. This environment is
conducive to the civil exchange of ideas.
ACADEMIC ADVISING
Academic Advisors encourage success and
persistence through academic planning,
educational goal setting, and resource referral.
Advisors can direct students to campus
services as well as off-campus resources
that may enhance their ability to succeed.
Students should see an Academic
Advisor for assistance with:
• Accessing any services on campus
• Course planning and registration
• Online courses
• Adding or dropping classes
• Advertising (B.S.)
• Changing majors
• Audio Production (B.S.)
• Clarifying goals
• Culinary programs including: Culinary
Management (B.S.), Culinary Arts
(A.A.A.), Baking & Pastry (A.A.S. and
D.), and The Art of Cooking (D.)
• Communicating with faculty
• Design Management (B.S.)
• Digital Film & Video Production (B.S.)
• Fashion programs including:
Fashion & Retail Management
(B.S.) and Fashion Retailing (D.)
• Graphic Design programs including:
Graphic Design (B.S. and A.A.S.)
• Hospitality Management (B.S.)
• Interior Design programs including:
Interior Design (B.S. and A.A.S.), Interior
Planning with AutoCAD (A.A.S.)
• Media Arts & Animation (B.S.)
• Photography programs including:
Photography (B.S.), Digital
Image Management (D.)
• Visual Effects & Motion Graphics (B.S.)
• Web Design programs including: Web
Design & Interactive Media (Associate
and B.S. and A.A.S.), Web Design &
Development and Web Design &
Interactive Communication (D.)
STUDENT PARTICIPATION AND
ACTIVE LEARNING
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
encourages students to be active participants
in their own learning. Students need to
engage in their coursework by attending
classes, participating in learning activities,
completing reading, and submitting
assignments. The Art Institutes International
Minnesota faculty members assist students in
becoming professionals and lifelong learners.
Students are encouraged to communicate
regularly with their faculty members and
take advantage of both scheduled office
hours and informal meeting times.
ACADEMIC FREEDOM
Founded in the belief that freedom of inquiry
is essential to the learning process, The Art
Institutes International Minnesota supports
academic freedom for its faculty members
and students. The College strives to create an
• Strategies for academic success
• Connecting with resources
• Accessing Student Portal accounts
Academic Advisors are available Monday
through Friday and select Saturdays.
Appointments are not required. Students
are encouraged to walk in, call, or email
advisors for assistance at any time.
ACADEMIC ACHIEVEMENT CENTER AND
INTERIOR DESIGN SKILLS CENTER
Academic Achievement Services provide
tools, services, and opportunities for improved
academic success. Academic Achievement
Services provide peer-tutoring and academic
support workshops to enhance academic
skills. There are two tutoring centers at The
Art Institutes International Minnesota: the
Academic Achievement Center (AAC) and the
Interior Design Skills Center. The AAC houses
tutors for all the general education courses, as
well as program specific tutors for all majors
except Interior Design. The Skills Center houses
the tutors for the Interior Design courses.
Appointments are not required for tutoring
services. The current schedule of tutors can
be found on the doors outside the tutoring
centers or with the Academic Advisors.
LIBRARY
The Mission of The Art Institutes International
Minnesota’s Library is to provide students,
faculty, and staff access to information
and services needed in the learning and
teaching environment. Emphasis for resource
development is on technology for creative art,
design and multimedia production as well as
support for a general education enhancement
in the fine arts, communications, social sciences,
and humanities. Students will be prepared for
lifelong learning through exposure to a variety
of computer information technologies they
will use in the workplace, the library, or home.
The Library maintains a readily available
collection of resources consisting of books,
periodicals, audio-visual materials, and
CD-ROMs (both networked and standalone). The Library also provides students
with access to remote resources through
cooperative agreements with other libraries
and through electronic access to the Internet,
on-line services (such as WilsonWeb), and
off-site library catalogs and databases.
REGISTRAR
The Registrar and staff are responsible
for monitoring, recording, and reporting
student academic performance each
quarter. Additional services include:
• Maintenance of all permanent
academic records
• Issuance of grade reports and/
or attendance reports
• Issuance of student transcript records.
• Processing of student information,
including but not limited to: Leaves of
absence/complete withdrawal from
program, Program/major changes,
Veterans enrollment certifications,
Verification of enrollment, and Address/
Name/Phone number changes
Forms to process student requests are
available in the Registrar office or through the
registrar online site, http://aim.aiiresources.
com/departments/registrar/forms/Forms
may be downloaded from this site, but
hard copies with the student’s signature
must be turned in to the Registrar office.
OFFICIAL ADDRESS/NAME/PHONE NUMBERS
The Registrar’s Office must be notified
by each student of any name, address, or
phone number changes. Delivery of mail
to the last address on record constitutes
official notification to students.
MILITARY & VETERAN SERVICES
Veteran services are available to
the following students:
• Currently serving in the military
• Previously served in the military
• Survivor, or dependants of a veteran
• Received military benefits in the past
The Registrar serves as the certifying
official. To receive or continue to receive
benefits students need to provide proper
military documentation to the Registrar.
ATTENDANCE POLICY
Regular, on-time attendance is both courteous
and professional. The Art Institutes International
Minnesota expects students to demonstrate
professionalism by attending all classes as
scheduled, arriving on time, and remaining
for the full duration of the class. Outside
employment should not be scheduled during
class hours. In the event of illness or emergency,
students are responsible for class material and
should follow the procedures described in the
course syllabus for contacting the instructor and
keeping up with planned learning activities. In
the case of unavoidable but planned absences,
the student should communicate with the
instructor and prepare assignments in advance
when possible. Even with prior notification, a
student will be marked absent and there may
still be an impact on grades. Individual faculty
may determine the impact, if any, of absences
on grades. The Art Institutes International
Minnesota supports the attendance policy
for each class as it is described in the syllabus.
Each student is responsible for reading and
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
understanding the policy for each class.
Students with excessive absences will be
withdrawn from class. Excessive absence is
defined as missing two consecutive weeks of
classes. Appeals of excessive absence withdrawal
are limited in scope and rarely granted,
following a presumption that a student who
has missed two consecutive weeks of class
is too far behind to reasonably make up the
learning from that time period. The primary
basis of an appeal should be clerical or record
error in which the student can demonstrate
attendance was inaccurately recorded.
A student that stops attending all of their
courses for two consecutive weeks will be
given an attendance termination from the
College. Students may be considered for
readmission to the College following the
submission of a written request to the Dean
of Academic Affairs. If the student does
not meet the standards of the Satisfactory
Academic Progress Policy, he or she must
follow the re-entry process within that policy.
UNDERGRADUATE
SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC
PROGRESS (SAP) POLICY
The Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy
ensures that all students are maintaining
satisfactory academic progress towards successful
completion of their academic programs. The
evaluation points and milestones contained in the
policy are meant to identify problems for which
actions of early intervention and/or remediation
can be taken. Most critical to this policy is a
student’s ability to enroll in and complete courses
on a consistent and successful manner. This
ability is measured in three ways: cumulative
grade-point-average (CGPA); and incremental
completion rate (ICR) within a maximum time
frame (MTF). Failure to complete courses
successfully for any reason may negatively
affect satisfactory academic progress. Failing
courses or withdrawing from courses could
result in the loss of Financial aid and Academic
termination. In order for a student to graduate,
the minimum requirements are a CGPA of 2.0,
66.67% ICR, and completion of the program in
no more than 150% of total program credits.
Periods of attendance when a student does not
receive Title IV aid are included in determining
Satisfactory Academic Progress. Periods of NonAttendance are not included in determining
SAP. While the term Academic Warning/Financial
Aid Warning and Academic Probation/Financial
Aid Probation are used, the status applies to
all students whether receiving aid or not.
CRITERIA FOR HONORS DESIGNATION
To promote academic excellence and to
recognize exemplary academic achievement,
the following Honors Designations will be
issued on a term basis and upon graduation.
Term Honors Designation (at the completion
of a quarter) – Students who enroll for and
complete 12 credits or more (of courses
which are not transitional studies) and
meet the following criteria may receive
the corresponding designation:
Term GPA
4.0
3.7-3.9
3.5-3.6
Honors Designation
President’s Honor Roll
Dean’s Honor Roll
Honor Roll
Honor Designation at Graduation – Students
who achieve a CGPA of 3.5 or better are
designated as Honor Graduates.
Transitional studies classes are not considered
when evaluating Honors Designations.
MILESTONES AND EVALUATION POINTS FOR
SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC PROGRESS
Compliance with SAP is reviewed every
quarter for Certificate, Diploma, and Degree
Programs. A student who starts or re-enters
at a MID session will have that session count
as an entire quarter for SAP purposes.
NOTE: See chart below for specific information.
Certificate AND DIPLOMA PROGRAMS
1. At the end of the first quarter, students
must achieve a minimum CGPA of 1.0 and
an ICR of 33.33%. Anything below these
milestones will result in Academic Warning/
Financial Aid Warning for one quarter.
2. At the end of the second quarter, students
must attain a minimum CGPA of 1.5 and
an ICR of 50%. Anything below these
milestones will result in Academic Warning/
Financial Aid Warning for one quarter unless
the student was on Academic Warning/
Financial Aid Warning in the previous term.
If the student was on Academic Warning/
Financial Aid Warning in the previous
term, the student will be dismissed.
3. At the end of the third quarter, and every
quarter thereafter, students must attain a
minimum CGPA of 2.0 and an ICR of 66.67%.
Anything below these milestones will result
in Academic Warning/Financial Aid Warning
for one quarter unless the student was on
Academic Warning/Financial Aid Warning
in the previous term. If the student was on
CERTIFICATE/DIPLOMA
EVALUATION POINT
MILESTONES (CGPA & ICR)
REQUIRED ACTION
End of First Quarter
< 1.0 and/or 33.33%
Warning
End of Second Quarter
< 1.5 and/or 50.00%
Warning (if 1st time) /
Dismissal (if on Warning)
End of Third Quarter And Every Quarter Thereafter
< 2.0 and/or 66.67%
Warning (if 1st time) /
Dismissal (if on Warning)
Anything in excess of 150% MTF
Dismissal
DEGREE
EVALUATION POINT
MILESTONES (CGPA & ICR)
REQUIRED ACTION
End of First Quarter
< 1.0 and/or 33.33%
Warning
End of Second Quarter
< 1.0 and/or 33.33%
Warning (if 1st time) /
Dismissal (if on Warning)
End of Third Quarter
< 1.25 and/or 50.00%
Warning (if 1st time) /
Dismissal (if on Warning)
End of Fourth and Fifth Quarter
< 1.50 and/or 50.00%
Warning (if 1st time) /
Dismissal (if on Warning)
End of Sixth Quarter And Every Quarter Thereafter
< 2.00 and/or 66.67%
Warning (if 1st time) /
Dismissal (if on Warning)
Anything in excess of 150% MTF
Dismissal
87
Academic Warning / Financial Aid Warning in
the previous term they would be dismissed.
4. Students may not attempt more than
150% of the credits in their programs;
anything in excess of 150% of the
credits will result in dismissal.
5. Students should note that if they are on
Academic Warning/Financial Aid Warning, it
will be very difficult to meet the minimum
requirements of the next evaluation point.
Students should consult with their academic
advisor concerning the exact requirements.
6. Students attending certificate or diploma
programs may take transitional study courses.
Please note that dismissals can be appealed.
Please see the Appeal Process below.
Degree Programs
1. At the end of the first quarter, students must
achieve a minimum CGPA of 1.0 and an ICR
of 33.33% (transitional study courses do
not impact GPA or ICR so they are exempt
from the calculation). Anything below these
milestones will result in Academic Warning/
Financial Aid Warning for one quarter. If a
student has only attempted transitional
studies the student is considered to be
making SAP unless the student attempts
and does not successfully complete the
same transitional study course three times.
2. At the end of the second quarter, students
must achieve a minimum CGPA of 1.0 and
an ICR of 33.33% for all courses that are not
transitional studies. Anything below these
milestones will result in Academic Warning/
Financial Aid Warning for one quarter if the
student had not been on Academic Warning/
Financial Aid Warning in the previous term.
However, if the student was on Academic
Warning/Financial Aid Warning in the
previous term, the student will be dismissed.
If a student has only attempted transitional
studies the student is considered to be
making SAP unless the student attempts
and does not successfully complete the
same transitional study course three times.
3. At the end of the third quarter, students
must attain a minimum CGPA of 1.25 and
an ICR of 50 %. Anything below these
milestones will result in Academic Warning/
Financial Aid Warning for one quarter unless
the student was on Academic Warning/
Financial Aid Warning in the previous term.
If the student was on Academic Warning
/ Financial Aid Warning in the previous
term they would be dismissed. If a student
has only attempted transitional studies
the student is considered to be making
SAP unless the student attempts and
does not successfully complete the same
transitional study course three times.
4. At the end of the fourth and at the end
of the fifth quarter, students must have a
CGPA of at least 1.5, and an ICR above 50%,
Anything below these milestones will result
in Academic Warning/Financial Aid Warning
for one quarter unless the student was on
Academic Warning/Financial Aid Warning
in the previous term. If the student was on
Academic Warning / Financial Aid Warning in
the previous term they would be dismissed.
5. Students should note that if they are on
Academic Warning/Financial Aid Warning, it
could be very difficult to meet the minimum
requirements of the next measuring point.
Students should consult with their academic
advisor concerning the exact requirements.
6. At the end of the sixth quarter and thereafter,
students must accomplish a minimum
CGPA of 2.0 and an ICR of 66.67%. Anything
below these milestones will result in
Academic Warning/Financial Aid Warning
for one quarter unless the student was on
Academic Warning/Financial Aid Warning
in the previous term. If the student was on
Academic Warning / Financial Aid Warning in
the previous term they would be dismissed.
7. Students may not attempt more than
150% of the credits in their programs;
anything in excess of 150% of the
credits will result in dismissal.
8. Transitional Studies Courses are based on
the results of the academic placement test.
Like any course, students must successfully
complete such courses in order to progress
in the program. Transitional Studies Course
credits do not count towards the total
number of credits for graduation nor do
they count in the CGPA or ICR; however,
they do count in determining the maximum
time frame in terms of credits attempted
and credits earned. Transitional Studies/
Remedial courses do have credit hours
assigned to them for enrollment and tuition
charging purposes. Transitional Studies
Courses may be individually attempted
no more than three times. Failing or
withdrawing from a transitional studies
course three times will result in dismissal.
Students on Academic Warning/Financial
Aid Warning are considered to be making
progress towards meeting SAP and if otherwise
eligible, can be eligible for Financial aid.
The grades, GPA and cumulative data for all
courses a student attempted at the institution as
well as courses successfully transferred in from
prior postsecondary education are available on
the student portal for their review. There is also an
indication if a student is on Academic Warning/
Financial Aid Warning or Academic Probation/
Financial Aid Probation or is terminated.
Appeal Process for Academic Probation/
Financial Aid Probation
The process to appeal allows the student to
request the opportunity to appeal a dismissal
in writing; the reason for the appeal must
be the result of mitigating circumstances;
and documentation supporting a claim of
mitigating circumstances must be provided
and retained. The result of the appeal (appeal
granted or appeal denied) must be provided
to the student and catalogued in the Student
Information System as well as the student’s
academic file. As part of the appeal the student
must document in writing why he or she did not
meet SAP and what in the student’s situation
has changed that will allow he or she to meet
SAP according to a written academic plan.
If the student’s appeal (see appeal policy
below) is granted, he or she will be placed on
Academic Probation/Financial Aid Probation
for one or two quarters. For students in a
certificate/diploma program they will only have
one quarter of Academic/Financial Probation
due to the shorter length of the program. For
associates degree or higher programs, if the
student and the institution agrees to a twoterm Academic/Financial Aid Probation the
student must agree with and sign a written
academic plan developed and approved by the
institution which documents that he or she will
be required to attain CGPA and ICR milestones
by the next evaluation point (term) but they
must be meeting SAP at the end of the second
term. A student not meeting the conditions
of their plan at the end of the first quarter will
be dismissed. If the student is meeting their
academic plan at the end of the first term, they
will stay on Academic/Financial Aid Probation.
Student is eligible to receive Title IV aid while on
Academic Probation/Financial Aid Probation if
he or she is otherwise eligible. Failure to meet
the minimum CGPA and ICR milestones following
the Academic Probation/Financial Aid Probation
period(s) will result in a permanent dismissal.
If a student appeals and is denied the appeal, he
or she must remain out of school until one year
after the quarter in which the appeal was denied.
The student may then request an additional
appeal for reinstatement, but would have to
demonstrate academic accomplishments or
changes that show a degree of college readiness
that reliably predict success. After being out of
school, the applicant will have to meet the appeal
requirements as stated in the first paragraph
including describing why the student failed to
meet satisfactory academic progress before and
what has changed to ensure that he or she will
be able to meet satisfactory academic progress if
re-admitted. Should the student have his or her
appeal denied a second time, the student will
be permanently dismissed from the Institute.
Following is a comprehensive list of events
that indicate there may be a Mitigating
Circumstance which has negatively
impacted academic progress:
• Death of an immediate family member
• Student illness requiring hospitalization
(this includes mental health issues)
• Illness of an immediate family member
where the student is a primary caretaker
• Illness of an immediate family
member where the family member
is the primary financial support
• Abusive relationships
• Divorce proceedings
• Previously undocumented disability
• Work-related transfer during the term
• Change in work schedule during the term
• Natural disaster
• Family emergency
• Financial hardship such as
foreclosure or eviction
• Loss of transportation where there are
no alternative means of transportation
• Documentation from the School Counselor
and/or a Professional Counselor
Deans of Academic Affairs are responsible
for determining the appropriateness of the
mitigating circumstance in regards to severity,
timeliness, and the student’s ability to avoid the
circumstance. Student life issues and making
the transition to college are not considered
mitigating circumstances under this policy.
Documentation from the SAP program or
professional counselor should not breach the
student/counselor relationship and should
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
remain confidential. A memorandum or
letter on school or organizational letterhead
indicating a counselor’s opinion that student
issues may be accommodated to ensure that
the student will be able to meet satisfactory
academic progress will suffice as proof of
mitigating circumstances as well as a student’s
ability to meet satisfactory academic progress
with accommodations from the institution.
Students are NOT allowed to appeal dismissals
for violating the 150% completion rate.
A student who attempts but does not pass
the same remedial course three times is
dismissed and there is not a right to appeal the
termination. Students dismissed for failing the
transitional courses three times may reapply
for reinstatement once these courses and the
college level equivalents are completed and are
submitted on an official accredited institutions
transcript as part of the reinstatement appeal.
The Metrics of SAP
Academic Grading System
Academic Grading System
The grading system incorporates
letter grades, equivalent numeric
values and letter codes as follows:
Letter Grade Quality Points
A4.0
A-3.7
B+3.4
B3.0
B-2.7
C+2.4
C2.0
C-1.7
D+1.4
D1.0
F
0.0 *
*F does compute in GPA and CGPA and
does count as credit attempted.
Other Grade Codes worth Zero Quality Points:
• CR = Credit through examination. Credits
Earned/TR grade does not affect ICR/CGPA.
• I = Incomplete. Affects ICR/MTF/
CGPA (Computes as an F).
• S = Suspension. Affects ICR/MTF/
CGPA (Computes as an F).
• NP = Not passing/Fail. Does not affect ICR/
CGPA. This grade designation is utilized to
indicate that a student did not acceptably
complete a non credited course.
• P = Proficiency Credit by Exam or Portfolio.
Does not affect ICR/MTF/CGPA.
• PA = Pass. This grade designation is
utilized to indicate that a student
acceptably completed a non credited
course. Does not affect ICR/MTF/CGPA.
• SP or SA = Satisfactory/Pass. This
grade designation is utilized to
indicate that a student acceptably
completed a non credited course.
Does not affect ICR/MTF/CGPA.
• T = Termination from course. Affects
ICR/MTF/CGPA (Computes as an F).
unsuccessfully completed a non-credited
course. Does not affect ICR/MTF/CGPA.
• WV = Waiver. Commonly used when
waiving a remedial courses and
does not affect ICR/MTF/CGPA.
• WX = Course was registered for but
never attended. Self-explanatory and
does not affect ICR/MTF/CGPA.
Students receive grades at the end of each
quarter including midquarter The grade
report contains both the grade point average
for the quarter (GPA) and cumulative grade
point average (CGPA) for the program.
When a course is repeated after failure,
the grade earned upon repeating the class
replaces the original grade in determining
the grade point average, though the failing
grade will still appear on the transcript.
Repeating Courses
Grades earned in repeated courses will replace
grades of ‘F’, ‘W’, or ‘WF’. Course credits with
grades of ‘F’,’ W’, or ‘WF’ are included in the
maximum time frame (MTF) and incremental
completion rate (ICR) requirements as credits
attempted but not earned. Students with
incomplete grades will receive an ‘F’ if a grade
change is not submitted by the end of the
second week of the following term. The grade
‘I’ indicates Incomplete and is calculated as if
it is an ‘F’ until it is changed to another grade
and the course will be included as course
credits attempted, but not earned. Students
may also retake classes in which they received
a passing grade in order to improve their
CGPA but can retake a course passed only
one additional time. Credits from all repeated
courses are included as credits attempted.
Changed Grade
When a final course grade has been established
and recorded in the student record, the grade
may not be changed without approval by both
the Academic Department Director and the
Dean of Academic Affairs. Only the final grade
(not the original grade/code) will be computed
in the grade point average. The final grade
is the one that counts in the calculation.
Calculations
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
measures and records academic performance
by computing the Grade Point Average (GPA)
and Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA)
for each student, using the letter grades,
four-point scale and credit-hour values. GPA
is the average of grade points a student earns
during one quarter. CGPA is the cumulative
average of all grade points a student has
earned over all quarters at The Art Institute.
Here is an example of how GPA and CGPA
are computed: Imagine that a student is
taking a total of two courses during one
quarter. One course has a four credit hours
value and the student earns an A. The second
course has a three credit hour value and the
student earns a B. Remember, each letter
grade carries a grade point value. Grade
point values are multiplied by credit hours.
• TR = External Transfer Credit. Grade
designation utilize for transfer
credits. This does not affect CGPA.
They do impact ICR and MTF.
In this example:
A = 4 grade points x 4 credit hours
= 16 grade points earned
B = 3 grade points x 3 credit hours
= 9 grade points earned
• U = Unsatisfactory. Indicates that a student
To compute the GPA, divide the total number of
grade points earned for the quarter by the total
number of credit hours earned for the quarter.
In this example:
16 grade points + 9 grade points
= 25 total grade points
25 grade points earned divided by 7 total
hours earned = student’s GPA for the
quarter, 3.57, which is rounded to 3.6.
A student’s CGPA is computed in the same
way by dividing the student’s total grade
points earned from all quarters/semester at
The Art Institute by the student’s total credit
hours earned from all quarters at The Art
Institute. (The CGPA is calculated by rounding
up to the nearest tenth if the last digit is 5
or greater. It is rounded down to the nearest
tenth of the last digit if the last digit is less
than 5. Example: 1.95 = 2.0, 1.94 = 1.90)
Incremental Completion Rate (ICR) is
determined as follows (remedial credits
do not count in this calculation):
(Earned Credits at the institution +
Transfer Credits Accepted) divided by
(Attempted Credits at the institution
+ Transfer Credits Accepted)
The 150% MTF is determined as follows:
Total credits needed to graduate
from the program x 1.5 =
Total number of credits allowed to attempt.
Transfer Students
Transfer credits from other post-secondary
institutions are calculated in the maximum
time frame allowable credits and incremental
completion rate requirements. Therefore, the
maximum number of attempted credits for
a student with transfer credit is still one and
one-half times the number of credits required
to complete a program for graduation.
Example: if a student transfers in 36 credits
to a program consisting of 180 credits, the
calculation would be 180 X 1.5 = 270 credits.
Therefore, the 36 transfer credits would be
considered attempted and earned so only
234 more credits could be attempted.
Grades for credits transferred in from any
post-secondary institution (including
an Art Institute) will be recorded as “TR”
in the Student Information System and
will not affect the student’s CGPA.
Students wishing to transfer from one Art
Institute to another may do so only if they
are in good standing at the sending school.
If the student is transferring to a different
institution (as defined by the Department
of Education), then he or she is treated as a
student transferring in from an unaffiliated
institution. Any student dismissed for violation
satisfactory academic progress cannot transfer
or be considered a New student (if they had a
break in enrollment) at another Art Institute
until he or she has been granted an appeal
at the original school and is deemed to be
making satisfactory academic progress.
Changes in Program
Students are allowed only one change of
program and must be making satisfactory
academic progress at the time a request
is made to change programs.
Courses taken in one program that is applicable
to the second program will be transferred
89
with the applicable grade. If the student has
taken a course more than once, only the grades
transferred to that new program will apply to
the second program. All grades earned in the
original program that apply to the new program
will count towards the CGPA. For ICR and 150%
purposes only, those courses transferred will
apply to the second program will be considered.
In the formulas below, the “Change of Major”
adjustment factor would be those credits
from the previous major that we will NOT
count in the student’s current major.
Incremental Completion Rate is
determined as follows (remedial credits
do not count in this calculation):
[(Earned Credits in the New Program + Transfer
Credits Accepted) minus Change of Major
Adjustment Factor for Earned Credits] divided
by [(Attempted Credits in the New Program
+ Transfer Hours Accepted) minus Change of
Major Adjustment Factor for Earned Credits.]
The 150% MTF is determined as follows:
Total credits needed in the program
to graduate times 1.5 = MTF.
Second Degree
When a student has graduated from The Art
Institutes International Minnesota in one
program, then subsequently begins work
in a different program, grades used in the
CGPA of the previous program will not be
applied to the student’s new program CGPA
calculation. The grades will be recorded as TR.
GRADING
QUARTER CREDIT HOUR DEFINITION
A quarter credit hour is an amount of work
represented in intended learning outcomes and
verified by evidence of student achievement
that is an institutionally established equivalency
that reasonably approximates not less than:
1. One hour of classroom or direct faculty
instruction and a minimum of two hours
of out-of-class, student work each week for
10-12 weeks, or the equivalent amount of
work over a different amount of time; or
2. At least an equivalent amount of work as
required in paragraph (1) of this definition
for other academic activities as established
by the institution including laboratory work,
internships, studio work, and other academic
work leading to the award of credit hours.
INCOMPLETE GRADE POLICY
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
does not give grades of incomplete.
GRADE CHANGE REQUESTS
A formal request for a grade review must be
made by the student to the Academic Director
and approved by the Dean of Academic Affairs
no later than Week 2 of the quarter following
the quarter in which the grade was earned.
TRANSFER OF CREDIT
Transfer Credits reduce the total number
of credits that must be attempted within
the program. Students who intend to have
previous college courses evaluated for transfer
of credit must provide official transcripts.
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
reserves the right to accept or deny transfer of
credit based on the guidelines listed below.
TRANSCRIPTS
Official transcripts must be sent to the
Admissions Office of the admitting Art Institute
within 30 days of the students first quarter
of attendance. Transcripts submitted after
the student’s first quarter of attendance at
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
may be considered for transfer credit at the
discretion of the Dean of Academic Affairs.
TRANSFER OF CREDIT POST MATRICULATION
Transfer credit after matriculation must be
completed prior to the student’s final term
of study. Credits from other institutions
taken after matriculation at The Art Institutes
International Minnesota are accepted
under the following agreement:
• The student must be enrolled at The Art
Institutes International Minnesota and in
good academic standing during the same
quarter in which a course is taken outside
the school-concurrent enrollment.
• The student must have approval from
the Academic Director or the Dean
of Academic Affairs PRIOR to taking a
course. For General Education it needs
to fit within the General Education
requirement of the student’s program.
• One course per quarter maximum
is allowed, except if there is prior
approval from the Academic Director
or the Dean of Academic Affairs.
• The course must be passed with
a grade of ‘C’ or better.
• The grade will not be factored into the CGPA.
The student’s record will reflect a “TR” grade.
• Credit will be awarded for the course
when documentation is produced that
the course was successfully completed.
• Courses must be taken as they pertain
to the normal time sequence within
the student’s department.
• Concurrent enrollment courses taken
during the last quarter of enrollment
at The Art Institutes International
Minnesota will not be allowed.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
The official descriptions of the courses submitted
for transfer credit must be comparable to
the coursework at the college. Official course
descriptions from the sending college or a
college catalog will be used to determine
comparability and must be received within 30
days of the students first quarter of attendance.
LEVEL OF TRANSFER CREDITS
Only college-level credits (1000 level course or
equivalent) taken at an accredited institution of
higher education will be considered for transfer.
No remedial courses will be considered.
GRADES IN TRANSFER COURSES
The course(s) must be passed with a grade
of “C” or better. The student’s record at
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
will reflect a “TR” grade. The grade will not
be factored into the GPA or the CGPA.
Note: Pass/Fail grades will not be
considered for transfer of credit.
COLLEGE LEVEL EXAMINATION PROGRAM (CLEP)
While the college does not offer the opportunity
to take a CLEP test on campus, the college will
accept previous testing. Official documents must
be received by The Art Institutes International
Minnesota within 30 days of the students
first quarter of attendance. A minimum
score of “50” on the CLEP test is required.
ADVANCED PLACEMENT (AP) AND
INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE (IB)
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
accepts both AP and IB credits. Official
documents must be received by The Art
Institute within 30 days of the students first
quarter of attendance. A minimum score
“3” is required for acceptance of AP credit. A
minimum score of “4” at the Higher Level (HL)
is required for the acceptance of IB credit.
TIMELINESS OF COURSEWORK
Courses require relevancy and currency.
Decisions on the appropriateness of transfer
for these types of courses will be at the
discretion of the Dean of Academic Affairs.
ALLOWABLE TOTAL TRANSFER OF CREDIT
Students may be granted transfer of credit for as
much as 75 percent of the total program credits
required for graduation. Students must earn
in residency a minimum of 25 percent of the
total program credits required for graduation.
Due to regulatory considerations, at some
Art Institutes the minimum percentage of
total program credits that must be earned in
residency may vary from the standard above.
APPEALING TRANSFER OF CREDIT
If a student wishes to appeal the decision for
transfer of credit he or she must complete
an official written request form, a Petition
for Re-Evaluation, from the Registrar’s office,
Academic Advising, or the Admissions office.
The re-evaluation form requires that the
student attach a copy of the transcript in
question. The re-evaluation process may also
require that a student provide additional
information such as course descriptions,
syllabi or course competencies. The reevaluation of any transcript is final.
TRANSFER CREDIT UPON REENTRY TO THE INSTITUTION
Requests for transfer of credit from accredited
institutions of higher education, for a course
taken while a student was not in attendance
at The Art Institutes International Minnesota,
but after a student’s initial matriculation at The
Art Institutes International Minnesota, may
be made in writing to the Dean of Academic
Affairs. Transfer Credit may be awarded if all
other criteria for transfer of credit are met.
TRANSFER OF CREDIT FOR SECOND
DEGREE BY GRADUATES OF The Art
Institutes International Minnesota
Graduates of The Art Institutes International
Minnesota may return for another degree or
certificate. The student will be considered a
new student and all enrollment procedures
will apply. However, as a graduate of The Art
Institutes International Minnesota, coursework
taken at The Art Institutes International
Minnesota as documented in an official
transcript will be evaluated for transfer credit.
Courses with an earned grade of “D” or higher
will be considered for transfer of credit. This will
only apply to The Art Institutes International
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
Minnesota graduates and courses taken at
The Art Institutes International Minnesota.
RE-EVALUATION OF TRANSFER OF CREDIT
AFTER A CHANGE OF PROGRAM
A student petitioning to transfer from one
program to another within The Art Institutes
International Minnesota must obtain approval
from the Academic Director of the department
from which the student is transferring. The
student’s coursework and earned credits
will be reviewed for applicability to the
new program. Only those credits required
for graduation in the new program will be
transferred to the new program and counted
toward graduation. Students who change
programs will be held accountable to the
new program’s academic standards. In the
case of a milestone course, a grade of “C” or
above must be earned or the student will
be required to re-take the course. Only one
change of program is allowed per student.
Note: Students may not enroll in two
programs at the same time; a double
program is not allowed. Students may
complete one course of study and then
transfer credits to a second program.
PROFICIENCY TEST OUT FOR CREDIT
Students who intend to test out of a course
must follow The Art Institutes International
Minnesota guidelines and procedures. The
Dean of Academic Affairs has the right to
accept or deny a student’s request to test out.
A student may test out of a course if they feel
they have acquired the course competencies
through skills, knowledge and/or experience.
A student may only test out of a maximum of
three courses; each test out must be completed
by Week 8 of the first quarter of attendance.
A student may not be registered and sitting
in a class in which they wish to take a test-out
exam. Students may choose to drop the course
during the schedule adjustment period, in
which case the test out can occur during the
quarter. A student who has failed or withdrawn
from a course with a “WF”, “F” or “W” cannot
attempt to test out of the course later.
TEST OUT PROCEDURE
Students who intend to test out of a course
must follow The Art Institutes International
Minnesota guidelines and procedures. The
Dean of Academic Affairs has the right to
accept or deny a student’s request to test out.
A student may test out of a course if they feel
they have acquired the course competencies
through skills, knowledge and/or experience.
A student may only test out of a maximum of
three courses; each test out must be completed
by Week 8 of the first quarter of attendance.
A student may not be registered and sitting
in a class in which they wish to take a test-out
exam. Students may choose to drop the course
during the schedule adjustment period, in
which case the test out can occur during the
quarter. A student who has failed or withdrawn
from a course with a “WF”, “F” or “W” cannot
attempt to test out of the course later.
TRANSFER OF CREDITS TO OTHER INSTITUTIONS
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
is accredited by the Accrediting Council for
Independent Colleges and Schools to award
certificates, associate’s and bachelor’s degrees.
The Accrediting Council for Independent
Colleges and Schools is listed as a nationally
recognized accrediting agency by the United
States Department of Education and is
recognized by the Council for Higher Education
Accreditation. ACICS can be contacted at
750 First Street NE, Suite 980, Washington,
D.C. 20002. Telephone: 1.202.336.6780.
The Art Institute International Minnesota is
registered as a private institution with the
Minnesota Office of Higher Education (1450
Energy Park Drive, Suite 350, St. Paul, MN
55108, 1.651.642.0567, www.ohe.state.mn.us)
pursuant to sections 136A.61 to 136A.71.
Registration is not an endorsement of the
institution. Credits earned at the institution
may not transfer to all other institutions.
However, the fact that a school is accredited
is not necessarily an indication that credits
earned at that school will be accepted
by another school. In the U.S. higher
education system, transferability of credit
is determined by the receiving institution,
taking into account such factors as course
content, grades, and accreditation.
The goal of The Art Institutes International
Minnesota is to help students to prepare
for entry-level employment in your chosen
field of study. The value of degree programs
like those offered by The Art Institutes
International Minnesota is their deliberate
focus on marketable skills. The credits
earned are not intended as a stepping stone
for transfer to another institution. For this
reason, it is unlikely that the academic credits
you earn at The Art Institutes International
Minnesota will transfer to another school.
If you are considering transferring to
either another Art Institutes school or an
unaffiliated school, it is your responsibility to
determine whether that school will accept
your Art Institutes International Minnesota
credits. We encourage you to make this
determination as early as possible. The Art
Institutes International Minnesota does not
imply, promise, or guarantee transferability
of its credits to any other institution.
REGISTRATION
REGISTRATION PROCEDURES
Registration at The Art Institutes International
Minnesota occurs on a quarterly basis and
begins Week 4 of each quarter. Registration
is on a first come first serve basis based
on the number of earned credits.
HOLDS
Students should ensure that they have
no holds. Students are informed of holds
through their Student Portal account. Holds
are unresolved issues with Financial Aid
(SFS), Accounting (ACC), Admissions (ADM),
Registrar (REG), Library (LRC), Advisors (ADV)
or Academic Directors (ADD). Holds are for
urgent matters that require attention. The
department that places a student on hold
is available to assist the student in resolving
the issue. The student should immediately
contact the department to clear the hold. Holds
prevent students from borrowing material
from the library, checking out equipment from
the Cage, and obtaining official transcripts.
REGISTRATION STEPS
Students have two choices for registration:
online through Student Portal accounts
or in person with Academic Advisors or
Academic Directors. The following chart
provides students the appropriate steps
to take to ensure timely registration.
Steps for Registration:
Week 4
1. Advisors will email out a copy of
the available courses for the next
term. The schedule is also posted
on https://mycampus.artinstitutes.
edu/portal/server.pt?
2. Review degree audits through
Student Portal accounts to verify
what required courses are needed.
Consult the current catalog to verify
that prerequisites have been met.
3. Meet with the program Academic
Advisor to plan the appropriate
courses for the next quarter.
4. Check Student Portal account for
any holds and resolve those holds
with the appropriate department.
5. Attend a Registration workshop or
see an Advisor to learn how to use
the online registration system.
Week 5
1. Registration begins and is offered on a
“first come first served” basis according
to the number of earned credits: early
registration allows more options for
course times and availability.
2. See the program Academic Advisor in
person or log into Student Portal accounts
and use the self registration tool.
3. If using the self registration tool, after
registering, log out of the student portal
and then log back in, select the registration
button, and click on the schedule button
to verify that the registration was accepted.
Also please verify proper course selection
with the Academic Advisor for the program.
TAKING MORE THAN 16 CREDITS
Students may request to take more than 16
credits by contacting their Academic Director.
To make this request the student must be in
good academic standing. The final decision
will be made by the Dean of Academic Affairs.
OFFICIAL SCHEDULE
Students must pick up official schedules the
first week of every quarter. Official schedules
are required to attend classes. The official
schedule is the only schedule that will list
room numbers, faculty and official course
meeting times. The official schedule also
contains the academic quarter calendar of
important dates which includes the schedule
adjustment period, registration, days off, start
and end dates. Faculty members are required
to ask students for official schedules for class
admittance. Any class on a student’s official
schedule is a class that they are officially
registered for and thus, tuition is charged.
Note: If a student is uncertain about
the information listed on the Official
schedule the student should see the
Registrar’s office or Academic Advisor
within the schedule adjustment period.
SCHEDULE ADJUSTMENT PERIOD
A student may add or drop a course up until
the end of the published schedule adjustment
period for the quarter. This date is listed on the
91
student’s official schedule. When a student makes
an adjustment during this time period, they are
not charged for the course and it does not appear
on an official transcript. Course changes during
this time period must be made with one of the
Academic Advisors. Failure to attend a course in
the first week of the term does not result in the
course being dropped from a student’s schedule.
Any course remaining on the student’s enrollment
registration at the end of schedule adjustment
period will be subject to a tuition charge, and
the course remains on the student’s transcript.
WITHDRAWING FROM A COURSE
It is the responsibility of the student to
withdraw from courses in writing, using a course
withdrawal form, which may be obtained from
the Registrar’s Office or from the appropriate
Academic Advisor. A student who withdraws
from a course during the second through ninth
week of the quarter will be assigned a “W” code
for each course. The “W” code is not used in
the computation of the student’s grade point
average. A student who withdrawals after the
9th week will receive a “WF” code. The “WF” code
is calculated as an “F” into the student’s GPA. A
student who drops a course after the schedule
adjustment period through the end of the quarter
will be charged the full course tuition rate.
INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY
Technology is a tool that students are
expected to utilize. Students must have access
to computes and the internet to complete
many required course assignments.
The Student Portal
The Student Portal provides access to school
email accounts, web site space, and academic
records. It is the responsibility of students
to check their email accounts for important
school information. To access Student Portal
accounts, go to myaicampus.com. Student
Portal usernames and passwords are used to
access the Internet and wifi on campus.
eCompanion
eCompanion is an electronic classroom
that is accessed through the Student Portal.
eCompanion allows access to syllabi, grades, and
eBooks, and enables the posting of assignments.
To access eCompanion, log in to the Student
Portal, and click on the class title; this will provide
the link to the eCompanion home screen.
Digital Resources
eBooks are electronic books that serve
as textbooks for many on-campus and
online courses. Students are charged a
Digital Resource fee for a course that has
an eBook. This fee is non-negotiable.
eBooks are accessed through the Student Portal.
Students click on the link “to my on-campus
classes” and are directed to their eCompanion
site. Once in the electronic classroom, students
click on the Digital Resource link. This directs
students to Vital Source; students should
set up a Vital Source account to access their
eBooks. eBooks may be downloaded to up
to two non-campus devices. See tutorials in
the Student Portal for further information.
ONLINE COURSES
REGISTERING FOR ONLINE COURSES
Registration for online classes opens during the
same time as registration for on-ground classes.
Deadlines for registering for online courses
differ from those on campus courses; please
see the program Academic Advisor for specific
deadlines. There are two online course sessions
within an academic quarter, as defined by The
Art Institute of Pittsburgh -- Online Division. Each
session will run for 5 1/2 weeks during any 11
week quarter. To register for an online class, fill
out an Online Registration Packet and receive
approval from the Academic Director and/or
Academic Advisor to take an online class, and
return the Online Registration Packet by the
specified deadline to the Academic Advisor.
Upon evaluation of the registration form, the
Academic Advisor will either send a registration
confirmation email to the student or a registration
denial email stating the reason(s) for the denial.
All students new to the online program are
required to take the PLUS Readiness Survey,
located on the myaicampus.com student portal.
Students are not allowed to take only one
Session I online class without also registering for
a Session II online class or an on-campus course.
Students are not allowed to take a course in
Session I that is a pre-requisite to the class they
are registered for in Session II. A prerequisite
must be completed the quarter before a
student is registered for the follow up course.
Students in the online PLUS program are
allowed to take up to 49% of their total
program credits through the online program.
Note: International students holding nonimmigrant visa status must contact the Dean of
Student Affairs before commencing online study
as there are certain immigration regulations
restricting participation in online courses.
TEXTBOOKS FOR ONLINE CLASSES
Once registered for an online course(s), the
student will need to determine if there are
required eBook(s) or hard copy textbook(s)for
the class(es) in which he or she is enrolled. If
your class requires an eBook, the book will be
located in your online classroom once the class
starts. You will be able to download a copy of
the book on up to two computers. There is a
Digital Resource fee associated with all eBooks
that can be included in financial aid. Required
hard copy textbooks for online courses are
ordered online or can be purchased at a local
bookstore if in stock. Information will be sent
to the student in the registration confirmation
e-mail regarding the requirements for eBook(s)
and hard copy textbook(s). Required hard copy
textbooks must be ordered and if necessary,
delivered to the student’s home. It is the
student’s responsibility to allow adequate time
for book(s) to be ordered and delivered.
TECHNOLOGY REQUIREMENTS
FOR ONLINE CLASSES
Each online class may require the student to have
access to and be proficient with various hardware
and software applications. It is the student’s
responsibility to meet these requirements.
For a full listing of software and hardware by
class, you may contact the Academic Advisor
or go to http://www.aionline.edu/catalog. It is
also the students’ responsibility to keep their
hardware and software up-to-date. If there are
any technological problems, content issues,
or trouble accessing the online platform,
students are encouraged to contact Student
Technical Support Services, the 24-hour/7day a week help-line at 1-866-642-2711.
REQUIREMENTS FOR PARTICIPATION
IN ONLINE COURSES
• Access to the required computer equipment
and software needed for the online course
• No financial holds on student account
• Successful completion of the
PLUS Readiness Survey
• An ACCUPLACER, SAT or ACT score places
the student in the college level English
course. Students that place into Transitional
English must first complete that course
before taking any further online courses.
COMPANION COURSE REQUIREMENT
Students taking any program-specific (non
General Education) course online must also
register for and complete the one-credit oncampus companion course. These companion
courses take place the second half of the
quarter. The dates are published in the Online
Registration Packet. These dates are not flexible.
Students must attend the dates as scheduled.
SCHEDULE ADJUSTMENT PERIOD
FOR ONLINE COURSES
The schedule adjustment period for first
session online classes and companion classes
is concurrent with the schedule adjustment
period for on-campus classes, typically during
the first week of the quarter. Please refer to the
official schedule for exact dates. The session
II online classes schedule adjustment period
runs until Monday of week 7. During the
schedule adjustment period a student may
void their online session II course. There are
financial repercussions for voiding a session
II online class; students should consult with
their Financial Aid Officer. Students who
choose to withdraw or void a session II online
class and who are not concurrently enrolled
in another class (on-ground or online) will be
withdrawn. Voiding an online session II course
is done through the Academic Advisor and
completing the Schedule Adjustment Form.
A student may not withdraw from a course
after a final grade has been submitted.
REFUND POLICY FOR ONLINE
COURSE WITHDRAWAL
The process for withdrawing from a Session
I or Session II online course after the
schedule adjustment period is the same as
for withdrawing from an on-campus class.
Students wishing to withdraw from an online
class after the schedule adjustment period
will receive a “W” or “WF” for the class and
will be charged full price in accordance with
the college’s policy on course withdrawal.
TUITION FOR ONLINE COURSES
Tuition for an online course is the
same as a standard course.
COURSE SCHEDULING,
SEQUENCING AND TITLES
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
reserves the right to alter or change course
titles, course content, or the sequencing
of classes, subject to regulatory approval,
at any time necessary for the purpose of
enhancing the education program. The
current Academic Course catalog holds the
most current course numbers, course titles,
course descriptions and prerequisites.
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
Please note that course schedules are
subject to change without notice. Classes
are dependent on enrollment and may be
cancelled or rescheduled. Please maintain
contact with Academic Advisors as they
will be in touch with students through
email to reschedule a cancelled class.
The curriculum at The Art Institutes
International Minnesota is organized to develop
and build students’ knowledge and skills in
a reasonable progression. To ensure that this
occurs, some courses have a prerequisite
course, which is a required course that must be
completed before a student is allowed to take
another course. For example, the prerequisite
for English II is English I. That means a
student must successfully complete English
I before being allowed to enroll in English
II. These prerequisite courses are indicated
in the course descriptions in the catalog.
COURSE NUMBERING
The first two digits of the code refer to the
program for that course. For example, in
GE2411, the GE represents General Education.
For a complete list of the program abbreviations
refer to the program curriculum listings in this
catalog. The following 4 digits represent other
information. The first number designates the
level of the course; the range is 1-4. A number
of 1 or 2 represent lower level courses intended
to be taken within the students first academic
year and a half. Numbers 3 or 4 represent upperlevel courses that are intended for student
to take in the second half of their education.
While a course may not have a prerequisite
the level of the course does indicate a level
of academic preparedness a student should
have before taking a course. The Academic
Director or Academic Advisor may use their
best judgment in determining if a student has
completed an adequate percentage of lower
level course work before allowing registration
for upper level courses. The 2nd number of the
course code represents the number of credits
in the course. The last 2 digits of the course
code are used to identify the specific class.
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
runs on a quarter calendar. Quarters are 11
weeks in length, and are designated Fall,
Winter, Spring and Summer. It is expected
that students will maintain their enrollment
throughout four quarters. Breaks are
scheduled between each term. The normal
schedule allows three-week breaks in study
following Fall and Spring Quarters, and
one-week breaks in study following Winter
and Summer Quarters. Students choosing to
take a term off are put in an “out of school”
status, which has financial aid implications.
A current academic calendar is located
on the Registrar’s website at http://aim.
aiiresources.com/departments/registrar/
calendar/ as well as in this catalog.
COURSE LOAD
Based on credit hours, course
load is defined as follows:
credit hours in an academic quarter
Less than half time: The student is enrolled
in 4 credit hours in an academic quarter
REPEATING COURSES
Every course for which a student receives a
grade of “F,’’ “W,’’ or “WF” must be repeated
and completed with a passing grade prior to
his or her final quarter of study. A grade of
“C-“ or below in program milestone/capstone
courses indicates that the courses must be
repeated and completed with a passing grade
prior to his or her final quarter of study. The
original grade/code and the subsequent
passing grade(s) will remain on the record for
reference purposes. However, when a course is
successfully repeated, only the passing grade
(not the original grade/code) will be computed
in the grade point average. Tuition is charged
for repeated courses. When a final course
grade has been established and recorded in
the student’s record, the grade may only be
changed with the approval of the Academic
Director and the Dean of Academic Affairs.
TRANSITIONAL STUDIES
Transitional Mathematics and English courses
are designed to allow students to master basic
mathematical and English skills needed to
succeed in all coursework at The Art Institutes
International Minnesota. Transitional studies
courses prepare students for college level
requirements in English and Mathematics.
All students who do not achieve the
standardized placement scores for collegelevel English and Mathematics must complete
the transitional studies courses with a grade
of “C” or higher. Students must successfully
complete the transitional studies courses in
no more than three attempts. Non-completion
of a transitional studies course in three
attempts is grounds for academic termination.
Transitional studies course credits do not
count towards the total number of credits for
graduation nor do they count in the Cumulative
Grade Point Average (CGPA). However, they
do count in determining the maximum
time frame toward degree completion and
the Incremental Completion Rate (ICR).
CHANGE OF PROGRAM
A student may change his or her program
at any point of his or her enrollment while
in good academic standing. Students will
be allowed only one change of program.
Grades from courses taken in a program at the
same Art Institute, if applicable to a transfer
program, will be recorded and will affect the
student’s CGPA. In cases in which a student has
graduated from the college in one program,
and then subsequently begins work in a
different program, grades used in the CGPA of
the previous program will not be applied to
the student’s new program CGPA calculation.
Those courses transferred will apply to the
new program of study for ICR purposes only.
Full-time: The student is enrolled in 12 credit
hours or more in an academic quarter
The maximum allowable time frame shall be
calculated as the total number of credits in
the program minus the number of credits
applied to the new program of study multiplied
by 150%. Example: If a student transfers
36 credits to a new program consisting
of 180 credits, the calculation would be
180 - 36 = 144 X 150% = 216 credits.
Half-time: The student is enrolled in 8
Second example: If a student earned 36 credits
Full-load: The student is enrolled in 16
credit hours in an academic quarter
in the original program that are applicable to
the new program, but transfers 48 credits due
to repeating failed classes, then the maximum
allowable time frame is reduced to 198 credits.
Courses that apply to the second program of
study will be recorded as earned credit and will
affect the student’s CGPA. For ICR purposes,
earned credit applied to the new program
will reduce the total number of credits that
must be attempted within the program.
Therefore, the maximum allowable credits
are one and one-half times the number
of credits remaining to complete for
graduation. Students who change programs
and students who change session times
within the same program must complete
a Change of Program Form, which must
be filed in the student’s academic file.
EXTERNAL TRANSFERS
TRANSFERRING TO ANOTHER EDMC SCHOOL
If a student wishes to transfer to another Art
Institutes school, he or she should contact
the Assistant Director of Re-Admissions at the
college they intend to attend. The Assistant
Director of Re-Admissions will assist the student
in transferring to the new college. The Student
should also contact their Academic Advisor at
The Art Institutes International Minnesota to
discuss the transfer and complete a Change
of Enrollment form. A student who has been
terminated and wishes to transfer to another
Art Institutes school must appeal his/her
dismissal at the originating school and be
granted reinstatement prior to the transfer.
WITHDRAWING FROM THE COLLEGE
To withdraw from The Art Institutes
International Minnesota, students must request
a Change of Enrollment form from the college
Registrar or Academic Advisor. The form allows
the student to formally state his or her intention
to leave the institution, and requires the
student to obtain signatures from the following:
Academic Director, Financial Aid, Accounting,
Library, Technology, Readmissions, and Housing
(if applicable). International Students must also
meet with the International Student Advisor
If the student drops/withdraws from the college
completely, federal and state refund policies
are in place and the student may be refunded
partial tuition. For specific information,
contact the Accounting department.
CHANGE OF STATUS
Once enrolled, a student is assumed to be in
continuous enrollment and attendance and
to be making satisfactory academic progress
until graduation. The student who alters
this academic progression in any manner is
considered to be making a “status change”
which will require approval in advance of the
change. The basic status changes include:
1. A change of attendance schedule, such as
part-time to full-time class attendance.
2. A change of enrollment, such as a
student no longer attending classes.
3. A course change, addition, or deletion.
4. A major change from one program
of study to another program of study
(internal transfer) such as a change
from Web Design & Interactive
Media to Graphic Design.
93
5. Transferring from one Art Institutes
location to another Art Institutes
location (external transfer).
RE-ADMISSIONS PROCEDURES
Any student who has left the college for any
time period must go through the formal re-entry
process. To begin the process, the student must
meet with the college’s Assistant Director of ReAdmission. The Assistant Director of Re-Admission
will ensure that the student’s records will be
reviewed by the following school personnel:
the Academic Director or Academic Advisor will
review the student’s Academic Progress; Student
Accounting will review for outstanding balances;
if applicable, reviews will also be done by
Financial Aid and Housing. The Dean of Academic
Affairs has the authority to grant or deny
approval for re-admission. If approval is granted,
the Assistant Director of Re-Admissions may
proceed in the facilitation of the re-admission
process. Any student who has not attended
The Art Institutes International Minnesota for
one or more quarters will be subject to current
program requirements and standards.
If students time out of all their classes or leave
the institution in poor academic standing, they
must first submit a written request to the Dean
of Academic Affairs requesting re-admission and
co-author an Academic Plan with the Academic
Advisor. The Dean will review all relevant
academic records, the student’s letter, and the
Academic Plan when considering requests.
Re-admission to The Art Institutes International
Minnesota is at the discretion of the Dean of
Academic Affairs. Once the Dean makes the
determination for re-admission, the Academic
Advisor will contact the student with the decision.
If the student is approved for re-admission,
that student needs to contact the Assistant
Director of Re-Admission. If the student
request is denied by the Dean of Academic
Affairs, the student must wait one calendar
year to apply for re-admission again.
Students taking a military leave, or who have
withdrawn properly by submitting a Change
of Enrollment form, and who were in good
academic standing at that time, must contact
the Assistant Director of Re-Admissions. The
Assistant Director of Re-Admissions will facilitate
the completion of enrollment agreements,
meetings with a financial planner, course
registration, and any other student obligations.
Students who are academically terminated for
violating the Satisfactory Academic Progress
Policy must appeal in writing to the Dean of
Academic Affairs for re-admission before the start
of the quarter in which he/she wishes to return.
The appeal procedure described in the
preceding section applies. If the appeal is
granted, the reentering student will be placed
on probation during the quarter of return. The
student must meet the minimum standards
of the SAP Policy to continue in the program.
The student must successfully retake courses
previously failed so that the recalculated GPA
and successful completion percentage meets
or exceeds the minimum requirements.
GENERAL EDUCATION
MISSION STATEMENT
General Education at The Art Institutes
International Minnesota fosters critical
and creative thinking by advancing
skills and understandings in:
I. Communication
II. Mathematics and Natural Sciences
III. Social Sciences
IV. Humanities
The program is further committed to a
continuing focus on understanding ethical
behaviors and life-long learning.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
General Education Requirements for AAS Degrees
All Associate in Applied Science candidates must
complete 32 quarter-credits in General Education.
The following distribution requirements must
be satisfied: a) Communication – 12 quarter
credits (8 in English Composition and 4 in
Verbal Communication); b) Mathematics and
Natural Sciences - at least 4 quarter credits;
c) Social Sciences - at least 4 quarter credits;
d) Humanities - at least four-quarter credits.
Additional credits (8) must be selected from
the remaining general education offerings.
Transitional courses are not included in the
General Education total credit requirement.
General Education transfer credits will be applied,
as appropriate, towards the requirements
in each of the categories listed above
General Education Requirements
for BS or BFA Degrees
All Bachelor’s degree (Bachelor of Science or a
Bachelor of Fine Arts) candidates must complete
56 quarter-credits in General Education. The
following distribution requirements must be
satisfied: a) Communication - 16 quarter-credits
(8 in English Composition and 4 in Verbal
Communication); b) Mathematics and Natural
Science - at least 8 quarter- credits; c) Social
Sciences - at least 8 quarter-credits; d) Humanities
- at least 8 quarter-credits. Additional general
education courses must be selected for a total of
56 credits. Transitional courses are not included
in the General Education total credit requirement.
General Education transfer credits will be applied,
as appropriate, towards the requirements
in each of the categories listed above.
ADDITIONAL LEARNING
EXPERIENCES
STUDY TRIPS
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
arranges study trips to local cultural and
commercial sites. These visits are an integral part
of each student’s training and offer a chance for
valuable exposure to places and events relating
to the student’s field of study. In addition to local
study trips to support the curriculum, out-of-town
seminars and visits may be planned in individual
programs. The costs related to optional study
trips are not included in regular tuition or fees.
EXHIBITION OF STUDENT WORK
Student artwork is important to The Art
Institutes International Minnesota. It is of
benefit in teaching other students and in
demonstrating the nature and value of the
programs. Student artwork is a basic part of
the catalog, other publications, and exhibitions
illustrating the programs at the college. The
Art Institutes International Minnesota reserves
the right to use the artwork of its students,
with their permission, for such purposes.
GRADUATION
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION
In order to graduate, a student must:
• receive a passing grade or credit
for all required course work
• earn the minimum required
credits for the program
• achieve a minimum CGPA of 2.0
and a minimum ICR of 66.67%
• meet portfolio or other requirements
• participate successfully in the All College
Senior Portfolio Show or the Culinary
Reception, as prescribed by program of study
• satisfy all financial obligations with The
Art Institutes International Minnesota
• complete a graduation clearance form
It is the practice of The Art Institutes International
Minnesota to round GPA and CGPA points
to the nearest tenth percent for the purpose
of determining academic progress. No
more than 75% of the total required credits
for graduation may be transferred from
another institution. Transfer credits are not
used to determine grade point average.
FINAL QUARTER
During the final quarter of enrollment at The Art
Institutes International Minnesota graduates
must complete course work by the end of Week
10. Faculty members are required to submit
final graduate grades by Monday of Week 11.
This ensures that all graduation requirements
have been met and that the student is eligible
for graduation. Students should inform their
faculty members during the first week of the
term that they are graduating. Faculty members
will then work with the student to ensure a
revised time line is developed to accommodate
the shortened term. Because of the shortened
term, students in their graduating quarter are
not allowed to take session II online courses.
CRITERIA FOR HONORS DESIGNATION
To promote academic excellence and to
recognize exemplary academic achievement,
the following honors designations
will be issued upon graduation.
Students who achieve a CGPA of 3.5 or
better are designated as Honor Graduates.
Transitional studies classes are not considered
when evaluating honors designations.
PORTFOLIO REQUIREMENTS
Graduating students from all programs must
pass a required course in which a portfolio or
final project is produced. The portfolio or project
must meet the standards established by the
school for entry-level employment. The portfolio,
in some departments, may be evaluated by a
committee. An outline of portfolio standards,
projects, and general criteria is provided to
students within each program through the
required Portfolio or Capstone course.
These portfolio requirements are periodically
reviewed; The Art Institutes International
Minnesota reserves the right to alter or
modify the portfolio requirements at any
time it is deemed to be in the best interest of
graduating students to enhance their career
employment potential. Students will show
their portfolio or project work at the end of
the quarter in which they actually graduate.
PORTFOLIO REVIEW SHOW AND
CULINARY RECEPTION
The Art Institutes International Minnesota is
proud to offer a portfolio show for its graduating
students. It is intended to celebrate work and
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
accomplishments of the graduating students
and to showcase their work for family, friends,
staff, faculty, employers, and continuing students.
Students must meet the college’s portfolio
standards, develop a marketable resume, and
participate in the Portfolio Review Show or Culinary
Reception in order to meet The Art Institutes
International Minnesota’s graduation requirements.
CAREER SERVICES
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
maintains a complete and comprehensive Career
Services Department. The department staff assists
students in locating and securing part-time and
freelance jobs while attending school, and full-time
field-related employment upon graduation.
GRADUATE EMPLOYMENT
ASSISTANCE
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
does not guarantee employment or any
particular level of compensation following
graduation. The Art Institutes International
Minnesota does, however, offer assistance in
searching for employment opportunities for
qualified graduates at no additional charge.
Job search directories are maintained in the
Career Services Department. The college
develops and maintains employer contacts
through telemarketing, promotional materials,
and recruiting events. Portfolio Review
Shows are held to enhance employment
possibilities for the graduates. Graduates
who confine employment considerations to
the Twin Cities area may limit the particular
employment opportunities available to them.
STUDENT EMPLOYMENT
ASSISTANCE
The Student Employment Advisor is in contact with
potential employers in order to secure part-time
job opportunities for in-school students. Part-time
employment helps students earn extra money for
supplies and incidental expenses. After the student
registers with the Career Services Department, the
Student Employment Advisor assists students with
the identification of part-time job opportunities.
The student is expected to follow up on all leads
accepted and report progress to the Advisor.
The student is expected to arrive on time and be
dressed appropriately for scheduled interviews.
GRADUATE EMPLOYMENT
INFORMATION
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
maintains graduate placement information.
For specific placement data, contact
the Director of Career Services.
STUDENT AFFAIRS
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
provides a wide variety of support services to
help students complete their academic programs
and reach their career goals. Student Affairs
functions as a department, which extends
student learning and development beyond
the classroom. Of priority is the development
of the whole person via integration of the
student’s intellectual development, values,
thoughts, emotions and actions. It is our goal
not only to provide a quality environment,
which meets students’ basic needs, but to also
provide an array of services and programs which
enhance student development and success at
The Art Institutes International Minnesota.
The areas within Student Affairs include student
housing, support services, disability services,
student health insurance, student activities
encompassing clubs and organizations,
programs and activities and leadership
opportunities; international student advising,
new student orientation and graduation.
Student Affairs is continually striving to provide
students with critical learning experiences to
help students live as responsible members of
a community, and to care for their personal,
physical, emotional, spiritual and social lives.
The department encourages the involvement
of students, faculty and staff in activities that
encourage awareness, creative expression
and social and professional development.
STUDENT CLUBS AND ACTIVITIES
A wide variety of student clubs and organizations
are present on campus and students are
encouraged to become involved. Many of the
student organizations directly reflect the interests
of students in their chosen field of study and
provide an opportunity for networking and
professional development. Student organization
fundraisers require approval from the Office of
Student Affairs prior to the event. Students are
encouraged to approach the Student Affairs
staff with new ideas for student organizations.
The Art Institutes International Minnesota also
provides a diverse campus activities program
that is designed to enhance the social, emotional,
physical, and mental, well being of students.
Activities offered vary by quarter, so check with
the Office of Student Affairs for more information.
STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES
Our programs and services strive to promote
a healthy, equitable and positive community.
Services include assessment, outreach, advocacy,
referrals, crisis intervention, consultation and
guidance related to student development
and individual well being. All services
are provided in a manner that is positive,
empowering and respectful to the individual
and the diversity of the community.
The purpose of student support services is to
provide quality, short-term, solution-focused
intervention to help students alleviate academic
and nonacademic life stressors and to assist
them in recognizing and cultivating their own
abilities and resources. Student Support Services
provides assistance by utilizing a wellness
approach for the student population, including:
• Assistance with study habits, time
management, stress management,
communication, problem solving, transition to
college and many other college success topics
• Special events/workshops on health
or wellness related subjects
• Information on human services in the local area
• Coordination of disability services for
students who qualify in compliance with
the Americans with Disabilities Act
• Referral to short term counseling provided by
the Student Assistance program for students
in need of emotional support or guidance.
THE STUDENT ASSISTANCE PROGRAM
The Student Assistance Program is a service
available at no charge to students and provides
confidential counseling via telephone 24
hours per day, 7 days a week. The program
counselor may refer a student for limited visits
with an area network mental health provider
or assist the student with locating resources
within the community. Through the program,
students can receive assistance with issues such
as budget and debt assistance, new parent
transition, relationships, depression, anxiety,
substance abuse, and any other relevant
concerns. To schedule an appointment with
Student Support Services to discuss your needs,
please call 612.656.6866 or stop in the Student
Affairs office located at room 209 Pence.
DISABILITY SERVICES
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
provides accommodations to qualified students
with disabilities. The Disability Services office
assists qualified students with disabilities
in acquiring reasonable and appropriate
accommodations and in supporting equal
access to services, programs and activities at
The Art Institutes International Minnesota.
Students who seek reasonable accommodations
should notify the Disabilities Services Coordinator,
Valerie Johnson of their specific limitations and, if
known, their specific requested accommodations.
Students will be asked to supply medical
documentation of the need for accommodation.
Classroom accommodations are not retroactive,
but are effective only upon the student sharing
approved accommodations with the instructor.
Therefore, students are encouraged to request
accommodations as early as feasible with the
Disability Services Coordinator to allow for
time to gather necessary documentation. If
you have a concern or complaint in this regard,
please contact the Dean of Students in Room
209 Pence, telephone number 612.656.6866.
Complaints will be handled in accordance with
the school’s Internal Grievance Procedure for
Complaints of Discrimination and Harassment.
RESIDENCE LIFE AND HOUSING
The Art Institutes International Minnesota serves
the student by establishing a solid foundation
in a community environment that enhances a
student’s well being through opportunities for
social interaction, programming, and services that
provide for his/her basic needs. Studies show that
time spent living in student housing increases
your chances of success, both in the classroom
and outside of it. In addition, a student can include
the housing costs in his/her financial plan.
The Residence Life & Housing Office is
dedicated to the task of helping you meet
your housing needs throughout your stay at
The Art Institutes International Minnesota.
The living arrangement you choose is
important to your well being and success.
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL
MINNESOTA STUDENT HOUSING
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
offers student suites at Stadium View near
downtown Minneapolis. Stadium View offers
95
congenial, convenient, clean, comfortable
student housing. Students living in student
housing receive their own private bedroom and
private bathroom. Included in the price per
quarter are the following: all utilities, Internet,
expanded cable with HBO, and furnishings.
Furnishings for the private bedroom/
private bath option includes:
• A kitchen with full-sized appliances
• Full-sized beds
• Two dressers and one desk
plus a chair per student
• Two wardrobe closets per student
• One dinette table with chairs per suite
• One sofa and loveseat per suite
Students interested in housing must complete
the Housing Application, and submit a onetime $150.00 Housing Application Payment.
Once the Residence Life and Housing Office
has received these items and the financial plan
is finalized, the Residence Life and Housing
Office begins the process of placing the
student into a suite. Approximately two weeks
prior to the start of the quarter, the student
receives notification of housing assignment
placement, move-in times and dates, as well as
contact information about her/his suitemate.
Students are encouraged to call suitemates in
advance to coordinate sharing of the space, small
appliances and electronics. Students who have
a specific person they would like as a suitemate
should contact the Residence Life and Housing
Office at (800) 777-3643, extension 6835.
INDEPENDENT HOUSING
We have collected a number of Internet and
publication resources that can assist students
who are looking for housing outside of The
Art Institutes International Minnesota student
housing. This information is available in the
Residence Life & Housing office. The Art Institutes
International Minnesota does not endorse,
screen, or recommend any specific apartment
community, landlord, or apartment placement
firm. Contact the Director of Residence Life at
612.656.6835 if you would like more information
about student housing or independent housing.
HEALTH INSURANCE
All students are urged to carry a primary private
insurance policy that covers comprehensive
health care. The Art Institutes International
Minnesota offers a student health insurance
program. This program is administered by
a third party provider. Information on the
plan’s benefits and pricing is available in the
Student Affairs Office located in 209 Pence.
All international students are required to
maintain health insurance at all times in
case of sickness. A list of local hospitals is
available in the Student Affairs office.
INTERNATIONAL
STUDENT ADVISING
The Dean of Student Affairs is the contact for
all international students who hold student
visas. This staff member provides procedure
and policy assistance regarding nonimmigrant
student visas. The Dean will advise international
students in order to help them maintain
compliance with Department of Homeland
Security regulations and to assist in making
this educational experience a positive one.
STUDENT CODE OF CONDUCT
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
promotes learning and the development
of integrated, whole persons. Students
may expect that the institution and all its
members will treat them as adults and as full
participants in the educational process.
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
strives to be a community characterized as
thinking, caring, inclusive and active. Such a
community requires that its members, having
made a choice to join the community, strive
to improve themselves, affirm others and
actively involve themselves in enhancing
the community. These ideals require that we
have explicit, clear and high expectations for
one another. These expectations are that:
• We take responsibility for our own
learning and personal development
• We challenge each other to develop
intellectually and ethically
• We practice personal and academic integrity
• We consider and seek to understand
different ideas and viewpoints
• We conduct ourselves with dignity and
civility in our interactions with one another
• We care about others’ welfare and seek
to be responsive to their needs
• We strive to keep one another safe
from physical and emotional harm
• We respect the dignity and
worth of all persons
• We celebrate human differences
in their many forms
• We confront bigotry with caring
and without compromise
• We respect the rights and property of others
• We take responsibility for our actions,
bear the consequences of those
actions and learn from them
• We challenge others to take
responsibility for their actions, to bear the
consequences and to learn from them
SECTION I. GUIDING PRINCIPLES
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
recognizes its students as responsible and
dedicated men and women who are preparing
for career employment. An integral part of their
career and professional development is the
expectation that they conduct themselves during
the education process in the same manner as
will be expected in all employment situations.
As members of the College community, students
have responsibilities and duties commensurate
with their rights and privileges. In this policy,
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
provides guidance to students regarding those
standards of student conduct and behavior
that it considers essential to its educational
mission. This policy also provides guidance
regarding the types of conduct that infringe
upon the fulfillment of the Institute’s mission.
SECTION II. SCOPE
This Student Conduct Policy applies to all
students and student organizations at The
Art Institutes International Minnesota.
SECTION III. REACH
The Student Conduct Policy shall apply to
student conduct that occurs on The Art Institutes
International Minnesota premises including
online platforms, at College-sponsored activities,
student organization sponsored events or in
student housing. At the discretion of the Chief
Conduct Officer (Dean of Student Affairs or
a delegate as appointed by the President of
The Art Institutes International Minnesota),
the policy also shall apply to off-campus
student conduct when the conduct, as alleged,
adversely affects a substantial college interest
and potentially violates a campus policy.
SECTION IV. RESPONSIBILITIES
OF DUAL MEMBERSHIP
Students are both members of The Art Institutes
International Minnesota community and
citizens of the state. As citizens, students are
responsible to the community of which they are
a part, and, as students, they are responsible to
the academic community of The Art Institutes
International Minnesota and to other individuals
who make up the community. By enforcing
its Student Conduct Policy, The Art Institutes
International Minnesota neither substitutes for
nor interferes with other civil or criminal legal
processes. When a student is charged in both
jurisdictions, The Art Institutes International
Minnesota will decide on the basis of its interests,
the interests of affected students, and the
interests of the community whether to proceed
with its disciplinary process or to defer action.
SECTION V. DISCIPLINARY OFFENSES
The offenses listed below are given as
examples only. The Art Institutes International
Minnesota may sanction other conduct
not specifically included on this list.
1.
Academic Dishonesty
a)Plagiarism
b)Cheating on assignments
or examinations ;
c) Engaging in unauthorized
collaboration on academic work;
d)Taking, acquiring or using test
materials without faculty permission;
e) Submitting false or incomplete
records of academic achievement;
f ) Altering, forging or misusing a
college academic record;
g)Fabricating or falsifying data, research
procedures, or data analysis;
h)Deceiving the college and/or its officials.
2. Illegal or Unauthorized
Possession or Use of Weapons
a)
Possession or use of firearms,
explosives, dangerous chemicals,
or other weapons, likenesses of
weapons, on college property or at
college sponsored functions, except
where possession is required by law.
3. Sexual Assault or Nonconsensual Contact
a) Any form of unwanted sexual attention
or unwanted sexual contact.
4. Threatening, Violent or Aggressive Conduct
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
a)
Assault, battery, or any other
form of physical abuse of a
student or college employee;
b) Fighting or physical altercation;
c) Conveyance of threats by any means
of communication including, but not
limited to, threats of physical abuse
and threats to damage or destroy
college property or the property of
other students or college employees.
d) Any conduct that threatens the health
or safety of another individual one’s
own self or another individual. Threats
to commit self-harm and/ or actual
incidents of self-harm by any student.
5. Theft, Property Damage and Vandalism
a) Theft, attempted theft, vandalism/
damage, or defacing of college
property, college controlled property
or the property of another student,
faculty, staff member or guests.
b)Extortion
c) Setting fires, tampering with fire safety
and/or firefighting equipment.
6. Disruptive or Disorderly Conduct
a) Disruptive behavior, such as interference
with the normal operations of the
college (i.e., disruption of teaching and
administrative functions, disciplinary
procedures, pedestrian or vehicular
traffic, or other college activities)
b) Disruptive classroom conduct, such as,
i.
Engaging in behavior that
substantially or repeatedly
interrupts either the instructor’s
ability to teach or student learning.
The classroom extends to any
setting where a student is engaged
in work toward academic credit
or satisfaction of program-based
requirements or related activities;
ii. Use of cell phones and pagers
during scheduled classroom times.
c) Disorderly Conduct, such as,
i.
Disorderly, lewd, indecent, or
obscene conduct. This would
include but is not limited to any
type of clothing, gang colors,
gang symbols or materials worn
or brought onto the premises by
any student or guest deemed to
be lewd, indecent or obscene as
determined by college officials.
ii. Breach of peace on college
property or at any collegesponsored or supervised program.
iii. Any in-school or off-campus act
considered inappropriate or as
an example of misconduct that
adversely affects the interests of
The Art Institutes International
Minnesota and/or its reputation.
7. Illegal or Unauthorized Possession
or Use of Drugs or Alcohol
a) Use, sale, possession or distribution
of illegal or controlled substances,
drug or drug paraphernalia on college
property or at any function sponsored
or supervised by the college.
b) Being under the influence of illegal
or controlled substances on college
property, or at any college function.
c) Use, sale, possession or distribution
of alcoholic beverages on college
property or at any function sponsored
or supervised by the college.
d) Being under the influence of alcohol
on college property or at any college
function is also prohibited.
8. Verbal Assault, Defamation and Harassment
a) Verbal abuse of a student
or college employee.
b) Harassment by any means of any
individual, including coercion and
personal abuse. Harassment includes but
is not limited to, written or verbal acts or
uses of technology, which have the effect
of harassing or intimidating a person.
c) Harassment based on sex, race,
color, national origin, religion,
sexual orientation, age, disability
or any other criteria protected
by state, federal or local law.
9. Hazing
a) Any form of “hazing” and any act that
endangers the safety of a student, or that
destroys or removes public or private
property, for the purpose of initiation,
admission into, affiliation with, or as a
condition for continued membership
in a group or organization. “Hazing”
includes any method of initiation or
pre-initiation into a student club or
any pastime or amusement engaged
in with respect to such a club that
causes, or is likely to cause, bodily
danger, physical harm, or personal
degradation or disgrace resulting in
physical or mental harm, to any student
or other person attending the college.
10. Falsification
Willfully providing college officials with false,
misleading or incomplete information
a) Forgery, falsification, alteration or
misuse of college documents, records
or identification with the intent to
injure, defraud, or misinform.
b) Violation of school safety regulations,
including but not limited to setting
fires, tampering with fire safety and/
or firefighting equipment, failure to
exit during fire drill, turning in false
fire alarms and bomb threats.
11. Abuse of The Art Institutes
International Minnesota disciplinary
system, including but not limited to:
a) Failure to obey the summons of a
disciplinary body or college official
b) Falsification, distortion, or
misrepresentation of information before
a disciplinary body or college official.
c) Disruption or interference
with the orderly conduct of a
disciplinary proceeding.
d) Attempting to influence the impartiality
of a member of a disciplinary body
prior to and/or during the course
of the disciplinary proceeding.
e) Verbal or physical harassment and/
or intimidation of a member of a
disciplinary body prior to, during, and/
or after the disciplinary proceeding.
f ) Failure to comply with the
sanction(s) imposed under the
student conduct policy.
g) Influencing or attempting to influence
another person to commit an abuse
of the disciplinary system.
12. Unauthorized Use or Misuse of College Facilities
a) Unauthorized entry into, unauthorized
use of, or misuse of college property,
including computers and data and
voice communication networks.
13. Violation of Federal or State Laws
a) Violation of federal, state or local laws
and college rules and regulations on
college property or at college sanctioned
or college-sponsored functions.
14. Insubordination
a) Persistent or gross acts of
willful disobedience or defiance
toward college personnel.
b) Failure to comply with direction
of college officials, faculty, staff or
security officers who are acting in
the performance of their duties.
c) Failure to exit during fire drill,
d) Failure to identify oneself when on
college property or at a collegesponsored or supervised functions,
upon request of college official acting
in the performance of his/her duties
15. Violations of College Rules
a) Violations by guest of a student
on college property. Students are
responsible for the actions of their guests.
b) Violation of school safety regulations.
c) Smoking in classrooms or other
college buildings or areas unless
designated as a smoking area.
d) Any violation of the student housing
license agreement, rules and regulations
and/or the college-sponsored
housing student handbook.
e) Any violation of the institutions policies
on the responsible use of technology
including but not limited to
i. The theft or abuse of computer, email,
Internet or Intranet resources
ii. Unauthorized entry into a file, to
use, read, or change the contents,
of for any other purpose.
iii. Unauthorized transfer of a file.
iv. Unauthorized downloading
of copyrighted materials
in violation of law.
v. Unauthorized use of another
individual’s identification
and/or password.
vi. Use of computing facilities
to interfere with the work
of another student, faculty
member, or school official.
vii. Use of computing facilities to send
obscene or abusive messages.
viii. Use of computing facilities to
interfere with normal operation of
the school’s computing system.
f ) Failure to satisfy school
financial obligations.
The above list is illustrative only, and The Art
Institutes International Minnesota may sanction
other conduct not specifically included on this list.
VI. SANCTIONS.
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
may impose sanctions for violations of the
student conduct policy. The type of sanction
imposed may vary depending upon the
seriousness of the violation(s). The Art
Institutes International Minnesota reserves
the right to immediately impose the most
severe sanction if circumstances merit.
97
Although not exhaustive, the following
list represents the types of sanctions
that may be imposed upon any student
or student organization found to have
violated the student conduct policy:
1. Warning: A notice in writing that a student
has failed to meet some aspect of the
school’s standards and expectations.
2. Probation: Probation is used for repeated
violations or a specific violation of a serious
nature. The Chief Conduct Officer or his/her
delegate defines the terms of probation.
3. Discretionary Sanctions: The student
will be required to complete an
educational service, attend counseling,
or have restricted privileges.
4. Removal from Sponsored Housing: The
student will be immediately dismissed from
school-sponsored housing. The student
will be required to vacate the premises
according to the terms of the sanction.
5. Suspension: Separation of the student from
the school for a pre-determined period of
time. The student may be able to return
to school once specified conditions for
readmission are met. The student may
not attend classes, visit college-sponsored
housing, use school facilities, participate in
or attend college activities, or be employed
by the school during his/her suspension.
6. Expulsion: The student will be expelled from
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
immediately. The student will not be
permitted to continue his or her studies
at the college and may not return to the
college or to college-sponsored housing
or activities at any time or for any reason.
7. Restitution: Compensation for loss or damage
to property leased, owned or controlled
by the school. This may take the form
of monetary or material replacement.
The above list is only a general guideline.
Some sanctions may be omitted, and other
sanctions not listed above may be used.
SECTION VII. DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES:
Complaint
Any member of The Art Institutes International
Minnesota community may file a complaint
against any student for misconduct or for
otherwise being in violation of The Art
Institutes International Minnesota policies.
1. The complaint shall be prepared in
writing and directed to the Chief
Conduct Officer or his/her delegate.
2. The written complaint should include the
nature of the offense, date, approximate
time and location of incident. The
name of the victim, offender and
any witness/es may be included.
3. Complaints should be submitted within
48 hours after the alleged violation
occurred unless there are extenuating
circumstances requiring a longer timeframe.
The Chief Conduct Officer or a delegate may
review and investigate the complaint to
determine if the allegations have factual merit, to
identify violations of the student conduct policy,
and to impose sanctions for such violations.
Generally, the accused should be given the
opportunity to tell his or her account of the
situation and to provide this information, in
writing, unless The Art Institutes International
Minnesota determines that the circumstances do
not warrant disclosure of some or all of the facts.
Search of Student’s Property
Students have no expectation of privacy in
their personal property while on campus. The
Art Institutes International Minnesota reserves
the right to search the contents of students’
personal property or belongings at any time
and for any reason, including when there is
reasonable suspicion on the part of The Art
Institutes International Minnesota staff that a risk
to the health, safety or welfare of students, and/
or the school community exists and including
searches pursuant to an investigation of potential
wrong doing. This includes but is not limited
to vehicles brought onto property leased,
owned or controlled by the school, backpacks,
portfolios and clothing. This policy also applies
to student property in school-sponsored
housing, student e-mail and/or computers.
Notification and Determination of Violations
that Warrant Disciplinary Meeting
1. The Chief Conduct Officer or a delegate may
choose to conduct a disciplinary meeting.
Potential attendees include a student or
students, the Chief Conduct Officer or his/
her delegate and others who may have
relevant information. The Student should
receive advance notice of the allegations
and the reason for the meeting.
2. The Chief Conduct Officer or his/her delegate
may render and communicate the decision
to the student in writing, which shall describe
the violation and the sanctions imposed,
if any, and the student’s right to appeal. If
the Chief Conduct Officer determines that
there was no violation, that decision may be
documented in writing to the student as well.
3. If a student fails to appear for the meeting,
the Chief Conduct Officer or his/her
delegate may make a determination
of violations of The Art Institutes
International Minnesota policies on the
basis of the information available, and
impose sanctions for such violations.
Notification and Determination of Violations
that Warrant Disciplinary Hearing
In some cases, involving serious violations,
the Chief Conduct Officer or delegate, hereby
referred to as “Hearing Officer”, in his or her
sole discretion, may choose to assemble a
disciplinary panel to adjudicate the process.
1. The Hearing Officer may immediately (before
a hearing takes place) remove the student
from the campus community pursuant to
an Interim Suspension until the Disciplinary
Panel is convened. (See Interim Suspension).
2. The Student should receive advance
notice of the allegations and the
reason for the meeting. A student may
forgo attendance at the hearing and
a determination of the sanction will
be made by the Disciplinary Panel.
3. Hearings normally shall be conducted
in private. The Disciplinary Hearing
is an academic hearing, not a legal
hearing. Therefore, legal counsel
is not allowed at the hearing.
4. The student may be accompanied by one
person (family member, friend, etc) to
provide support. The committee may prohibit
from attending or remove any person who
disrupts the proceedings of the committee.
5. In Hearings involving more than one
STUDENT, the Hearing Officer, in his
or her discretion, may permit the
hearing concerning each student
to be conducted separately.
6. The Disciplinary Panel may hear from
any person who may have relevant
information and the Panel may review
any documents presented to them.
a. Pertinent records, documents
and written statements may
be considered by the Hearing
Officer at his/her discretion
b. The Disciplinary Panel may
ask questions and may seek
information not provided to it.
7. The Disciplinary Panel may determine
whether it is more likely than not
that a violation occurred The
Panel should communicate to the
Hearing Officer its decision and its
recommended sanction, if any.
8. After the Hearing, the Hearing Officer will
issue a written decision to the accused
student which identifies the accusations
and the panel’s conclusions, any sanctions,
and the student’s right of appeal.
9. In general, the accused should have
access to the documentation reviewed
by the panel, however identifying names
and information may be removed from
the documentation when necessary to
protect other student’s privacy rights.
Disciplinary Panel
A Disciplinary Panel may consist of members
of the college Executive Committee, Campus
Staff, Faculty or Student Body. When
students are permitted on the panel, the
accused student should sign a form granting
permission to release his/her educational
records to a student serving on the panel.
Failure to sign the permission constitutes an
agreement to have no student on the panel.
Administrative Interim Suspension
Students may be administratively
suspended on an interim basis when:
1. serious allegations are being investigated
2. serious allegations are pending
before a disciplinary panel
3. in advance of a disciplinary panel hearing; or
4. when a student potentially poses a threat of
harm to himself, to others, or to property of
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
or a member of the college community
During the interim suspension, students are
denied access to college-sponsored housing and/
or to the school (including classes, labs, library)
and/or all other school activities or privileges
for which the student might otherwise be
eligible, as the Chief Conduct Officer or designee
may determine to be appropriate. This interim
suspension period should last no longer than
three business days, and the Chief Conduct
Officer or delegate may make reasonable
provisions to provide for accommodations
of a student in school sponsored housing.
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
The interim suspension is not to be
considered disciplinary, but it is a tool
to separate potential adversaries until
a reasoned decision can be made.
VIII. APPEAL PROCEDURES
Students have a right to appeal disciplinary
actions when they believe they have extenuating
circumstances or believe to have been treated
in an arbitrary or biased fashion or without
adherence to The Art Institutes International
Minnesota policies and procedures.
• During an appeal, the student should
continue to obey the terms of the decision,
i.e., a student who has been suspended from
school may not be on school property, a
student dismissed from school-sponsored
housing must leave in accordance with
the directions indicated in the decision.
• The student must write a letter of appeal
in the student’s own words, addressed
to the President of The Art Institutes
International Minnesota or his/her
delegate. This letter must clearly state the
extenuating circumstances or the grounds
for believing the decision was arbitrary or
biased or that it was without adherence to
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
policies and procedures, and provide any
supporting documentation. It must be
delivered to the President or his/her delegate
within seven calendar days following
the student’s receipt of the decision.
• Students should provide documentation
to support the allegations of the appeal.
• The President or his/her delegate may
appoint an ad hoc committee to review
appeals and make a recommendation
regarding disposition of the appeal within
30 days of the date of receipt of the appeal.
This committee will be comprised of
faculty or staff members not involved in
making the initial disciplinary decision.
• The President and/or the committee may
decide to convene an appeal hearing.
The student will be informed notified in
writing of the date and time of the appeal.
The student is expected to attend the
meeting, and failure to do so, for other
than documented emergencies, may be
considered forfeiture of the right to present
further information regarding the appeal.
• The student making the appeal may be
provided an opportunity to address the
committee in person. The student may
be accompanied by one person (family
member, friend, etc) as an observer. The
committee may prohibit from attending
or remove any person who disrupts
the proceedings of the committee.
• The Appeal Committee is an academic
hearing, not a legal hearing. Therefore, legal
counsel is not allowed at the meeting.
• Audio recording of the academic
hearing is not permitted. Minutes
of the meeting are confidential.
• Following appropriate review and
deliberation, the committee will report back
to the President or his/her delegate with its
recommendation following its review of the
appeal. The President or his/her delegate
will render a written decision on the appeal
within thirty calendar days from receipt
of the appeal. The decision will be final.
Academic Integrity Policy
Consistent with its mission and values, The Art
Institutes International Minnesota seeks to
guide students to develop ideas and concepts
that are their own. Any student who engages
in conduct that violates principles of academic
integrity and honesty is subject to disciplinary
proceedings under the Student Code of Conduct.
Academic integrity includes the
following expectations:
1. Students shall allow others to
receive credit for their work by:
a) Refraining from intentionally or
inadvertently presenting the ideas of
others as their own;
b) Refraining from assisting others
in presenting the work of
someone else as his/her own.
2. Students shall refrain from receiving or
giving assistance on course assignments or
tests beyond the guidelines established by
the course instructor.
3. Students shall refrain from falsifying,
fabricating, or distorting data through
omission.
4. Students shall refrain from misrepresenting
his/her personal accomplishments.
Violations of the Academic
Integrity policy include:
Plagiarism: the act of representing someone
else’s work as the student’s own regardless
of the intent. The presentation of written
documents, still or moving images, original
ideas, research information, audio samples
and music clips that are not the student’s own
work without proper citation is plagiarism.
Cheating: the act of receiving or giving assistance
on written or electronic assignments, exams,
or documents submitted as original pieces
of work. This includes bringing unauthorized
written notes, programmed material in watches,
calculators, PDAs, cell phones, or laptops to
in-class assignments, tests or exams, or takehome assignment or exams that exceed the
guidelines set by the course instructor.
Aiding and abetting another individual in
cheating and plagiarism is considered a
violation of the Academic Integrity policy.
Disciplinary Sanctions:
At The Art Institutes International Minnesota,
violations of the Academic Integrity policy
are cumulative offenses throughout the
student’s career at the college: each act of
plagiarism or cheating is documented in the
student’s judicial record, held in the Office of
the Dean of Student Affairs, and the student’s
academic record in the Registrar’s office.
Violations of this policy will be handled in
accordance with the disciplinary procedures
outlined in the Student Conduct policy.
1st Offense:
• Failure of the assignment or examination
(0 points) with no opportunity to re-do or
make up work that has been plagiarized
or produced as a result of cheating.
The faculty member should calculate a
course grade as if the assignment had
been submitted but received no points.
Depending on the weight and timing of
the assignment or exam, this may result
in the student’s failure of the course.
• Documentation of the plagiarism or
cheating is filed in the student’s judicial
record in the office of the Dean of Student
Affairs and in the student’s academic
record in the office of the Registrar.
2nd Offense:
• Failure of the course.
• A letter of Academic Warning is sent by the
office of the Dean of Academic Affairs.
• Documentation of the plagiarism or
cheating is filed in the student’s judicial
record in the office of the Dean of Student
Affairs, and in the student’s academic
record in the office of the Registrar.
3rd Offense:
• Failure of the course.
• Documentation of the plagiarism or
cheating is filed in the student’s judicial
record in the office of the Dean of Student
Affairs, and in the student’s academic
record in the office of the Registrar.
• Possible suspension/termination from
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
with right to appeal as per procedures set
forth in the Student Code of Conduct.
STUDENT GRIEVANCE
PROCEDURE FOR INTERNAL
COMPLAINTS OF DISCRIMINATION
AND HARASSMENT
Students who believe they have been subjected
to discrimination or harassment in violation
of the Non-Discrimination Policy should
follow the procedure outlined below.
Sexual violence is considered to be a form
of sexual harassment, and therefore is also
considered a form of sex discrimination. This
complaint procedure is intended to provide a
fair, prompt, impartial and reliable determination
about whether The Art Institutes International
Minnesota Non-Discrimination Policy has
been violated. This complaint procedure is
intended to provide a fair, prompt, impartial
and reliable determination about whether
discrimination or harassment has occurred
1. Complainants are encouraged to file a
complaint as soon as possible after an alleged
incident of discrimination or harassment
has occurred. Any student who chooses to
file a discrimination complaint should do
so for non-academic matters with Dean of
Student Affairs or for academic matters with
Dean of Academic Affairs. The complaint
should be presented in writing and it should
describe the alleged incident(s) and any
corrective action sought. The complaint
should be signed by the complainant.
2. The Dean of Student Affairs or Dean of
Academic Affairs will investigate the
allegations. Both the complainant and
the accused will have an opportunity to
meet and discuss the allegations with the
99
investigator and may offer any witnesses
and other evidence in support of their
position to the investigator during the
course of the investigation. A student
may be accompanied during investigation
meetings and discussions by one person
(family member, friend, etc.) who can act
as an observer, provide emotional support,
and/or assist the student in understanding
and cooperating in the investigation.
The observer may not be an attorney,
unless otherwise required by local law.
When evaluating complaints of sexual
harassment, the Dean of Student Affairs
or Dean of Academic Affairs will apply the
preponderance of the evidence standard
(for example, it is more likely than not that
sexual harassment or violence has occurred)
to determine the outcome. The investigator
may prohibit from attending or remove
any person who disrupts the investigation
in the investigator’s sole discretion.
3. The student who made the complaint and
the accused shall be informed promptly in
writing when the investigation is completed,
no later than 45 calendar days from the
date the complaint was filed. The student
who made the complaint shall be informed
if there were findings made that the policy
was or was not violated and of actions taken
to resolve the complaint, if any, that are
directly related to him/her, such as an order
that the accused not contact the student
who made the complaint. In accordance
with school policies protecting individuals’
privacy, the student who made the complaint
may generally be notified that the matter
has been referred for disciplinary action,
but shall not be informed of the details
of the recommended disciplinary action
without the consent of the accused.
4. The decision of the Dean of Student
or Dean of Academic Affairs may be
appealed by either the complainant or
the accused by petitioning the President’s
Office of The Art Institutes International
Minnesota. The written appeal must be
made within 20 calendar days of receipt of
the determination letter from the Dean of
Students or Dean of Academic Affairs. The
President, or his/her designee, will render
a written decision on the appeal within 30
calendar days from receipt of the appeal.
The President’s decision shall be final.
5. Matters involving general student
complaints will be addressed according
to the Student Complaint Procedures,
a copy of which can be found in the
Student Handbook or The Art Institutes
International Minnesota Academic Catalog.
For more information about your rights under
the federal laws prohibiting discrimination,
please contact the Office for Civil Rights at
the U.S. Department of Education or visit
the website at http://www.ed.gov/ocr.
EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS
AND PRIVACY ACT
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy
Act (FERPA) of 1974, as amended sets out
requirements designed to afford students certain
rights with respect to their education records.
In addition, it puts limits on what information
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
may disclose to third parties without receiving
prior written consent from the student.
I. Procedure to Inspect Education Records:
Students have the right under FERPA to
inspect and review their education records. A
student who wishes to inspect and review
his or her records should submit a written
request to the Registrar. The request should
identify as precisely as possible the records
the student wishes to inspect. If the requested
records are subject to inspection and review
by the student, arrangements for access will
be made within a reasonable period of time
but in no case more than 45 days after the
request was made. The student will be notified
of the time and place where the records
may be inspected. The college may require
the presence of a school official during the
inspection and review of a student’s records.
Certain limitations exist on a student’s
right to inspect and review their own
education records. Those limitations
include, for example, the following:
(i) financial information submitted by parents;
(ii) confidential letters and recommendations
placed in their files prior to January 1, 1975;
(iii) confidential letters and recommendations
placed in their files after January 1, 1975 to
which the student has waived his or her right to
inspect and review and that are related to the
student’s admission, application for employment
or job placement, or receipt of honors.
In addition, the term “education record” does not
include certain types of records such as, by way
of example, records of instructional, supervisory,
administrative, and certain educational personnel
that are in the sole possession of the maker
thereof, and are not accessible or revealed to
any other individual except a substitute.
When a record contains personally identifiable
information about more than one student,
the student may inspect and review only the
information that relates to him/her personally.
II. Disclosure of Educational Records:
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
generally will not permit disclosure of personally
identifiable information from the records of a
student without prior written consent of the
student. Personally identifiable information
is disclosed (some items are mandatory, some
discretionary) from the records of a student
without that student’s prior written consent
to the following individuals or institutions
or in the following circumstances:
1. To The Art Institutes International Minnesota
officials who have been determined by
the college to have legitimate educational
interests in the records. A school official is
b. a person employed by the college in an
administrative, supervisory, academic or
research, or support staff position; or
c. a person employed by or under contract
to the college to perform specific tasks,
such as an auditor, consultant, or attorney,
a person on the Board of Trustees, or a
student serving on an official committee
or assisting another school official. Any
school official who needs information
about a student in the course of
performing instructional, supervisory,
advisory, or administrative duties for The
Art Institutes International Minnesota
has a legitimate educational interest.
2. To certain officials of the United States
Department of Education, the Comptroller
General of the United States, the Attorney
General of the United States, and state
and local educational authorities in
connection with state or federally
supported educational programs.
3. In connection with the student’s request
for, or receipt of, financial aid necessary
to determine the eligibility, amounts or
conditions of financial aid, or to enforce
the terms and conditions of the aid.
4. To organizations conducting certain
studies for or on behalf of the school.
5. To accrediting commissions or
state licensing or regulatory bodies
to carry out their functions.
6. To parents of a dependent student, as defined
in Section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code.
7. To comply with a judicial order or
lawfully issued subpoena.
8. To appropriate parties in health
or safety emergencies.
9. To officials of another corporate or Art
Institutes school, upon request, in which
a student seeks or intends to enroll.
10.To an alleged victim of a crime of violence
or a nonforcible sexual offense, the final
results of the disciplinary proceedings
conducted by the school against the
alleged perpetrator of that crime or offense
with respect to that crime or offense.
11.To persons in addition to the victim of a
crime of violence or nonforcible sexual
offense, the final results of the disciplinary
proceedings described in paragraph 10 above
but only if the school has determined that
a student is the perpetrator of a crime of
violence or non-forcible sexual offense, and
with respect to the allegation made against
him or her, the student has committed a
violation of the institution’s rules or policies.
The school, in such instances, may only
disclose the name of the perpetrator - not
the name of any other student, including
a victim or witness - without the prior
written consent of the other student(s).
12.To a parent regarding the student’s violation
of any federal, state, or local law or of any
rules or policy of the school governing the
use or possession of alcohol or a controlled
substance if the school determines that
the student has committed a disciplinary
violation with respect to that use or
possession, and the student is under 21 at
the time of the disclosure to the parent.
13.Directory information (see Section IV below).
14.Student Recruiting Information as requested
by the U.S. Military. Student recruiting
information includes ONLY: name, address,
telephone listing, age or date of birth, class
level, academic major, place of birth, degrees
received and most recent educational
institution attended. It does not include and
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
will not provide: social security numbers,
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
race, ethnicity, nationality, GPA, grades,
low performing student lists, religious
affiliation, students with loans in default,
veteran’s status, students no longer enrolled.
Students who opt out of the directory also
opt out of student recruiting information.
III. Record of Requests for Disclosure
Except with respect to those requests made
by the student themselves, those disclosures
made with the written consent of the student,
or to requests by or disclosures to Art Institutes
International Minnesota officials with legitimate
educational interests and disclosures of directory
information (or other exceptions described in
the applicable regulations), The Art Institutes
International Minnesota will maintain a record
indicating the parties who have requested or
obtained personally identifiable information
from a student’s education records and the
legitimate interests those parties had in
requesting or obtaining the information. This
record may be inspected by the student.
IV. Directory Information
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
designates the following information as
directory information. (Directory information is
personally identifiable information, which may
be disclosed without the student’s consent):
1. Student’s name
2. Address: Local, email and website
3. Telephone number (local)
4. Date and place of birth
5. Program of study
6. Participation in officially
recognized activities
7. Dates of attendance
8. Degrees and certificates awarded
9. Most recent previously attended school
10. Photograph of the student, if available
11. Enrollment status (i.e., enrolled,
continuing, future enrolled student,
reentry, leave of absence, etc.)
12. Student honors and awards received.
13. The height and weight of
athletic team members
Notice of these categories and of the right of
an individual in attendance at The Art Institutes
International Minnesota to request that his/
her directory information be kept confidential
will be given to the student annually. Students
may request nondisclosure of student directory
information by specifying nondisclosure, in
writing, to the Office of the Registrar, The Art
Institutes International Minnesota, 15 South
9th Street, Minneapolis, MN 55402. Failure to
request nondisclosure of directory information
will result in routine disclosure of one or
more of the above-designated categories of
personally identifiable directory information.
V. Correction of Educational Records
Students have the right under FERPA to ask
to have records corrected which they believe
are inaccurate, misleading, or in violation of
their privacy rights. The following are the
procedures for the correction of records:
A student must ask the Registrar to amend
a record. As part of the request, the student
should identify the part of the record they
want to have changed and specify why
they believe it to be inaccurate, misleading,
or in violation of his/her privacy rights.
1. The Art Institutes International Minnesota
may either amend the record or decide not to
amend the record. If it decides not to amend
the record, it will notify the student of its
decision and advise the student of the right
to a hearing to challenge the information
believed to be inaccurate, misleading, or in
violation of the student’s privacy rights.
2. Upon request, The Art Institutes International
Minnesota will arrange for a hearing and
notify the student reasonably in advance
of the date, place, and time of the hearing.
The hearing will be conducted by an
individual who does not have a direct
interest in the outcome of the hearing.
That individual may be an official of The
Art Institutes International Minnesota.
The student shall be afforded a forum
for the opportunity to present evidence
relevant to the issues raised in the original
request to amend the student’s education
records. The student may be assisted by
other people, including an attorney.
3. The Art Institutes International Minnesota
will prepare a written decision based solely
on the evidence presented at the hearing.
The decision will include a summary of the
evidence, and the reasons for the decision.
4. If, as a result of the hearing, The Art Institutes
International Minnesota decides that the
information is inaccurate, misleading,
or otherwise in violation of the privacy
rights of the student, it will (a) amend the
record accordingly; and (b) inform the
student of the amendment in writing.
5. If, as a result of the hearing, The Art Institutes
International Minnesota decides that the
information in the education record is
not inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise
in violation of the privacy rights of the
student, it shall inform the student of the
right to place a statement in the record
commenting on the contested information
in the record or stating why he or she
disagrees with the decision of the school.
6. If a statement is placed in the education
records of a student under paragraph 6
above, The Art Institutes International
Minnesota will:
a)maintain the statement with the
contested part of the record for as long
as the record is maintained; and
b)disclose the statement whenever it
discloses the portion of the record
to which the statement relates.
VI. Student Right to File Complaint
A student has the right to file a complaint with
the United States Department of Education
concerning alleged failures by The Art Institutes
International Minnesota to comply with the
requirements of FERPA. The name and address of
the governmental office that administers FERPA is:
Family Policy Compliance Office
United States Department of Education
400 Maryland Avenue, S.W.
Washington, DC 20202-4605
STUDENT RIGHT TO KNOW ACT
Student-Right-To-Know Act Information on
graduation/completion rates for first-time fulltime students for The Art Institutes International
Minnesota is available through the Admissions
Office. These rates are calculated according to
guidelines in the “Student-Right-To-Know” Act.
According to regulations published by the
Department of Education based on the Student
Right-to-Know Act, the graduation/completion
rates for first-time, full-time students who
entered school in Fall of 1999 or thereafter
and who graduated/completed within 150
percent of the normal time to complete the
program can be found in the Registrar’s Office
GENERAL STUDENT
COMPLAINT PROCEDURE
If you have a complaint or problem
you are encouraged to follow the
Student Complaint Procedure.
You should discuss complaints with the
individual(s) within the appropriate department.
Initial discussion should be with the person most
knowledgeable of the issues involved or with
immediate decision-making responsibility.
If you feel that the complaint has not been
fully addressed, a written account should be
submitted to the Dean of Student Affairs if
related to non-academic issues or to the Dean
of Academic Affairs for academic issues. The
written account should indicate your name,
phone number, and ID# and discuss the steps
you have taken to remedy the situation.
The appropriate staff member or department
will be notified of the complaint. A follow-up
meeting with you and the Dean of Student Affairs
and/or the Dean of Academic Affairs will be held
within ten school days of the date of the written
complaint in an effort to resolve the issue.
If you are not satisfied with the results, you
may file an appeal with the President’s office.
The appeal should be in writing and contain
your name and phone number. You should
summarize the steps you have taken to
remedy the situation and indicate why the
results are not satisfactory. You will hear the
results of the appeal within ten business
days from the date the appeal is received.
If you follow this complaint procedure and
still feel dissatisfied with the results you may
send a written copy of the complaint to:
Minnesota Office of Higher Education
1450 Energy Park Drive, Suite 350,
St. Paul, MN 55108
and/or
Accrediting Council for Independent
Colleges and Schools (ACICS), 750 First
Street NE, Suite 980, Washington, DC
20002-4241 Telephone: 202-336-6780
ARBITRATION
Every student and The Art Institutes International
Minnesota agrees that any dispute or claim
between the student and The Art Institutes
International Minnesota (or any company
affiliated with The Art Institutes International
Minnesota, or any of its officers, directors,
trustees, employees or agents) arising out of or
relating to a student’s enrollment or attendance
at The Art Institutes International Minnesota
101
whether such dispute arises before, during, or
after the student’s attendance and whether the
dispute is based on contract, tort, statute, or
otherwise, shall be, at the student’s or The Art
Institutes International Minnesota’s election,
submitted to and resolved by individual binding
arbitration pursuant to the terms described
herein. This policy, however, is not intended to
modify a student’s right, if any, to file a grievance
with any state educational licensing agency.
If a student decides to initiate arbitration, the
student may select either, JAMS or the National
Arbitration Forum (“NAF”) to serve as the
arbitration administrator pursuant to its rules
of procedure. If The Art Institutes International
Minnesota intends to initiate arbitration, it will
notify the student in writing by regular mail
at the student’s latest address on file with The
Art Institutes International Minnesota, and the
student will have 20 days from the date of the
letter to select one of these organizations as the
administrator. If the student fails to select an
administrator within that 20-day period, The Art
Institutes International Minnesota will select one.
The Art Institutes International Minnesota agrees
that it will not elect to arbitrate any undividable
claim of less than the relevant jurisdictional
threshold that a student may bring in small
claims court (or in a similar court of limited
jurisdiction subject to expedited procedures).
If that claim is transferred or appealed to
a different court, however, or if a student’s
claim exceeds than the relevant jurisdictional
threshold The Art Institutes International
Minnesota reserves the right to elect arbitration
and, if it does so, each student agrees that the
matter will be resolved by binding arbitration
pursuant to the terms of this Section.
If either a student or The Art Institutes
International Minnesota chooses arbitration,
neither party will have the right to a jury trial,
to engage in discovery, except as provided in
the applicable arbitration rules, or otherwise
to litigate the dispute or claim in any court
(other than in small claims or similar court, as
set forth in the preceding paragraph, or in an
action to enforce the arbitrator’s award). Further,
a student will not have the right to participate
as a representative or member of any class of
claimants pertaining to any claim subject to
arbitration. The arbitrator’s decision will be final
and binding. Other rights that a student or The
Art Institutes International Minnesota would have
in court also may not be available in arbitration.
The arbitrator shall have no authority to arbitrate
claims on a class action basis, and claims
brought by or against a student may not be
joined or consolidated with claims brought by
or against any other person. Any arbitration
hearing shall take place in the federal judicial
district in which the student resides. Upon a
student’s written request, The Art Institutes
International Minnesota will pay the filing fees
charged by the arbitration administrator, up to
a maximum of $3,500 per claim. Each party will
bear the expense of its own attorneys, experts
and witnesses, regardless of which party prevails,
unless applicable law gives a right to recover
any of those fees from the other party. If the
arbitrator determines that any claim or defense is
frivolous or wrongfully intended to oppress the
other party, the arbitrator may award sanctions
in the form of fees and expenses reasonably
incurred by the other party (including arbitration
administration fees, arbitrators’ fees, and attorney,
expert and witness fees), to the extent such
fees and expenses could be imposed under
Rule 11 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure.
The Federal Arbitration Act (FAA), 9 U.S.C. §§ 1,
et seq., shall govern this arbitration provision.
This arbitration provision shall survive the
termination of a student’s relationship with
The Art Institutes International Minnesota. If a
student has a question about the arbitration
administrator mentioned above, the student can
contact them as follows: JAMS, 45 Broadway,
28th Floor, New York, NY, 10006, http://www.
jamsadr.com, 8003525267; National Arbitration
Forum, P.O. Box 50191, Minneapolis, MN,
55405, www.arbforum.com, 800-474-2371.
THE ART INSTITUTES
INTERNATIONAL MINNEOSTA
ANTI-HAZING POLICY
Hazing involving The Art Institutes International
Minneosta students or student groups is strictly
prohibited. Hazing is defined as any action
or situation that recklessly or intentionally
endangers the mental or physical health or
safety of a student for the purpose of initiation
or admission into or affiliation with any club
or organization operating under the sanction
of an institution of higher education.
For purposes of this definition, any activity as
described in this definition that the initiation
or admission into or affiliation with a club or
organization is directly or indirectly conditioned
shall be presumed to be “forced” activity, the
willingness of an individual to participate in
such activity notwithstanding. This policy is
applicable to all students and members of a
student club or organization at The Art Institutes
International Minnesota. Every student and
member of a student club or organization is
responsible for complying with this policy.
Individuals and/or student clubs that force,
require, and/or endorse violations will be held
directly responsible through the College’s
student conduct process and if appropriate,
through local authorities, which may pursue
criminal action. Students who wish to make a
complaint under this policy should contact the
Dean of Student Affairs located at 209 Pence; or
call 612.656.6865. The negligence or consent
of a student or any assumption of risk by the
student is not a defense to an action brought
pursuant to this policy. Student club activities
or programs must not interfere with the rights
and activities of others and should always
reflect the best interests of the members of
the organization it represents and the College
community as a whole. In all cases of alleged
violations of this policy, faculty and staff advisors
and the national/international headquarters, if
applicable, of any organization will be notified.
DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE
AND CAMPUS
The use of illegal drugs and the abuse of
alcohol on the campus of The Art Institutes
International or in facilities controlled by the
The Art Institutes International are prohibited
by college regulations and are incompatible
with the The Art Institutes International
goal of providing a healthy educational
environment for students, faculty, staff and
guests. The following information is provided
in compliance with the Drug-Free Schools and
Communities Act Amendments of 1989.
Effects of Drugs and Alcohol
Although individuals often use drugs and alcohol
to achieve a variety of effects on mind and
body that are found to be temporarily useful or
pleasurable, drugs can be highly addictive and
injurious. A person can pay a price in terms of his
or her physical, emotional, and social health.
This price can be paid in a number of ways.
The risk of contracting sexually transmitted
diseases, including AIDS, is increased through
unwanted or unprotected sex when one is
under the influence of drugs or alcohol. Drugs
can be the trigger for violent crime. Economic
and legal problems usually follow directly when
one tries to support a drug habit by resorting
to crime. The dependence, illness, loss of job,
and loss of family or friends that can result from
drug or alcohol use and abuse can be tragic.
In keeping with the mission of The Art Institutes
International and the requirements of state and
federal law, The Art Institutes International has
adopted this program to ensure a drug-free
campus and workplace and to prevent the use of
controlled substances and the abuse of alcohol.
Health Risks Associated with the Use of Alcohol
Short Term Risks
• Increased risks of accidents and injuries
• Alcohol-related traffic accidents (the
leading cause of death for teens)
• Alcohol slows reaction time, decreases
muscle coordination, and impairs vision
• Fatal overdose
• Unconsciousness or blackout
• Death by aspiration of vomit
• Nausea
• Gastritis
Long-Term Risks
• Increased blood pressure
• Increased risk of heart attack
• Brain damage resulting in
permanent psychosis
• Cancer of the mouth, esophagus or stomach
• Liver damage (cirrhosis, alcohol
hepatitis, cancer)
• Ulcers and Gastritis
• Pancreatitis
• Birth defects
• In males-testicular atrophy
and breast enlargement
• In females—increased risk of breast cancer
• Prolonged, excessive drinking can shorten
life span by ten to twelve years.
Health Risks Associated with the Use of Drugs
Amphetamines (Speed, Uppers)
• Malnutrition
• Hallucinations
• Dependence, psychological
and sometimes physical
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
• Deliriants (Aerosols, Lighter
Fluid, Paint Thinner)
• Permanent damage to lungs,
brain, liver, bone marrow
• Loss of coordination, confusion,
hallucinations
• Overdose causing convulsions, death
• Depressants (Barbiturates,
Tranquilizers, Methaqualone)
• Confusion, depression, loss of coordination
• Dependence, physical and psychological
• Coma, death (caused by overdose)
• Can be lethal when combined with alcohol
• Hallucinogens (LSD, PCP, DMT, STP, Mescaline)
• Hallucinations, panic, irrational
behaviors (which can lead to increased
risk of accidents, injuries)
• Tolerance overdose leading to
convulsions, coma, death
• Possible birth defects in children of LSD users
• Intravenous Drug Use
• Places one at risk for HIV infection (the virus
causing AIDS) when needles are shared
• Marijuana and Hashish
• Chronic bronchitis
• Decreased vital capacity
• Increased risk of lung cancer
• In men lower levels of testosterone and
increase in abnormal sperm count
• Stimulants (Cocaine)
• Painful nosebleeds and nasal erosion
• Intense “downs” that result in physical
and/or emotional discomfort
• Tolerance and physical
dependence can develop
• Narcotics (Heroin, Morphine, Codeine, Opium)
• Malnutrition
• Hepatitis
• Loss of judgment and serf-control leading
to increased risk of accidents, injuries
• Dependence
• Overdose leading to convulsions, coma, death
Sanctions
The Art Institutes International, in all of its
actions, seeks to uphold local, state and federal
laws. Insofar as permitted by these laws, the
The Art Institutes International will apply
sanctions that could lead to a student being
fined, suspended or expelled or an employee
being disciplined, suspended or dismissed for
violation of the The Art Institutes International
standards of conduct. Students and employees
may also be referred for prosecution. Disciplinary
sanctions may include the completion of an
appropriate rehabilitation program, at the
student’s or employee’s expense, if necessary.
Federal and Minnesota State Sanctions
Minnesota criminal statutes provide for drug
offense penalties in relation to the nature of the
offense, the drug involved, whether the offense
is a first or subsequent offense, and in some
cases, the amount of the drug involved.
Whoever proximately causes great bodily harm
by, directly or indirectly, unlawfully selling,
giving away, bartering, delivering, exchanging,
distributing, or administering a controlled
substance classified in schedule I or II (includes
cocaine, heroin, morphine, hallucinogens,
etc.) may be sentenced to imprisonment for not
more than ten years or to payment of a fine
of not more than $20,000, or both.
Drug trafficking (selling, manufacturing or
possessing large quantities of illegal drugs)
carries minimum mandatory prison terms and
fines under Minnesota law as noted below:
• Sale of cocaine, heroin or methamphetamine
(>10 grams) or any narcotic other than
cocaine, heroin or methamphetamine
(> 50 grams) or hallucinogens (>50
grams) or marijuana (>50 kilograms)
• Possession of cocaine, heroin or
methamphetamine (>25 grams) or any
narcotic other than cocaine, heroin
or methamphetamine (> 500 grams)
or hallucinogens (>500) grams or
marijuana of (>100 kilograms)
• Manufactures any amount of
methamphetamine
First Degree
Imprisonment not more than 30
years or to a payment of a fine not
more that $1,000,000, or both
• Sale of cocaine, heroin or methamphetamine
(>3 grams) or any narcotic other than
cocaine, heroin or methamphetamine
(> 10 grams) or hallucinogens (>10
grams) or marijuana (>25 kilograms)
• Possession of cocaine, heroin or
methamphetamine (>6 grams) or
narcotic other than cocaine, heroin
or methamphetamine (> 50 grams)
or hallucinogens (>50 grams) or
marijuana (>50 kilograms)
Second Degree
Imprisonment not more than 25
years or to a payment of a fine not
more than $500,000 or both.
• Sale of cocaine, heroin or methamphetamine
or any narcotic other than cocaine,
heroin or methamphetamine (> 10
grams) or hallucinogens (> 10 doses)
or marijuana (>5 kilograms)
• Possession of cocaine, heroin or
methamphetamine (>3 grams) or
narcotic other than cocaine, heroin
or methamphetamine (> 10 grams)
or hallucinogens (>50 doses) or
marijuana (>10 kilograms)
Third Degree
Imprisonment not more than 20
years or to a payment of a fine not
more than $250,000 or both.
• Sale of any narcotic other than marijuana
or sale of marijuana in a school zone,
park zone, or public housing zone
• Possession of hallucinogens (>10
doses) or any narcotic other than
marijuana, with the intent to sell
Fourth Degree
Imprisonment not more than 15
years or to a payment of a fine not
more than $100,000 or both.
• Sale of marijuana or any
controlled substance
• Possession of any narcotics
Fifth Degree
Imprisonment not more than 5
years or to a payment of a fine not
more than $10,000 or both.
• Mandatory sentences increase
in proportion to quantity.
Driving under the influence of alcohol or
drugs carries the following penalties:
• First conviction: Fine of no less than $300 nor
more than $1,000 and imprisonment for not
less than 10 days no more than 12 months.
• Second conviction: Fine of $600 to
$1000, prison for not less than 90 days
• Third or subsequent conviction: Fine of $1000
to $5000, prison for not less than 120 days
Additional monetary penalties may also
be imposed to compensate victims.
Furnishing alcoholic beverages to, and purchase
or possession of alcoholic beverages by any
person under the age of 21 is prohibited
by Minnesota law. The sentence for the first
conviction is 30 days imprisonment, a $300
fine, or both. In addition to criminal penalties,
anyone who furnishes alcohol to an underage
person, knowing that such person will soon
be driving, may become liable for injuries or
damages caused by the underage drinking driver.
Additional sanctions exist under Minnesota
law for drug and alcohol-related offenses
including denial of student loans and grants,
ineligibility to participate in home loan
and other assistance programs, and denial
or revocation of professional licenses.
Federal penalties and sanctions for
illegal possession of a controlled
substance include the following:
• First conviction: up to 1 year in prison,
fine of $1,000 to $100,000, or both;
• Second conviction: at least 15 days
and up to 2 years imprisonment,
$5,000 to $250,000 fine, or both;
• After two drug convictions: at least 90
days and up to 3 years in prison, $5,000
to $250,000 fine, or both. Special federal
sentencing provisions for possession of crack
cocaine include a mandatory prison term
of at least 5 years and up to 20 years, fine of
up to $250,000, or both, for a first conviction
if the amount of crack exceeds 5 grams,
for a second conviction if amount exceeds
3 grams, and for a third or subsequent
conviction if the amount exceeds 1 gram.
Additional federal sanctions may also apply
including forfeiture of vehicles used to
transport controlled substances, denial of
federal benefits including student loans,
grants, and contracts and denial or revocation
of certain federal licenses and benefits.
103
Convictions for Drug-Related Offenses
Any student convicted of any drug-related
criminal statute must notify the Dean of Student
Affairs, in writing, no later than five (5) days
after such conviction regardless of where the
offense occurred. This is because under federal
and state laws, any student convicted of a
drug-related felony offense must be denied
all federal and state assistance, including Pell
Grants and Minnesota State Grants. However,
a criminal conviction shall not be necessary to
find that a student has violated these standards
of conduct, and The Art Institutes International
Minnesota need not, and ordinarily will not,
defer its own actions and sanctions pending
the outcome of any criminal proceeding.
Danger Signals Indicating a
Drug or Alcohol Problem
• Following is a listing of classic danger
signals that may indicate the presence
of a drug or alcohol problem:
• Abrupt changes in mood or attitude
• Decreased efficiency at work or at school
• Frequent absences, tardiness,
and/or early departures
• Relationship problems with family,
friends, and co-workers
• Unusual outbursts of anger and hostility
• Social withdrawal
Counseling
If you observe any of these changes in yourself
or another student, you are encouraged to talk
with a Counselor in the Office of Student Affairs.
Abuse of alcohol or drugs can lead to
dependency and addiction, with serious
con¬sequences for personal health and overall
quality of life. There are drug and alcohol
counseling, treatment, and rehabilitation
facilities available in our area where
students and employees may seek advice
and treatment. The College Counselor can
refer you to one that meets your needs.
Twin Cities Area Resources
There are also organizations that may be
contacted for help. The National Institute on Drug
Abuse Hotline (1.800.662.4357) is available from
8:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m., Monday through Friday,
and from 11:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m. on weekends.
Additional Sources of Information:
The Alcohol and Drug Information Line
800-729-6686
The National Institute on Drug Abuse Hotline
800-662-HELP
The National Institute on Drug Abuse
Workplace Helpline
800-843-4971
The National Clearinghouse for Alcohol and
Drug Information
301-468-2600
Cocaine Information
800-COCAINE
Hennepin County Addiction Clinic
612-347-7600
Minneapolis Police (non-emergency)
612-348-2345
Crisis Numbers
Crisis Connection (24-hours)
612-379-6363
Rape & Sexual Abuse Center (24-hours)
612-825-HELP
Minnesota Coalition for Battered Women (24-hours)
651-646-0994
Ramsey County Social Services (24-hour)
651-290-8999
Local Hospitals
Abbott Northwestern Hospital
612-863-4000
Fairview –University Medical Center:
Riverside Campus: 612-672-6000
University Campus: 612-273-3000
Hennepin County Medical Center
612-347-2121
Students under the Influence
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
promotes a healthy and safe educational
environment. All referrals requiring immediate
intervention with an intoxicated/under the
influence student will be directed to appropriate
person. Students who are considered to be
under the influence of alcohol or mood-altering
drugs will be asked to leave the premises
immediately and may face disciplinary action.
The Academic Director and the counselor
will assess the student’s condition. If deemed
necessary, the student will go before the
Hearing Officer for further disciplinary action
that could possibly result in suspension
or termination from Ai Minnesota.
THE ART INSTITUTES
INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
POLICIES TO COMPLY WITH
THE HIGHER EDUCATION
OPPORTUNITY ACT OF 2008
The unauthorized distribution of copyrighted
material, including unauthorized peer-to-peer
file sharing, may subject students and individuals
to civil and criminal liabilities. Almost all of
the music, movies, television shows, software,
games and images found on the Internet are
protected by federal copyright law. The owner
of the copyright in these works has the right
to control their distribution, modification,
reproduction, public display and public
performance. It is generally illegal therefore
to use file sharing networks to download and
share copyrighted works without the copyright
owner’s permission unless “fair use” or another
exemption under copyright law applies.
Fair use under the federal Copyright Act allows
the use without permission of copyrighted
material for the purpose of criticism, comment,
news reporting or teaching under certain limited
circumstances. There is no blanket exception
from liability for students or employees of
educational institutions, however, and whether
the use of copyrighted material without
permission falls within “fair use” or one of the
other exceptions in the Act depends on a very
detailed, case-by-case analysis of various factors.
Students should be aware that sharing music,
videos, software and other copyrighted materials
is very likely not to be considered a “fair use”
and therefore may be a violation of the law.
A violation of the institution’s policy for use of
its information technology system can result in
termination of network access for the student
and/or other disciplinary action including
removal of the student from the institution.
Moreover, there are severe civil and criminal
penalties for copyright infringement under
federal law. A copyright owner is entitled to
recover actual damages and profits resulting
from an infringement, but also may recover
statutory damages ranging from $750 to $30,000
per work for a non-willful infringement and up
to $150,000 for a willful infringement, even if
there is no proof of actual damages, in addition
to court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees. The
government also can file criminal charges that
can result in fines and imprisonment. The Art
Institutes International Minnesota’s policies in
regard to copyright infringement via the Internet
prohibit the illegal downloading or unauthorized
distribution of copyrighted materials using the
institution’s information technology system.
The Art Institutes International Minnesota’s
policies prohibit use of THE ART INSTITUTES
INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA’S computer
network to engage in illegal copying or
distribution of copyrighted works such as by
unauthorized peer-to-peer file sharing (i.e.,
the sharing of copyrighted works, typically in
digital or electronic files, without permission.
NO HARRASSMENT POLICY
The Art Institute International Minnesota is
committed to providing workplaces and learning
environments that are free from harassment on
the basis of any protected classification including,
but not limited to race, sex, gender, color, religion,
sexual orientation, age, national origin, disability,
medical condition, marital status, veteran
status, genetic marker or on any other basis
protected by law. Such conduct is unprofessional,
unproductive, illegal, and generally considered
bad for business. Consequently, all conduct
of this nature is expressly prohibited,
regardless of whether it violates any law.
Definition of Sexual Harassment
Sexual harassment consists of unwelcome
sexual advances, requests for sexual favors,
sexual violence or other verbal or physical
conduct of a sexual nature where:
1. Submission to such conduct is an explicit
or implicit term or condition of a person’s
status in a course, program or activity or in
admission, or in an academic decision;
2. Submission to or rejection of such conduct is
used as a basis for an academic decision; or
3. Such conduct has the purpose or effect of
unreasonably interfering with an individual’s
work or academic performance or creating
an intimidating, hostile, or offensive
work or educational environment.
Sexual violence is considered to be a form of
sexual harassment and is defined as physical
sexual acts perpetrated against a person’s will or
where a person is incapable of giving consent
due to the victim’s use of drugs or alcohol.
Other examples of sexual harassment
include, but are not limited to: unwanted
sexual advances; demands for sexual favors
in exchange for favorable treatment; verbal
abuse of a sexual nature; graphic commentary
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
about an individual’s body, sexual prowess,
or sexual deficiencies; leering; whistling;
touching; pinching; assault; coerced sexual acts;
suggestive, insulting or obscene comments
or gestures; stalking; and displaying sexually
suggestible objects or pictures. The Art
Institutes International Minnesota prohibits
all conduct of this nature whether or not
such conduct violates any applicable laws.
Other Forms of Harassment
Verbal abuse, insulting comments and
gestures, and other harassing conduct are also
forbidden under this policy when directed
at an individual because of his or her race,
color, sex, sexual orientation, familial status,
age, religion, ethnic origin, genetic marker
or disability. It is the responsibility of each
employee and each student to conduct himself
or herself in a professional manner at all
times and to refrain from such harassment.
COMPLAINT PROCEDURE
Students who feel they have been harassed
should follow the Student Grievance Procedure
for Internal Complaints of Harassment and
Discrimination (the “Student Grievance
Procedure”). Students who have been subjected
to sexual violence should also review the Policy
Concerning Sexual Violence and Programs and
Procedures Regarding Sexual Assault (available
in the Student Affairs Office). Regardless if a
complaint is filed under the Student Grievance
Procedure, promptly after learning of such
alleged conduct, The Art Institutes International
Minnesota will conduct an investigation for the
purpose of determining whether prohibited
harassment has occurred. Efforts will be made to
ensure confidentiality to the extent consistent
with the goal of conducting an appropriate
investigation. Students who initiate or participate
in such investigations in good faith will be
protected against subsequent harassment and
school-related retaliation. If an investigation
confirms the allegations, The Art Institutes
International Minnesota will take prompt
corrective action, which may include discipline,
up to and including immediate dismissal.
THE ART INSTITUTES
INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
POLICY CONCERNING
SEXUAL VIOLENCE
Sexual violence refers to physical sexual acts
perpetrated against a person’s will or where
a person is incapable of giving consent due
to the victim’s use of drugs or alcohol. Sexual
violence includes rape, sexual assault, sexual
battery and sexual coercion. Sexual violence is
considered a form of sexual harassment, and
is therefore a form of sex discrimination. Acts
involving sexual violence, sexual harassment or
sex discrimination are not tolerated by The Art
Institutes International. Complaints of sexual
violence should be made to Pam Boersig,
Dean of Student Affairs 800 Hennepin Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55402 612-656-6865 or Pat
Chen, Director of Human Resources 15 South 9th
Street Minneapolis, MN 55402 612-656-6848.
limited to, speaking with the alleged victim, the
alleged perpetrator and other potential witness
as appropriate and reviewing other evidence
such as calendars, videos, phone records, etc.
If The Art Institutes International Minnesota
determines that sexual violence may have
occurred, The Art Institutes International
Minnesota will take steps proactively designed
to promptly and effectively end the sexual
violence or the threat of sexual violence,
prevent its recurrence, and address its effects
regardless of whether the alleged actions
are subject to criminal investigation.
The Art Institutes International Minnesota will
use good faith efforts to protect the alleged
victim from any hostile environment at the
school and any subsequent harassment or
retaliation. Such efforts may occur prior to the
outcome of the investigation and may include:
1. Reporting any subsequent harassment or
retaliation to the Dean of Student Affairs
or the Director of Human Resources
2. Providing an escort to ensure the
alleged victim can move safely
between classes and activities
3. Ensuring that the alleged victim
and the alleged perpetrator do
not attend the same classes
4. Providing referral to counseling
services or providers
5. Providing academic support
services, such as tutoring
6. Arranging for the victim to re-take a course
or withdraw from a class without penalty.
DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS
AND SANCTIONS
On-campus disciplinary procedures against
students will be in accordance with The Art
Institutes International Minnesota’s published
Student Code of Conduct and the Student
Grievance Procedure for Internal Complaints
of Discrimination and Harassment. Both the
accuser and the accused are entitled to have
others present during a disciplinary proceeding.
Both will be informed of the outcome of any
campus disciplinary proceeding. For this purpose,
the outcome of a disciplinary proceeding
means only The Art Institutes International
Minnesota’s final determination with respect
to the alleged sexual offense and any sanction
that is imposed against the accused. Sanctions,
which may be imposed following a final
determination of a disciplinary proceeding
regarding rape, acquaintance rape, or other
forcible or non-forcible sex offenses, may include
warning, probation, suspension or dismissal.
Students who have been subjected to sexual
violence are encouraged to review the No
Harassment Policy, the Non-Discrimination
Policy, the Student Grievance Procedure
for Internal Complaints of Discrimination
and Harassment and the Programs and
Procedures Regarding Sexual Assault
(available in the Student Affairs Office).
Upon learning of possible sexual violence
involving a student, The Art Institutes
International Minnesota will take immediate
action to investigate or otherwise determine what
happened. Such action may include, but is not
105
SCHOOL
CALENDAR
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
QUARTER
START
GRADUATION
QUARTER END
Fall 2011
October 3, 2011
December 16, 2011
December 17, 2011
Fall II 2011
November 10, 2011
December 16, 2011
December 17, 2011
Winter 2012
January 9, 2012
Winter II 2012
February 16, 2012
Spring 2012
April 2, 2012
June 16, 2012
June 17, 2012
Spring II 2012
May 10, 2012
June 16, 2012
June 17, 2012
Summer 2012
July 9, 2012
September 22, 2012
Summer 2012
August 16, 2012
September 22, 2012
March 24, 2012
March 24, 2012
HOLIDAYS AND VACATIONS
Thanksgiving Holiday
Wednesday, November 23 - 25, 2011
December Holiday
Friday, December 23, 2011
Christmas Holiday
Monday, December 26, 2011
New Year’s Eve Day*
Friday, December 30, 2011
New Year’s Day*
Friday, December 30, 2011
Martin Luther King Jr. Day
Monday, January 16, 2012
President’s Day*
Friday, February 24, 2011
Good Friday
Friday, April 6, 2011
Memorial Day
Monday, May 28, 2011
Independence Day
Wednesday, July 4, 2012
Labor Day
Monday, September 5, 2012
* Some school holidays do not fall on actual holiday dates
SCHOOL
MAP
The Art Institutes International Minnesota
15 South 9th Street
Minneapolis, MN 55402-3137
1.800.777.3643 or 612.332.3361
create.aii.edu/minneapolis
107
TUITION AND FEES
Each school quarter is 11 weeks in duration. An application fee of $50 is
to be submitted with the Application for Admissions. The tuition deposit
fee of $100 is due within 10 days after the Enrollment Agreement is
signed. The tuition charge shown above is subject to adjustment each
academic year. Special U.S. and overseas trips are voluntary and are not
Advertising
Supplies/Texts: $125/month
Audio Production
Supplies/Texts: $125/month
The Art of Cooking
Supplies/Texts: $50/month
Baking & Pastry
Supplies/Texts: $50/month
included in regular tuition and fees. The Starting Kit consists of the basic
equipment, texts, and materials required for beginning each program.
A list of the components of the Starting Kit is provided to each enrolled
student. In addition to the Starting Kit, the estimated cost of consumable
supplies, textbooks, and equipment by program are as follows:
Culinary Arts
Supplies/Texts: $50/month
Culinary Management
Supplies/Texts: $125/month
Design Management
Supplies/Texts: $125/month
Fashion & Retail Management
Supplies/Texts: $125/month
Graphic Design
Supplies/Texts: $125/month
Hospitality Management
Supplies/Texts: $125/month
Interior Design
Supplies/Texts: $125/month
Interior Planning with AutoCAD
Supplies/Texts: $125/month
Media Arts & Animation
Supplies/Texts: $125/month
Photography
Supplies/Texts: $125/month
Visual Effects & Motion Graphics
Supplies/Texts: $125/month
Web Design & Interactive Media
Supplies/Texts: $125/month
Tuition is charged at $481.00 per credit (with an average of 16 credits per quarter). The tuition charges are subject to change each academic year.
The $100 Enrollment Fee is refundable upon cancellation. Tuition and fees applicable to The Art Institutes International Minnesota’s programs (as of
October 1, 2011) are as follows:
Advertising
Audio
Production
The Art of
Cooking
Baking &
Pastry
Baking &
Pastry
Bachelor’s
Bachelor’s
Diploma
Diploma
Associate’s
Number of Credits
180
180
56
50
90
Enrollment Fee*
$100
$100
$100
$100
$100
Degree
Culinary Arts
Culinary
Management
Design
Management
Digital Film
& Video
Production
Fashion &
Retail
Management
Associate’s
Bachelor’s
Bachelor’s
Bachelor’s
Bachelor’s
90
180
180
180
180
$100
$100
$100
$100
$100
$50
$50
$50
$50
$50
$50
$50
$50
$50
$50
Digital Resource Fee ****
$2,300
$2,300
$550
$550
$1,450
$1,450
$2,450
$2,300
$2,300
$2,300
Tuition/Quarter
(16 credits/quarter)
$7,696
$7,696
$7,696
$7,696
$7,696
$7,696
$7,696
$7,696
$7,696
$7,696
Application Fee*
$500
$1,200
$825
$825
$835
$835
$825
$500
$700
$370
Culinary Lab Fees Costs/Credit**
-
-
$50
$50
$50
$50
$50
-
-
-
Culinary Lab Credits/Program**
-
-
44
38
44
44
58
-
-
-
$89,030
$89,030
$29,836
$26,100
$47,090.
$47,090
$92,080
$89,030
$89,030
$89,030
Starting Kit (estimated)***
Program Totals**:
Graphic Design
Degree
Hospitality
Management
Interior
Planning with
AutoCAD
Interior Design
Media
Arts &
Animation
Photography
Visual
Effects &
Motion
Graphics
Web Design &
Interactive Media
Associate’s
Bachelor’s
Bachelor’s
Associate’s
Associate’s
Bachelor’s
Bachelor’s
Bachelor’s
Bachelor’s
Associate’s
Bachelor’s
92
180
180
96
96
180
180
180
180
92
180
Enrollment Fee*
$100
$100
$100
$100
$100
$100
$100
$100
$100
$100
$100
Application Fee*
$50
$50
$50
$50
$50
$50
$50
$50
$50
$50
$50
Digital Resource Fee****
$1,200
$2,300
$2,300
$1,250
$1,250
$2,300
$2,300
$2,300
$2,300
$1,200
$2,300
Tuition/Quarter
(16 credits/quarter)
$7,696
$7,696
$7,696
$7,696
$7,696
$7,696
$7,696
$7,696
$7,696
$7,696
$7,696
Number of Credits
$500
$500
$480
$1,050
$1,050
$1,050
$650
$1,200
$650
$500
$500
Culinary Lab Fees Costs/Credit**
-
-
$50
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Culinary Lab Credits/Program**
-
-
28
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
$45,602.
$89,030
$90,430.
$47,576
$47.576
$89,030
$89,030
$89,030
$89,030
$45,602
$89,030
Starting Kit (estimated)***
Program Totals**:
* The application and enrollment fees are paid by new and transfer students only.
** Monthly consumable supplies included with the $50 per Culinary Lab Credit Fee. The lab fees will be treated as part of the tuition for refund purposes.
*** Not including starting kit. The Program Total cost is based on the current credit hour rate. You only are charged for the credit hours you take each quarter.
**** The Digital Resource Fee includes the cost of the digital textbook as well as other digital resources which are integrated into the course and vary by
program. The fee includes all applicable taxes. This estimated fee assumes all courses require a digital resource; however currently not all courses use digital
resources. Courses that include digital resources will be noted in the registration material and the fee will be charged automatically in addition to tuition. If
a course does not use digital resources, the student remains responsible for purchasing the required text and materials. The digital resource fee is $50 per
course.
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
INDEX
ABOUT THE COLLEGE
2
Introduction2
City and the College
3
Course Requirements & Descriptions
Advertising (B.S.)
6
Audio Production (B.S.)
8
Culinary Management (B.S.)
10
Culinary Arts (A.A.S.)
12
Baking & Pastry (A.A.S.)
14
Baking & Pastry (D.)
16
The Art of Cooking (D.) 18
Design Management (B.S.)
20
Digital Film & Video Production (B.S.)
22
Fashion & Retail Management (B.S.)
24
Fashion Retailing (D.)
26
Graphic Design (B.S.)
28
Graphic Design (A.A.S.)
30
Hospitality Management (B.S.)
32
Interior Design (B.S.)
34
Interior Design (A.A.S.)
36
Interior Planning
with AutoCAD (A.A.S.)
38
Media Arts & Animation (B.S.)
40
Photography (B.F.A.)
42
Digital Image Management (D.) 44
Visual Effects & Motion Graphics (B.S.) 46
Web Design & Interactive
Media (B.S)
48
Web Design & Interactive
Media (A.A.S.)
50
Web Design & Development (D.)
52
Web Design & Interactive
Communications
54
Course Descriptions
56
Faculty74
Administration77
Board of Trustees and Directors
79
ADMISSIONS
80
Admissions Requirements
80
Enrollment Procedure
80
International Admissions Policy
80
Admissions Requirements for
English Language Proficiency Policy
80
Nonimmigrant Students
81
Orientation81
Facilities and Equipment
81
Placement Evaluations
81
ACCUPLACER81
ACT81
SAT81
Hardware Specifications
81
Non-Discrimination Policy
82
STUDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES82
Book Process
82
Non-Federal Refund Policy
82
Buyer’s Right to Cancel
82
Kit Return Policy
82
Non-Payment of Charges
Financial Aid
82
Student Financial Assistance
83
Suspension and Reinstatement
of Financial Assistance
83
Financial Assistance Student Appeal
83
Student Financial Assistance
83
Review Committee
83
Student Appeal Procedure
83
Veterans’ Information
83
Scholarships & Grants
83
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS86
Mission and Statement
86
Learning Principles
86
Academic Directors and
AcademicPrograms86
Academic Advising
86
Academic Achievement Center
86
Interior Design Skills Center
86
Library86
Registrar86
Attendance Policy
87
Progress Academic Standards
for Programs Study
88
Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy
88
Academic Probation 88
Procedure for Appealing
Academic Termination
89
Grading89
Letter Grade Equivalent 89
Grade Points
89
Grade Point Computation
89
Calculation of CGPA
90
Quarter Credits
90
Incomplete Grade Policy
90
Grade Change Requests
90
Transfer of Credit
91
Transcripts91
Post Matriculation Credit Transfer
91
Course Descriptions
91
Level of Transfer Credits
91
Grading91
CLEP & AP Scores
91
Timeliness of Coursework
91
Allowable Total Transfer of Credit
91
Proficiency Testing
91
Test Out Credit
91
Registration92
Procedures
92
Holds
92
Registration Steps
92
Official Schedules
92
Schedule Adjustment Period
92
Withdrawing from a Course
92
Online Courses
93
Online Courses
93
Textbook Requirements for Online Courses
93
Technology Requirements
for Online Courses
93
Refund Policy for Online Courses
93
Course Scheduling,
Sequencing, and Titles
93
Course Numbering
93
Academic Calendar
93
Course Load
93
Repeating Courses
93
Transitional Studies
93
Change of Program
93
Leaves and External Transfers
93
Transferring to Another
EDMC School
93
Withdrawing from College
93
Special Leave Consideration/
Readmissions Procedures
93
Military Leave
94
General Education
94
General Education Requirements
for AAS Degrees
94
General Education Requirements
for BS or BFA Degrees
94
Additional Learning Experiences
94
Study Trips
94
Exhibition of Student Work
94
Graduation94
Requirements for Graduation
94
Final Quarter
94
Criteria for Honors Designation
94
Term GPA Honors Designation
94
Portfolio Requirements
94
Portfolio Review
94
CAREER SERVICES95
Graduate Employment Assistance
95
Student Employment Assistance
95
Graduate Employment Information
95
STUDENT AFFAIRS95
Student Clubs and Activities
95
Student Support Services
95
Disability Services
95
Residence Life and Housing95
Independent Housing
96
Health Insurance
96
International Student Advising
96
Student Code of Conduct
96
Guiding Principles
96
Scope
96
Reach
96
Responsibilities
96
Sanctions
97
Disciplinary Procedures
98
Complaint
98
Search of Student’s Property
98
Notification and Determination
of a Disciplinary Meeting 98
Notification and Determination of a Disciplinary Hearing 98
Disciplinary Panel
98
Interim Suspension
98
Appeal Procedures
99
Academic Integrity Policy
99
Student Grievance Procedure
for Internal Complaints
99
Educational Rights
and Privacy Act
100
Procedure to Inspect Records
100
Disclosure of Educational Records 100
Record of Requests for Disclosure
101
Directory Information
101
Correction of Educational Records 101
Student Right to File Complaint
101
Student Right to Know Act
101
General Student
Complaint Procedure
101
Arbitration
101
Anti Hazing Policy
102
Drug Free School Policy
102
Higher Education Act
104
No Harrassment Policy
104
Policy Concerning Sexual Violence
105
SCHOOL CALENDAR106
SCHOOL MAP107
TUITION & FEES108
109
THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA
E-mail Address
E-mail Address
Year of High School Graduation
Home Phone with Area Code
Country
Home Phone with Area Code
Year of High School Graduation
City
City
Country
Address
StateZip
Advertising (BS)
Audio Production (BS)
The Art of Cooking (D)
Baking & Pastry (AAS, D)
Culinary Arts (AAS)
Culinary Management (BS)
Design Management (BS)
Digital Film & Video Production (BS)
Digital Image Management (D)
Fashion Retailing (D)
Fashion & Retail Management (BS)
Graphic Design (BS, AAS)
Hospitality Management (BS)
Interior Design (BS, AAS)
Interior Planning with AutoCAD (AAS)
Media Arts & Animation (BS)
Photography (BFA)
Visual Effects & Motion Graphics (BS)
Web Design & Development (D)
Web Design & Interactive Communications(D)
Web Design & Interactive Media (BS)
My Friend’s Name
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
I have friends who are interested in learning more about
The Art Institutes International Minnesota. Please send information on
the program checked to my friend’s name below.
Yes, Address
StateZip
Advertising (BS)
Audio Production (BS)
The Art of Cooking (D)
Baking & Pastry (AAS, D)
Culinary Arts (AAS)
Culinary Management (BS)
Design Management (BS)
Digital Film & Video Production (BS)
Digital Image Management (D)
Fashion Retailing (D)
Fashion & Retail Management (BS)
Graphic Design (BS, AAS)
Hospitality Management (BS)
Interior Design (BS, AAS)
Interior Planning with AutoCAD (AAS)
Media Arts & Animation (BS)
Photography (BFA)
Visual Effects & Motion Graphics (BS)
Web Design & Development (D)
Web Design & Interactive Communications(D)
Web Design & Interactive Media (BS)
My Friend’s Name
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
I have friends who are interested in learning more about
The Art Institutes International Minnesota. Please send information on
the program checked to my friend’s name below.
Yes, 111
15 South 9th Street, Minneapolis, MN 55402
612.332.3361 or 800.777.3643
www.artinstitutes.edu/minneapolis
800 Hennepin Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55402
612.332.3361 or 800.777.3643
www.artinstitutes.edu/minneapolis